HomeMy WebLinkAboutErrecas Hanson SJH; 2003-01-02; 3190 Part 2 of 3c STATE OF CALIFORNIA BOILERPLATES - See attached Sheets
The following sections of this document apply specifically to the work and materials included in Bid
Schedules “6” and “C.
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 74 of 288 Pages
I
STATE OF CALIFORNIA BOILERPLATE (BP) TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following sections of this document apply specifically to the work and materials included in Bid Schedules ‘S” and “C”. -
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
State Wage Rate Clause
Labor Code Section 1776; Complete Payroll Records; Certified and Available
Labor Code Section 1777.5; Employment of Properly Registered Apprentices
Labor Code Section 18 10; Definition: A Legal Day’s Work
Labor Code Section 18 13; Penalty For Overtime On Any Public Work Contract
Labor Code Section 18 15; Minimum Overtime Pay
Labor Code Section 1860; Contract Provision
Labor Code Section 186 1 ; Contractor Certification to Labor Code Section 3700
Cultural Resources Protection
State MBEiWBE Provisions; includes Attachment A and Attachment B
MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH BID TO BE RESPONSIVE
The Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act
Equal Opportunity Clause (40 CFR 60-8.4(b))
Nondiscrimination Clause
Construction Contractors - Affirmative Action Requirements (41 CFR 60-4)
Elimination of Segregated Facilities
Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities
Drug-Free Workplace Certification
Use of Debarred Contractors Prohibited
Responsibility for Removal, Relocation, or Protection of Existing Utilities
(Government Code Section 42 15)
Submitting of Bids and Agreeing to Assign (Government Code Section 4552)
Non-Collusion Affidavit (Public Contracts Code Section 7106)
TO BE NOTARIZED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID
Affirmative Action and Equal Employment Opportunity minority participation table
(It is not necessary to include this table in the plans and specifications)
Labor Code Section 6500
Public Contract Code Section 7 105
Public Contract Code Section 9203
BP-0
BP -1
BP -1
BP -2
BP -4
BP -4
BP -4
BP -4
BP -4
BP -4
BP -6
BP -13
BP -13
BP -14
BP -15
BP -19
BP -20
BP -2 1
BP -22
BP -24
BP -24
BP -25
BP -26
BP-27
BP-27
BP-28
March 17,2000
,-
c-
"-
BOILERPLATE
I
1 - STATE WAGE RATE CLAUSES (Facilities Plan Approval after June 18, 1998, Federal Wage Rates are
not required)
Pursuant to Sections 1720 et seq., and 1770 et seq., of the California Labor Code, the successful bidder shall pay
not less than the prevailing rate of per diem wages as determined by the Director of the California Department of
Industrial Relations for public works projects of more than one thousand dollars ($1,000). Copies of such prevailing
rate or per diem wage are on file at (loan recitient's princiDal office), which copies shall be made available to any
interested party on request. The successful bidder shall post a copy of such determinations at each job site.
The successful bidder intending to use a craft or classification not shown on the prevailing rate determinations may
be required to pay the rate of the craft or classification most closely related to it.
2- LABOR CODE SECTION 1776
COMPLETE PAYROLL RECORDS; CERTIFIED AND AVAILABLE
(a) Each contractor and subcontractor shall keep an accurate payroll record, showing the name, address, social security
number, work classification, and straight time and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem
wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed by him or her in connection with the
public work.
(b) The payroll records enumerated under subdivision (a) shall be certified and shall be available for inspection at all
reasonable hours at the principal office of the contractor on the following basis:
(1) A certified copy of an employee's payroll record shall be made available for inspection or furnished to the
employee or his or her authorized representative on request.
(2) A certified copy of all payroll records enumerated in subdivision (a) shall be made available for inspection or
furnished upon request to a representative of the body awarding the contract, the Division of Labor Standards
Enforcement, and the Division of Apprenticeship Standards of the Department of Industrial Relations.
(3) A certified copy of all payroll records enumerated in subdivision (a) shall be made available upon request by the
public for inspection or for copies thereof. However, a request by the public shall be made through either the body
awarding the contract, the Division of Apprenticeship Standards, or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement. If
the requested payroll records have not been provided pursuant to paragraph (2), the requesting party shall, prior to
being provided the records, reimburse the costs of preparation by the contractor, subcontractors, and the entity through
which the request was made. The public shall not be given access to the records at the principal office of the contractor.
. (c) The certified payroll records shall be on forms provided by the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement or shall ~
contain the same information as the forms provided by the division.
(d) Each contractor shall file a certified copy of the records enumerated in subdivision (a) with the entity that
requested the records within 10 days after receipt of a written request.
(e) Any copy of records made available for inspection as copies and furnished upon request to the public or any public
agency by the awarding body, the Division of Apprenticeship Standards, or the Division of Labor Standards
Enforcement shall be marked or obliterated in a manner so as to prevent disclosure of an individual's name, address,
and social security number. The name and address of the contractor awarded the contract or performing the contract
shall not be marked or obliterated.
BP-1
March 17,2000
(0 The contractor shall inform the body awarding the contract of the location of the records enumerated under
subdivision (a), including the street address, city and county, and shall, within five working days, provide a notice of a
change of location and address.
(g) The contractor shall have 10 days in which to comply subsequent to receipt of written notice specifylng in what
respects the contractor must comply with this section. In the event that the contractor fails to comply within the 10-
day period, he or she shall, as a penalty to the state or political subdivision on whose behalf the contract is made or
awarded, forfeit twenty-five dollars ($25) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker, until strict
compliance is effectuated. Upon the request of the Division of Apprenticeship Standards or the Division of Labor
Standards Enforcement, these penalties shall be withheld from progress payments then due.
(h) The body awarding the conect shall cause to be inserted in the contract stipulations to effectuate this section.
These stipulations shall fix the responsibility for compliance with this section on the prime contractor.
(i) The director shall adopt rules consistent with the California Public Records Act, (Chapter 3.5 (commencing with
Section 6250), Division 7, Title 1, Government Code) and the Information Practices Act of 1977, (Title 1.8
(commencing with Section 1798), Part 4, Division 3, Civil Code) governing the release of these records, including the
establishment of reasonable fees to be charged for reproducing copies of records required by this section.
3 - LABOR CODE SECTION 1777.5
EMPLOYMENT OF PROPERLY REGISTERED APPRENTICES
Nothing in this chapter shall prevent the employment of properly registered apprentices upon public works.
Every such apprentice shall be paid the standard wage paid to apprentices under the regulations of the craft or trade at
which he or she is employed, and shall be employed only at the work of the craft or trade to which he or she is
registered.
Only apprentices, as defined in Section 3077, who are in training under apprenticeship standards and written
apprentice agreements under Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 3070) of Division 3, are eligible to be employed on
public works. The employment and training of each apprentice shall be in accordance with the apprenticeship
standards and apprentice agreements under which he or she is training.
When the contractor to whom the contract is awarded by the state or any political subdivision, or any subcontractor
under him or her, in performing any of the work under the contract or subcontract, employs workers in any
apprenticeable craft or trade, the contractor and subcontractor shall apply to the joint apprenticeship committee administering the apprenticeship standards of the craft or trade in the area of the site of the public work for a certificate
approving the contractor or subcontractor under the apprenticeship standards for the employment and training of
apprentices in the area or industry affected. However, approval as established by the joint apprenticeship committee or
committees shall be subject to the approval of the Administrator of Apprenticeship. The joint apprenticeship
committee or committees, subsequent to approving the subject contractor or subcontractor, shall arrange for the
dispatch of apprentices to the contractor or subcontractor in order to comply with this section. Every contractor and
subcontractor shall submit contract award information to the applicable joint apprenticeship committee which shall
include an estimate of journeyman hours to be performed under the contract, the number of apprentices to be
employed, and the approximate dates the apprentices will be employed. There shall be an affirmative duty upon the
joint apprenticeship committee or committees administering the apprenticeship standards of the craft or trade in the
area of the site of the public work to ensure equal employment and affirmative action in apprenticeship for women and
minorities. Contractors or subcontractors shall not be required to submit individual applications for approval to local
joint apprenticeship committees provided they are already covered by the local apprenticeship standards. The ratio of
work performed by apprentices to journeymen who shall be employed in the craft or trade on the public work may be
the ratio stipulated in the apprenticeship standards under which the joint apprenticeship committee operates, but, except
as otherwise provided in this section, in no case shall the ratio be less than one hour of apprentices work for every five
hours of labor performed by a journeyman. However, the minimum ratio for the land surveyor classification shall not
be less than one apprentice for each five journeymen.
Any ratio shall apply during any day or portion of a day when any journeyman, or the higher standard stipulated by
the joint apprenticeship committee, is employed at the job site and shall be computed on the basis of the hours worked
during the day by journeymen so employed, except for the land surveyor classification. The contractor shall employ
apprentices for the number of hours computed as above before the end of the contract. However, the contractor shall
BP-2
March 17,2000
"
endeavor, to the greatest extent possible, to employ apprentices during the same time period that the journeymen in the
same craft or trade are employed at the job site. Where an hourly apprenticeship ratio is not feasible for a particular
craft or trade, the Division of Apprenticeship Standards, up n application of a joint apprenticeship committee, may
order a minimum ratio of not less than one apprentice for e f ch five journeymen in a craft or trade classification.
The contractor or subcontractor, if he or she is covered by this section, upon the issuance of the approval certificate, or
if he or she has been previously approved in the craft or trade, shall employ the number of apprentices or the ratio of
apprentices to journeymen stipulated in the apprenticeship standards. Upon proper showing by the contractor that he or
she employs apprentices in the craft or trade in the state on all of his or her contracts on an annual average of not less
than one hour of apprentice work for every five hours of labor performed by a journeyman, or in the land surveyor
classification, one apprentice for each five journeymen, the Division of Apprenticeship Standards may grant a
certificate exempting the contractor from the 140-5 hourly ratio as set forth in this section. This section shall not apply
to contracts of general contractors or to contracts of specialty contractors not bidding for work through a general or
prime contractor, when the contracts of general contractors or those specialty contractors involve less than thirty
thousand dollars ($30,000) or 20 working days. Any work performed by a journeyman in excess of eight hours per
day or 40 hours per week, shall not be used to calculate the hourly ratio required by this section.
"Apprenticeable craft or trade," as used in this section, means a craft or trade determined as an apprenticeable
occupation in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed by the Apprenticeship Council. The joint
apprenticeship committee shall have the discretion to grant a certificate, which shall be subject to the approval of the
Administrator of Apprenticeship, exempting a contractor from the 1-to-5 ratio set forth in this section when it finds that
any one of the following conditions is met:
(a) Unemployment for the previous three-month period in the area exceeds an average of 15 percent .
(b) The number of apprentices in training in such area exceeds a ratio of 1 to 5 .
(c) There is a showing that the apprenticeable craft or trade is replacing at least one-thirtieth of its journeymen annually through apprenticeship training, either on a statewide basis, or on a local basis.
(d) Assignment of an apprentice to any work performed under a public works contract would create a condition
which would jeopardize his or her life or the life, safety, or property of fellow employees or the public at large or if the
specific task to which the apprentice is to be assigned is of such a nature that training cannot be provided by a
journeyman.
When exemptions are granted to an organization which represents contractors in a specific trade from the 140-5 ratio
on a local or statewide basis the member contractors will not be required to submit individual applications for approval
to local joint apprenticeship committees, if they are already covered by the local apprenticeship standards.
A contractor to whom the contract is awarded, or any subcontractor under him or her, who, in performing any of the
work under the contract, employs journeymen or apprentices in any apprenticeable craft or trade and who is not
contributing to a fund or funds to administer and conduct the apprenticeship program in any craft or trade in the area of
the site of the public work, to which fund or funds other contractors in the area of the site of the public work are
contributing, shall contribute to the fund or funds in each craft or trade in which he or she employs journeymen or
apprentices on the public work in the same amount or upon the same basis and in the same manner as the other
contractors do, but where the trust fund administrators are unable to accept the funds, contractors not signatory to the
trust agreement shall pay a like amount to the California Apprenticeship Council. The contractor or subcontractor may
add the amount of the contributions in computing his or her bid for the contract. The Division of Labor Standards . .
Enforcement is authorized to enforce the payment of the contributions to the fund or funds as set forth in Section 227.
The body awarding the contract shall cause to be inserted in the contract stipulations to effectuate this section. The
stipulations shall fix the responsibility of compliance with this section for all apprenticeable occupations with the prime
contractor.
All decisions of the joint apprenticeship committee under this section are subject to Section 3081.
BP-3
March 17,2000
4- LABOR CODE SECTION 18 10
DEFINITION: A LEGAL DAY'S WORK
Eight hours labor constitutes a legal day's work in all cases where the same is performed under the authority of any
law of this State, or under the direction, or control, or by the authority of any officer of this State acting in his official
capacity, or under the direction, or control or by the authority of any municipal corporation, or of any officer thereof. A
stipulation to that effect shall be made a part of all contracts to which the State or any municipal corporation therein is a
Party-
5- LABOR CODE SECTION 18 13
PENALTY FOR OVERTIME ON ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT
The contractor shall, as a penalty to the State or political subdivision on whose behalf the contract is made or awarded,
forfeit twenty-five dollars ($25) for each workman employed in the execution of the contract by the contractor or by
any subcontractor for each calendar day during which such workman is required or permitted to work more than 8
hours in any one calendar day and 40 hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of this article. In
awarding any contract for public work, the awarding body shall cause to be inserted therein a stipulation to this effect.
The awarding body shall take cognizance of all violations of this article committed in the course of the execution of the
contract, and shall report them to the officer of the State or political subdivision who is authorized to pay the contractor
money due him under the contract.
6- LABOR CODE SECTION 18 15
MINIMUM OVERTIME PAY
Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 181 0 to 18 14, inclusive, of this code, and notwithstanding any stipulation
inserted in any contract pursuant to the requirements of said sections, work performed by employees of contractors in
excess of 8 hours per day, and 40 hours during any one week, shall be permitted upon public work upon compensation
for all hours worked in excess of 8 hours per day at not less than one and one-half (1.5) times the basic rate of pay.
7- LABOR CODE SECTION 1860
CONTRACT PROVISION
The awarding body shall cause to be inserted in every public works contract a clause providing that, in accordance
with the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code, every contractor will be required to secure the payment of
compensation to his employees.
8- LABOR CODE SECTION 1861
CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION TO LABOR CODE SECTION 3700
Each contractor to whom a public works contract is awarded shall sign and file with the awarding body the following
certification prior to performing the work of the contract: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor
Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake
self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before
commencing the performance of the work of this contract."
9- CULTURAL RESOURCES *. , , 1. .
In accordance with the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, (16 U.S.C. 470), the following procedures are implemented to insure historic preservation and fair compensation to the Contractor for delays attendant to cultural
resources investigations.
In the event potential Historical, Architectural, Archeological, or Cultural Resources (herein after cultural
resources) are discovered during subsurface excavations at the site of construction, the following procedures shall be
instituted
1) The Engineer shall issue a "Stop Work Order" directing the Contractor to cease all construction operations at the location of such potential cultural resources find.
BP-4
March 17,2000
2) Such “Stop Work Order” shall be effective until such time as a qualified archeologist can be called to
assess the value of these potential cultural resources and make recommendations to the State Water Resources
“ Control Board Cultural Resources Officer. Any “Stop Work Order” shall contain the following:
a) A clear description of the work to be suspended; b) Any instructions regarding issuance of further orders by the Contractor for material services;
c) . Guidance as the action to be taken on subcontracts;
d) Any suggestions to the Contractor as to minimization of his costs;
e) Estimated duration of the temporary suspension.
If the archeologist determines that the potential find is a bonafide cultural resource, at the direction of the State
Water Resources Control Board Cultural Resources Officer, the Engineer shall extend the duration of the “Stop
Work Order” in writing, and the Contractor shall suspend work at the location of the find.
Equitable adjustment of the construction contract shall be made in the following manner:
1) Time Extension
If the work temporarily suspended is on the “critical path”, the total number of days for which the suspension is in
effect shall be added to the number of allowable contract days.
If a portion of work at the time of such suspension is not on the “critical path”, but subsequently becomes work on
the critical path, the allowable contract time will be computed from the date such work is classified as on the critical
path.
2) Additional ComDensation
If, as a result of a suspension of the work, the Contractor sustains a loss which could not have been avoided by his
judicious handling of forces, and equipment, or redirection of forces or equipment to perform other work on the
contract, there shall be paid to the Contractor an amount as determined by the Engineer to be fair and reasonable
compensation for the Contractor’s actual loss in accordance with the following:
a) Idle Time of EauiDment
Compensation for equipment idle time will be determined on a force account (time and materials) basis, and shall
include the cost of extra moving of equipment and rental loss. The right-of-way delay factor for each classification
of equipment shown in the California Department of Transportation publication entitled, Equipment Rental Rates
and the General Prevailing Wage Rates, will be applied to any equipment rental rates.
b) Idle Time of Labor
Compensation for idle time of workers will be determined by the Engineer as “Labor” less any actual productivity
factor of this portion of the work force.
c) Increased Costs of Labor and Materials
Increased costs of labor and materials will be compensated only to the extent such increase was in fact caused by the ‘I
suspension, as determined by the Engineer.
Compensation for actual loss due to idle time of either equipment or labor shall not include markup for profit.
The hours for which compensation will be paid will be the actual normal working time during which such delay
condition exists, but will in no case exceed eight hours in any one day.
The days for which compensation will be paid shall be full or partial calendar days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays,
and legal holidays, during the existence of such delay.
BP-5
March 17,2000
10 - STATE MBE/WBE PROVISIONS
"
CONTRACT PROVISIONS OF THE
STATE WATER RESOURCES CONTROL BOARD (SWRCB)
DIVISION OF CLEAN WATER PROGRAMS
RELATIVE TO THE UTILIZATION OF
MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE) AND
WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (WBE)
ON CLEAN WATER PROGRAM CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS IN CALIFORNIA
This document and attachments shall be included by the owner as a contract provision for all construction contracts
exceeding $10,000.
Compliance with the requirements of this document and attachments satisfies the MBE/WBE requirements of the U.
S. Environmental Protection Agency and the SWRCB. This document supersedes any conflicting requirements.
Failure to take the five (5) affirmative steps listed under Requirements, Section A, prior to bid opening and to submit
"Minority Business Enterprisernomen Business Enterprise Information" (Attachment B) with the bid shall cause
the bid to be rejected as a non-responsive bid.
DEFINITIONS
BONA FIDE MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE) MEANS:
An MBE that has submitted a "Minority Business Enterprise/Women Business Enterprise Self Certification"
(Attachment A) to, and been accepted as, a bona tide MBE by the owner. In addition, the following requirements
apply:
1. An independent business concern which is at least 5 1 % owned and controlled by minority group
member(s) (see definition of Minority Group Member). Ownership and control can be measured by:
a. Responsibility for performance of contract work.
b. Management responsibility.
c. At least 5 1% share of profits and risk.
d. Other data (such as voting rights) that may be related to ownership and/or control.
2. In cases where a firm is owned and controlled by a minority woman or women, the percentage may be
credited towards MBE participation or as WBE participation, or allocated, but may not be credited fully
to both.
BONA FIDE WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (WBE) MEANS:
A WBE that has submitted Attachment A to, and been accepted as, a bona fide WBE by the owner. In addition, the
following requirements apply:
1. An independent business which is at least 5 1% owned by a woman or women who also control and
operate it.
a. Ownership. Determination of whether a business is at least 5 1 % owned by a woman or women shall
be made without regard to community property laws. For example, an otherwise qualified WBE
which is 5 1 % owned by a married woman in a community property state will not be disqualified
because her husband has a 50% interest in her share.
Similarly, a business which is 5 1% owned by a married man and 49% by an unmarried woman will
not become a qualified WBE by virtue of his wife's 50% interest in his share of the business.
BP-6
March 17,2000
b. Control and operation. "Control" means exercising the power to make policy decisions and "operate"
means being actively involved in the day-to-day management of the business.
JOINT VENTURE (JV)
A business enterprise formed by a combination of firms under a JV agreement. To qualify as a bona fide
MBE/WBE, the minority-ownedwoman or women owned and controlled firms in the JV must:
1. Satisfy all requirements for bona fide MBE/WBE participation in their own rights.
In cases where a minority woman or women-owned firm participates in a JV, the percentage may be
credited towards MBE participation or as WBE participation, or allocated, but may not be credited llly
to both.
2. Share a clearly defined percentage of the ownership, management responsibilities, risks, and profits of
the JV. Only this percentage will be credited towards the MBENBE goal.
MINORITY GROUP MEMBERS
A minority group member is an individual who is a citizen of the United States and one of the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Native Americans consist of American Indian, Eskimo, Aleut, and native Hawaiian.
Black Americans consist of U.S. citizens, other than Hispanic, having origins in any of the black racial
groups of Africa.
Asian Pacific Americans consist of U.S. citizens having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far
East, Southeast Asia, and the Indian subcontinent. This area includes, for example, China, Japan,
Korea, the Philippines, Vietnam, Samoa, Guam, the U.S. Trust Temtories of the Pacific, Northern
Marianas, Laos, Cambodia, and Taiwan. The Indian subcontinent takes in the countries of India,
Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Sikkim. and Bhutan.
Hispanic Americans consist of U.S. citizens with origins from Puerto Rico, Mexico, Cuba, or South or
Central America. Only those persons from Central and South American countries who are of Spanish
origin, descent, or culture should be included in this category. Persons from Brazil, Guyana, Surinam or
Trinidad, for example, would be classified according to their race and would not necessarily be included
in the Hispanic category. In addition, this category does not include persons from Portugal, who should
be classified according to race.
BROKERAGEMEANS
Buying and selling for others on commission of other fee basis without maintaining a warehouse or other similar
inventory storage facilities (supplier and wholesale arrangements may also fall into this business enterprise
category).
CONSTRUCTION MEANS
Erection, building, alteration, remodeling, improvement or extension of buildings, structures, or other property.
REOUIREMENTS
A. Positive Effort Documentation
The bidder must take affirmative steps prior to bid opening to assure that MBEs and WBEs are used
whenever possible as sources of supplies, construction and services. Failure to take such steps prior to bid
oDening and to submit Attachment B with the bid shall cause the bid to be reiected as non-responsive.
Affirmative steps shall be as follows:
1. Including qualified MBEs and WBEs on solicitation lists.
BP-7
March 17, 2000
2.
3.
4.
5.
The bidder must document that it requested assistance from the Small Business Administration the
Office of Minority Business Enterprise MBEWBE assistance centers and that this request for assistance
was received by the MBEWBE assistance centers at least five (5) working days prior to the need for
referrals (see affirmative step no. 5).
Assure that MBEs and WBEs are solicited whenever they are potential sources.
The bidder must document that it has provided invitations to MBE/WBE bidders at least seven (7)
working days prior to the need of a bid response.
The bidder must document that invitations were sent to at least three (3) (or all if less than three)
MBE/WBE contractors/suppliers for each item of work referred by the MBEWBE assistance center(s).
The invitations must adequately.specify the item(s) for which sub-bids were requested. The
documentation of the bidder's effort to show positive efforts must indicate a real desire for a positive
response; i.e., certified letter with return receipt requested or telephone call documentation. A regular
letter or an unanswered telephone call is not adequate positive effort.
The bidder must submit to the owner documentation consisting of a list of all sub-bidders for each item
of work that MBEs or WBEs were solicited including dollar amounts for both MBEWBE and
non-MBEIWBE sub-bidders.
Divide total requirements, when economically feasible, into small tasks or quantities to permit maximum
participation of MBEs and WBEs.
A bidder must document that it gave consideration to dividing the contract into small proprietary
portions (paving, electrical, landscaping, etc.). If this was not done, documentation must be submitted
explaining why it could not be done.
Establish delivery schedules, where the requirements of the work permit, which will encourage
participation by MBEs and WBEs.
The bidder must document that it gave consideration to establishing a project schedule which would
allow MBEs and WBEs to bid the work as subcontractors or suppliers. If this is not done, document
reasons why the project schedule, or portions thereof, cannot be modified so as to accommodate
interested MBEs and WBEs.
Use of the services and assistance of the Small Business Administration and the Office of Minority
Business Enterprise of the U. S. Department of Commerce, as appropriate.
The bidder must present documentation that contact was made with both of the offices listed below.
Their services are provided at no cost to the bidder. Do not write. The internet web site contains local
SBA and MBDA centers. The local center may provide the bidder with a listing of MBEWBE firms. If
a list was not provided, bidder must explain why it was not and describe what MBE/WBE solicitation list
was used.
Small Business Administration:
<http://www.sba.gov>
Office of Minority Business
Enterprise: Regional Office
U.S. Dept. of Commerce
<http://www.mbda.gov>
Government Contracting Office
455 Market Street, Suite 600
San Francisco, CA 94 105 Telephone: (4 15) 744-8429
Minority Business Development
Agency (MBDA)
San Francisco, CA 941 05
Telephone: (415) 744-3001
In addition, the bidder is encouraged to procure supplies and services from labor surplus area firms.
BP-8
March 17,2000
B. Other Requirements
1. The apparent successful low bidder must submit documentation showing that, prior to bid opening, all
required positive efforts were made. This documentation must be received by the owner within ten (1 0)
working days following bid opening (except Attachment B which is to be submitted with the bid).
Failure to submit Attachment B with the bid will cause the bid to be rejected as non-resvonsive.
2. If the apparent successfil low bidder has rejected or considered as non-responsible andor non-
responsive any low MBE or WBE sub-bidder, a complete explanation must be provided to the owner.
3. Each MBE/WBE firm to be utilized must complete the Attachment A, which is to be with the
documentation submitted to the owner by the apparent successhl low bidder.
4. If additional MBE/WBE subcontracts become necessary after the award of the prime contract,
Attachment B must be provided to the owner by the Prime Contractor within ten (10) working days .
following the award of each new subcontract.
5. Any deviation from the information contained in Attachment B shall not result in a reduction of
MBE/WBE participation without prior approval of the owner.
6. When brokerage type arrangements are utilized, only the amount of commission or fee will be eligible
for MBE/WBE consideration.
7. Failure of the apparent low bidder to perform the five affirmative steps prior to bid opening andor to
submit Attachment B with its bid will lead to its bid being declared non-responsive by the owner. The
owner may then award the contract to the next low responsive, responsible bidder meeting the
requirements of these contract provisions. The owner also may rebid the contract.
C. State's "Fair Share" Obiectives
The SWRCB has established the following fair share objectives for this construction contract:
20 % of the total bid dollar amount of this contract for MBE.
10 % of the total bid dollar amount of this contract for WBE.
(The owner may contact the SWRCB, Division of Clean Water Programs, Design Review Unit at
(91 6) 227-4588 for questions on the state's fair share objectives.)
D. Local/Regional Obiectives
The owner may have established local/regional objectives and those requirements may be attached if appropriate.
BP-9
March 17,2000
ATTACHMENT A
MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISENOMEN'S BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
(MBENBE)'
SELF CERTIFICATION
STATE WATER RESOURCES CONTROL BOARD
DIVISION OF CLEAN WATER PROGRAMS
Firm Name: Phone:
Address:
Principal Service or Product:
- MBE -WBE
I I
- Prime Contractor - Supplier of Material/Service
- Subcontractor - Broker
I 1 - - Sole Ownership - Corporation
- Partnership - Joint Venture
Names of Owners Percent MBE- WBE
Ownership Ethnic
Identity'
Additional proofs may be required upon written challenge of this certification by any person or agency.
Falsification of this certification by a firm selected to perform Federally funded work may result in a
determination that the firm is non-responsible and ineligible for future contracts., . . . . .. .. , . ,...., _;..._.
Certified Title:
by:
(Signature)
Name: Date:
' Refer to definitions on the next page.
BP-10
March 17,2000
-DEFINITIONS-
MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISENVOMEN’S BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBENVBE)
An MBE or WBE is a business which is at least 5 1 percent owned and controlled by minority group members or by
woman or women. Owners must exercise actual day-to-day management.
MINORITY GROUP MEMBERS
American Indians
Persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America. To qualify in this group, a person
must be a citizen of the United States and meet one or more of the following:
(1) Be at least one-fourth Indian descent (as evidenced by registration with the Bureau of Indian
Affairs).
(2) Characteristic Indian appearance and features.
(3) Characteristic Indian name.
(4) Recognition in the community as an Indian.
(5) Membership in a tribe, band or group of American Indians (recognized by the Federal
Government), as evidenced by a tribal enrollment number or similar indication.
Black Americans
U.S. citizens, other than Hispanic, having origins in any of the black racial groups of Afiica.
Asian Americans
U.S. citizens having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southern Asia, the Indian
subcontinent or the Pacific Islands. This area includes, for example, China, Japan, Korea, the Philippine
Islands and Samoa. The Indian subcontinent takes in the countries of India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri
Lanka, Nepal, Sikkim, and Bhutan.
Hispanic Americans
U.S. citizens of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, or other Spanish culture or origin, regardless of race. Only
those persons from Central and South American countries who are of Spanish origin, descent, or culture
should be included in this category. Persons from Brazil, Guyana, Surinam or Trinidad, for example,
would be classified according to their race and would not necessarily be included in the Hispanic category. In addition, the category does not include persons from Portugal, who should be classified according to
race.
American Eskimos and herican Aleuts ..,. .. .~ .. . ,. ..
BP-11
March 17,2000
ATTACHMENT B
MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISEMOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE INFORMATION SWRCB DIVISION OF CLEAN WATER PROGRAMS
LOAN RECIPIENTS NAME CONTRACT NO. OR SPECIFICATION NO.
PROJECT DESCRIPTION PROJECT LOCATION
PRIME CONTRACTOR INFORMATION
NAME AND ADDRESS (Include ZIP Code, DOB, & SSN)
PHONE
MBE WBE
AMOUNT OF CONTRACT
MBE/WBE INFORMATION
MBE WBE
SUBCONTRACTOR
BROKER JOmT VENTURE
SUPPLIEWSERVICE
NAME AND ADDRESS (Include ZIP Code, DOB, & SSN)
AMOUNT OF CONTRACT PHONE
WORK TO BE PERFORMED
AMOUNT OF CONTRACT PHONE i MBE WBE
SUBCONTRACTOR
BROKER JOINT VENTURE
SUPPLIEWSERVICE
NAME AND ADDRESS (Include ZIP Code, D B, & SSN)
WORK TO BE PERFORMED I
~~
MBE WBE
SUBCONTRACTOR
BROKER JOINT VENTURE
SUPPLIEWSERVICE
NAME AND ADDRESS (Include ZIP Code, B, & SSN) 1
AMOUNT OF CONTRACT PHONE
WORK TO BE PERFORMED
MBE WBE
SUBCONTRACTOR
BROKER JOINT VENTURE
SUPPLIEWSERVICE
NAME AND ADDRESS (Include ZIP Code, D B, & SSN) 0
AMOUNT OF CONTRACT PHONE
WORK TO BE PERFORMED
TOTAL MBE AMOUNT: $
ACTUAL MBE PARTICIPATION:
MBE GOAL:
SIGNATURE OF PERSON
COMPLETING FORM:
TOTAL WBE AMOUNT: $
% ACTUAL WBE PARTICIPATION:
% WBEGOAL:
%
YO
TITLE: PHONE: DATE:
)RM 4700-8 (rev 2/98)
BP- 12
March 17,2000
11 - . THE SUBLETTING AND SUBCONTRACTING FAIR PRACTICES ACT
Any person making a bid or offer to perform a contract shall, in his or her bid or offer, set forth the following:
1) The name and the location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or
render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvement, or a subcontractor
licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a
portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an
amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor’s total bid or in the case of bids or offers for the
construction of streets or highways, including bridges in excess of one-half or 1 percent of the prime contractor’s
total bid or ten thousand dollars ($lO,OOO), whichever is greater.
2) The portion of work that will be done by each subcontractor under this act. The prime contractor shall list
only one subcontractor for each portion of work as is defined by the prime contractor in his or her bid or offer.
These requirements apply to the information required reIating to subcontractors certified as minority or women
business enterprises. For purposes of this requirement, “subcontractor” and “prime contractor” shall have the same
meaning as those terms are defined in Section 41 13 of the Public Contracts Code.
12 - 40 CFR 60-8.4@) - EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE (in relevant part)
During the performance of this contract the contractor agrees as follows:
(1) The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color,
religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed
and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national
origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer,
recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and
selection for training including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post, in conspicuous places available to
employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this
nondiscrimination clause.
(2) The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor,
state that all qualified applicants will receive considerations for employment without regard to race, color, religion,
sex, or national origin.
(3) The contractor will send, to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective
bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor union or
workers representatives of the contractor’s commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in
conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment.
(4) The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 1 1246 of September 24, 1965, and of the
rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor.
(5) The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24,
1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to
his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of
investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders.
(6) In the event of the contractor’s noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any
of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part,
and the contractor may be ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in
accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 1 1246 or September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions
may be imposed and remedies invoked a s provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24,1965, or by rule,
regulation, or orders of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law.
BP-13
March 17,2000
r-
(7) The contractor will include the sentence immediately preceding paragraph (1) and the provisions of paragraphs
(1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the
Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 1 1246 of September 24, 1965, so that such
provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to
any subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions
including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided however, That in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is
threatened with litigation with a subcontractor or vendor, as a result of such direction by the administering agency,
the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States.
13 - NONDISCRIMINATION CLAUSE
NONDISCRIMINATION CLAUSE
1. During the performance of this contract, contractor and its subcontractors shall not unlawfully discriminate
against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, national origin,
ancestry, physical handicap, medical condition, marital status, age (over 40) or sex. Contractors and
subcontractors shall insure that the evaluation and treatment of their employees and applicants for
employment are free of such discrimination. Contractors and subcontractors shall comply with the
provisions of the Fair Employment and Housing Act (Government Code Section 12900 et seq.) and the
applicable regulations promulgated thereunder (California Administrative Code, Title 2, Section 7285.0 et,
seq.). The applicable regulations of the Fair Employment and Housing Commission implementing
Government Code, Section 12900, set forth in Chapter 5 of Division 4 of Title 2 or the California
Administrative Code are incorporated into this contract by reference and made a part hereof as if set forth
in full. Contractor and its subcontractor shall give written notice of their obligations under this clause to
labor organizations with which they have a collective bargaining or other agreement.
2. This contractor shall include the nondiscrimination and compliance provisions of this clause in all subcontracts to perform work under the contract.
THE UNDERSIGNED CERTIFIES THAT THE CONTRACTOR WILL COMPLY WITH THE ABOVE
REQUIREMENTS.
CONTRACTOR OR
SUBCONTRACTOR
CERTIFIED BY:
BP- 14
March 17,2000
" CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
,-
* .Y
State of California 1
County of ss.
OnDPT&@& Date fP&BL, ' before me, Thi Name x. and Title L!aBod, of Officer (e g., 'Jane hjonlllCr?JBuL, Doe, Notary Fhblic')
personally appeared s
Name@) of Signer@)
dersonally known to me
51 prnveUune on the basis of satisfactorv .
'WTdence
to be the person& whose name($ islad
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that he/$&/th)ce executed
the same in his/h"pdr authorized
capacity(ip), and that by his/W/thBfr
signature# on the instrument the person(g, or
COMM. ## 125371 1 the entity upon behalf of which the person@(
SAN DIEGO COUNTY acted, executed the instrument. NOTARY PUBLIC-CALIFORNIA
Place Notary Seal Above
OPTIONAL
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document
and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Doc
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: 2 14 ' oz Number of Pages: I
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer's Name:
0 Individual
0 Corporate Officer - Title(s):
0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General
0 Attorney in Fact
0 Trustee
0 Guardian or Conservator
0 Other:
Signer Is Representing:
0 1999 NallOnal Notary Association * 9350 De Sot0 Ave., P.O. Box 2402 * Chatsworth, CA 91313-2402 - wmv.nati0nalnotary.org Prod. No. 5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-8766827
14 - 41 CFR 60-4.2
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS--AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS (in relevant part)
Notice of requirement for Affirmative Action to ensure Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) by Executive Order
1 1246, as amended by Executive Order 1 1375.
1. The Offeror's or Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal
Employment Specifications" set forth herein.
2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the contractor's
aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows:
Time- Goals for minority participation Goals for female participation
tables for each trade for each trade
(Agency to insert start and (Insert goals from Minority Participation 6.9%
end dates of contract) Table page BP-26)
(Contact SWRCB, Division of Clean Water Programs, at (916) 227-4586 for assistance with the minority goal and
timetables. E-mail <musialr@cwp.swrcb.ca.gov>: Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs' web site for
compliance issues and preaward registry is <http://www.dol.gov/dol/esa/public/ofcp-erg>)
These goals are applicable to all the Contractor's construction work (whether or not it is Federal or federally
assisted) performed in the covered area. If the contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located
outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals established for such geographical area where the work is actually
performed. With regard to this second area, the contractor also is subject to the goals for both its federally involved
and non-federally involved construction.
I The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 4 1 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on
its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the
specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals. The hours of minority and female
employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and
the contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The
transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the
sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the
regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours
performed.
3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance
Programs within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at any tier for
construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name, address
and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number of the subcontractor; estimated dollar
amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in
which the subcontract is to be performed.
4. As used in this Notice, and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered area" is (insert
description of the geographical areas where the contract is to be performed giving the state, county and city, if any).
Q 60-4.3 Equal opportunity clauses (in relevant part)
Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications (Executive Order 1 1246)
BP-15
March 17,2000
1. As used in these specifications:
a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted;
b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United States Department of
Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority;
c. "Employer identification number" means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer's Quarterly
Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 94 1.
d. "Minority" includes:
(i) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin);
(ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other Spanish Culture
or origin, regardless of race);
(iii) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East,
Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and
(iv) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North
America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community
identification).
2. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any
construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these
specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is
set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted.
3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S.
Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action
obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for
those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation
in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor participating
in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a
good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith
performance by other Contractors or Subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered
Contractor's or Subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables.
4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7 a through p of
these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as
percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should
reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered
Construction contractors performing construction work in geographical areas where they do not have a Federal or
federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical
area where the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form,
and such notices may be obtained from any Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office or from Federal
procurement contracting officers. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in meeting its
goals in each craft during the period specified.
5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the
Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's
obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.
6. In order for the non-working training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such
apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must
have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the
availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the
U.S. Department of Labor.
BP-16
March 17,2000
7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation
of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results
from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts hlly, and shall implement affirmative action steps at
least as extensive as the following:
a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all
facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign
two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen,
superintendents, and other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to
maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such
sites or in such facilities.
b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to
minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have
employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses.
c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female
off-the-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community
organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the
union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed
by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefor, along with whatever additional
actions the Contractor may have taken.
d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has
a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the
Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the
Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations.
e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities andor participate in training programs for the area which expressly
include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to
the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor.
The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above.
f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and
requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any
policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report,
etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees
at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at
each location where construction work is performed.
g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these
specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other
employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such as
Superintendents, General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written
record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject
matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter.
h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media,
specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the
Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates
doing business.
i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations, to
schools with minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations
serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for
the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall
send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and
tests to be used in the selection process.
BP-17
March 17,2000
j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where
reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site
and in other areas ofa Contractor's work force.
k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3.
1. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for
promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training,
etc., such opportunities.
m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have
a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that
the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out.
n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are Non-Segregated except that separate or single-user toilet
and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes.
0. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female
construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor
associations and other business associations.
p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the Contractor's
EEO policies and affirmative action obligations.
8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their
affirmative action obligations (7a through p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor-union,
contractor-community, or other similar group of which the contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted
as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7a through p of these Specifications provided that the
contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the
employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected
in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual
goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions
taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a
group to hlfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance.
9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor,
however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups,
both male and female, and all women, both minority and non-minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in
violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example,
even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the
Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized).
10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any
person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.
1 1. The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government
contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246.
12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal
Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed
or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 1 1246, as amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of
Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be
in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 1 1246, as amended.
13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative
action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to
achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply
with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director
shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8.
BP-18
March 17,2000
14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that
the company EEO policy is being camed out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required
telephone numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned,
social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in
status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed.
Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing
records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records.
- by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address,
15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish
different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area
residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block
Grant Program).
15 - ELIMINATION OF SEGREGATED FACILITIES
NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE FEDERALLY-ASSISTED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS
(a) A Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities, as required by the May 9, 1967 Order (32 F.R. 7439,
May 19, 1967) on Elimination of Segregated Facilities, by the Secretary of Labor, must be submitted prior to the
award of a Federally-assisted construction contract exceeding $1 0,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of
the Equal Opportunity Clause.
(b) Contractors receiving Federally-assisted construction contract awards exceeding $10,000 which,
are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause, will be required to provide for the forwarding
of the following notice to prospective subcontractors for supply and construction contracts where the subcontracts
exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause.
” NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE SUBCONTRACTORS OF REQUIREMENT FOR CERTIFICATION OF NON-SEGREGATED FACILITIES
(a) A Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities, as required by the May 9, 1967 Order (32 F.R. 7439,
May 19, 1967) on Elimination of Segregated Facilities, by the Secretary of Labor, must be submitted prior to the
award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause.
(b) Contractors receiving subcontract awards exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the
provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause will be required to provide for the forwarding of this notice to
prospective subcontractors for supply and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not
exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause.
BP-19
March 17,2000
16 - CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES
Environmental Protection Agency Region IX
75 Hawthorne Street
San Francisco, California 94105
CERTIFICATION OF NON-SEGREGATED FACILITIES
(Applicable to federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not
exempt from the Equal Opportunity Clause.)
The federally assisted construction contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his
employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he does not permit his employees to
perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally
assisted construction contractor certifies hrther that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any
segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services
at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction
contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity Clause in this contract. As
used in this certification, the term “segregated facilities” means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and wash
rooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas,
transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact
segregated on the basis of race, creed, color, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The
federally assisted construction contractor agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from
proposed subcontractors for specified time period) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed
subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt form the provisions of
the Equal Opportunity Clause, and that he will retain such certifications in his files.
Note: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 1001.
BP-20
March 17,2000
17 - DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE CERTIFICATION
DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE CERTIFICATION _-
CONTRACTOWAPPLICANT: ’sIH&d *+-I
The contractor or applicant named above hereby certifies compliance with Government Code Section 8355 in
matters relating to providing a drug-free workplace. The above named contractor or applicant will:
1. Publish a statement notifying employees that unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensation, possession, or
use of a controlled substance is prohibited and specifying actions to be taken against employees for violations,
as required by Government Code Section 8355(a).
2. Establish a Drug-Free Awareness Program as required by Government Code Section 8355(b), to inform
employees about all of the following:
(a) The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace,
(b) The person’s or organization’s policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace,
(c) Any available counseling, rehabilitation and employee assistance programs, and
(d) Penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations.
3. Provide as required by Government Code Section 8355(c), that every employee who works on the proposed
contract or loan:
(a) Will receive a copy of the company’s drug-free policy statement, and
(b) Will agree to abide by the terms of the company’s statement as a condition of employment on the contract
or loan.
CERTIFICATION
I, the official named below, hereby swear that I am duly authorized legally to bind the contractor or loan recipient to
the above described certification. I am fully aware that this certification, executed on the date and in the county
below, is made under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California.
OFFICIAL’S NAME: !
,-
BP-2 1
March 17,2000
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
. -.
- ,
State of California 1
On , before me, \Thb
personally appeared MPX FWZI e* Date . Name and Title of Officer (e.g.. *Jane Doe, Notary Pu4ic")
Name@) of Signer@)
dpersonally known to me
mce
to be the person& whose nameM is/&
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that he/&/tgy executed
the same in hislwtwr authorized
capacity(@$), and that by his/l$r/twr
signaturew on the instrument the person(fl, or
the entity upon behalf of which the personH
acted, executed the instrument.
Place Notary Seal Above
OPTIONAL
Thouqh the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document - and could prevent fraudulent
Description of Attached Doc -\
Title or Type of Document: b
Document Date: Number of Pages: 1
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer's Name:
0 Individual
0 Corporate Officer - Title(s):
0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General
0 Attorney in Fact
0 Trustee
0 Guardian or Conservator
0 Other:
Signer Is Representing:
0 1999 National Notary Assmallon 9350 De Sot0 Ave., P.0 Box 2402 - Chatsworth. CA 913132402 w.nationalnolaty.org Prod. No. 5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827
18 - PART 32--GOVERNMENT WIDE DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION (NONPROCUREMENT) AND
GOVERNMENT WIDE REOUIREMENTS FOR DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE (GRANTS)
Appendix A to Part 32--Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, and Other Responsibility Matters--Primary
Covered Transactions
Instructions for Certification
1. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective primary participant is providing the certification set out
below.
2. The inability of a person to provide the certification required below will not necessarily result in denial of
participation in this covered transaction. The prospective participant shall submit an explanation of why it cannot
provide the certification set out below. The certification or explanation will be considered in connection with the
department or agency's determination whether to enter into this transaction. However, failure of the prospective
primary participant to furnish a certification or an explanation shall disqualify such person from participation in this
transaction.
3. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when the
department or agency determined to enter into this transaction. If it is later determined that the prospective primary
participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal
Government, the department or agency may terminate this transaction for cause or default.
4. The prospective primary participant shall provide immediate written notice to the department or agency to which
this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective primary participant learns that its certification was erroneous
when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
5. The terms covered transaction, debarred, suspended, ineligible, lower tier covered transaction, Participant,
person, primary covered transaction, principal, proposal, and voluntarily excluded, as used in this clause, have the
meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of the rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You
may contact the department or agency to which this proposal is being submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of
those regulations.
6. The prospective primary participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered
transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is
proposed for debarment under 48 CFR part 9, subpart 9.4, debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily
excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency entering into
this transaction.
7. The prospective primary participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include the clause
titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered
Transaction,'' provided by the department or agency entering into this covered transaction, without modification, in
all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions.
8. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier
covered transaction that it is not proposed for debarment under 48 CFR part 9, subpart 9.4, debarred, suspended,
ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A
participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals. Each
participant may, but is not required to, check the List of Parties Excluded from Federal Procurement and Non-
procurement Programs.
9. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to
render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of a participant is not
required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
10. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph 6 of these instructions, if a participant in a covered
transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is proposed for debarment
under 48 CFR part 9, subpart 9.4, suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this
BP-22
March 17,2000
transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency may
terminate this transaction for cause or default.
- Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, and Other Responsibility
Matters--Primary Covered Transactions
(1) The prospective primary participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals:
(a) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded by
any Federal department or agency;
(b) Have not within a three-year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered
against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or
performing a public (Federal, State or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal
or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of
records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property;
(c) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal,
State or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (I)(b) of this certification; and
(d) Have not within a three-year period preceding this applicatiodproposal had one or more public transactions
(Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default.
(2) Where the prospective primary participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such
prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
Appendix B to Part 32"Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary
Exclusion--Lower Tier Covered Transactions
Instructions for Certification - 1. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective lower tier participant is providing the certification set
out below.
2. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this
transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective lower tier participant knowingly rendered
an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government the department or
agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, inciuding suspension andor
debarment.
3. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal
is submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous when
submitted or had become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
4. The terms covered transaction, debarred, suspended, ineligible, lower tier covered transaction, participant,
. person, primary covered transaction, principal, proposal, and voluntarily excluded, as used in this clause, have the
meaning set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may
contact the person to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations.
5. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered
transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is
proposed for debarment under 48 CFR part 9, subpart 9.4, debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily
excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency with which
this transaction originated.
6. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause
titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered
covered transactions. - Transaction," without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier
BP-23
March 17,2000
7. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier
covered transaction that it is not proposed for debarment under 48 CFR part 9, subpart 9.4, debarred, suspended,
ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A
participant may, but is not required to, check the List of Parties Excluded from Federal Procurement and
Nonprocurement Programs.
.- participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals. Each
8. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to
render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of a participant is not
required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
9. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph 5 of these instructions, if a participant in a covered
transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is proposed for debarment
under 48 CFR part 9, subpart 9.4, suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this
transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency with which
this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension andor debarment.
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary
Exclusion--Lower Tier Covered Transactions
(1) The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this proposal, that neither it nor its principals
is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from
participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency.
(2) Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification,
such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
19 - RESPONSIBILITY FOR REMOVAL, RELOCATION, OR PROTECTION OF EXISTING
UTILITIES; CONTRACTS AND PROVISIONS
GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 42 15 (in relevant Dart) _-
The contract documents shall include provisions to compensate the contractor for the costs of locating, repairing
damage not due to the failure of the contractor to exercise reasonable care, and removing or relocating such utility
facilities not indicated in the plans and specifications with reasonable accuracy, and for equipment on the project
necessarily idled during such work. The contract documents shall include provisions that the contractor shall not be
assessed liquidated damages for delay in completion of the project, when such delay was caused by the failure of the
public agency or the owner of the utility to provide for removal or relocation of such utility facilities. (1 974)
20 - SUBMITTING OF BIDS AND AGREEING TO ASSIGN
GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 4552 (in relevant part)
In submitting a bid to a public purchasing body, the bidder offers and agrees that if the bid is accepted, it will assign to the purchasing body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4
of the Clayton Act (15 U.S. C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of
Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, materials, or services
by the bidder for sale to the purchasing body pursuant to the bid. Such assignment shall be made and become
effective at the time the purchasing body tenders final payment to the bidder. (1978)
BP-24
March 17,2000
21 - NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
PUBLIC CONTRACTS CODE SECTION 7106
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID
State of California
County of ss
; being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he or she is
of the party making the
foregoing bid, that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership,
company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder
has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a
sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly,
sought by agreement, communication, or conference, with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other
bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any
advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all
statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or
her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or
paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or
to any member or agent thereof the effectuate a collusive or sham bid.
personally known to me OR proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s)
islare subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that helshelthey executed the same in
hislherltheir authorized capacity(ies), and that by hisherltheir signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or entity
upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.
Subscribed and sworn to before me on
(Notary Public)
BP-25
March 17,2000
Minority Participation Goals for California
Affirmative ActiodEqual Employment Opportunity for Construction Contractors Aggregate Work Force Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area (SMSA)
41 CFR $60 - 4.6
All areadall trades Female participation goal 6.9%
Area minority participation Goal f?h)
174 Redding: Non-SMSA 6.8 Lassen; Modoc; Plums; Shasta; Siskiyou; Tehema
175 Eureka: Non-SMSA Counties 6.6 Del Norte; Humboldt; Trinity
176 San Francisco-Oakland-San Jose: SMSA Counties: 7120 Salinas-Seaside-Monterev 28.9 Monterey 7360 San Francisco-Oakland 26.6 Alameda; Contra Costa; Marin; San Francisco; San Mateo
7400 San Jose 19.6 Santa Clara
7485 Santa Cruz 14.9 Santa Cruz
7500 Santa Rosa 9.1 Sonoma. 8720 Valleio-Farifield-Naua 17.1 Napa; Solano
Non-SMSA Counties 23.2
Lake; Mendocino; San Benito
177 Sacramento: SMSA Counties: 6920 Sacramento 16.1 Placer; Sacramento; Yo10
Non-SMSA Conuties 14.3 Butte; Colusa; El Dorado; Glenn; Nevada; Sierra; Sutter; Yuba
1 78 Stockton-Modesto: SMSA Counties:
5 170 Modesto 12.3
8 120 Stockton 24.3 Stanislaus
San Joaquin
Non-SMSA Counties 19.8 Alpine; Amador; Calaveras; Mariposa;
Merced; Tuolumne
Area minority participation Goal (%I
1 79 Fresno-Bakersfield: SMSA Counties:
0680 Bakersfield 19.1
2840 Fresno 26.1
Fresno Non-SMSA Counties 23.6 Kings; Madera; Tulare
Kern
180 Los Angeles: SMSA Counties:
0360 Anaheim-Santa Ana-Garden Grove 11.9
4480 Los Andes-Long Beach 26.3
6000 Oxnard-Simi Vallev-Ventura 21.5
6780 Riverside-San Bernardino-Ontario 19.0
7480 Santa Barbara-Santa Maria-Lomucc 19.7
Orange
Los Angeles
Ventura.
Riverside; San Bernardino.
Santa Barbara
Non-SMSA Counties 24.6 Inyo; Mono; San Luis Obisbo
181 San Diego: SMSA Counties: 7320 San Diego 16.9 San Diego
Non-SMSA Counties 16.2 Imperial
BP-26
March 17,2000
23 - LABOR CODE SECTION 6500
(a) For those employments or places of employment that by their nature involve a substantial
risk of injury, the division shall require the issuance of a permit prior to the initiation of any practices,
work, method, operation, or process of employment. The permit requirement of this section is limited to
employment or places of employment that are any of the following:
(1) Construction of trenches or excavations that are five feet or deeper and into which a person
(2) The construction of any building, structure, falsework, or scaffolding more than three stories
(3) The demolition of any building, structure, falsework, or scaffold more than three stories
(4) The underground use of diesel engines in work in mines and tunnels.
This subdivision does not apply to motion picture, television, or theater stages or sets, including,
(b) On or after January 1,2000, this subdivision shall apply to motion picture, television, or
is required to descend.
high or the equivalent height.
high or the equivalent height.
but not limited to, scenery, props, backdrops, flats, greenbeds, and grids.
theater stages or sets, if there has occurred within any one prior calendar year in any combination at
separate locations three serious injuries, fatalities, or serious violations related to the construction or
demolition of sets more than 36 feet in height for the motion picture, television, and theatrical production
industry.
television, or theater stages or sets that are more than three stones or the equivalent height. A single permit
shall be required under this subdivision for each employer, regardless of the number of locations where the
stages or sets are located. An employer with a currently valid annual permit issued under this subdivision
shall not be required to provide notice to the division prior to commencement of any work activity
authorized by the permit. The division may adopt procedures to permit employers to renew by mail the
permits issued under this subdivision. For purposes of this subdivision, "motion picture, television, or
theater stages or sets" include, but are not limited to, scenery, props, backdrops, flats, greenbeds, and grids.
An annual permit shall be required for employers who construct or dismantle motion picture,
24 - PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7 105
7105. (a) Construction contracts of public agencies shall not require the contractor to be responsible
for the cost of repairing or restoring damage to the work, which damage is determined to have been
proximately caused by an act of God, in excess of 5 percent of the contracted amount, provided, that the
work damaged is built in accordance with accepted and applicable building standards and the plans and
specifications of the awarding authority. However, contracts may include provisions for terminating the
contract. The requirements of this section shall not be mandatory as to construction contracts financed by
revenue bonds. This section shall not prohibit a public agency from requiring that a contractor obtain
insurance to indemnify the public agency for any damage to the work caused by an act of God if the
insurance premium is a separate bid item. If insurance is required, requests for bids issued by public
agencies shall set forth the amount of the work to be covered and the contract resulting from the requests
for bids shall require that the contractor hish evidence of satisfactory insurance coverage to the public
agency prior to execution of the contract.
(b) For the purposes of this section:
(1) "Public agency'' shall include the state, the Regents of the University of California, a city,
county, district, public authority, public agency, municipal utility, and any other political subdivision or
public corporation of the state..
(2) "Acts of God" shall include only the following occurrences or conditions and effects:
earthquakes in excess of a magnitude of 3.5 on the Richter Scale and tidal waves.
(c) Public agencies may make changes in construction contracts for public improvements in the
course of construction to bring the completed improvements into compliance with environmental
requirements or standards established by state and federal statutes entered into. The contractor shall be paid
for the changes in accordance with the provisions of the contract governing payment for changes in the
work or, if no provisions are set forth in the contract, payment shall be as agreed to by the parties.
BP-27
March 17,2000
.- (d) (1) Where authority to contract is vested in any public agency, excluding the state, the
authority shall include the power, by mutual consent of the contracting parties, to terminate, amend, or
modify any contract within the scope of such authority.
(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to contracts entered into pursuant to any statute expressly
requiring that contracts be let or awarded on the basis of competitive bids. Contracts of public agencies,
excluding the state, required to be let or awarded on the basis of competitive bids pursuant to any statute
may be terminated, amended, or modified only if the termination, amendment, or modification is so
provided in the contract or is authorized under provision of law other than this subdivision. The
compensation payable, if any, for amendments and modifications shall be determined as provided in the
contract. The compensation payable, if any, in the event the contract is so terminated shall be determined as
provided in the contract or applicable statutory provision providing for the termination.
considerations at the discretion of the public agencies.
(3) Contracts of public agencies may include provisions for termination for environmental
25 - PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 9203
9203. (a) Payment on any contract with a local agency for the creation, construction, alteration, repair,
or improvement of any public structure, building, road, or other improvement, of any kind which will
exceed in cost a total of five thousand dollars ($5,000), shall be made as the legislative body prescribes
upon estimates approved by the legislative body, but progress payments shall not be made in excess of 95
percent of the percentage of actual work completed plus a like percentage of the value of material delivered
on the ground or stored subject to, or under the control of, the local agency, and unused. The local agency
shall withhold not less than 5 percent of the contract price until final completion and acceptance of the
project. However, at any time after 50 percent of the work has been completed, if the legislative body finds
that satisfactory progress is being made, it may make any of the remaining progress payments in 111 for
actual work completed.
be subject to a twenty-five thousand dollar ($25,000) limit for purposes of subdivision (a).
(b) Notwithstanding the dollar limit specified in subdivision (a), a county water authority shall
BP-28
March 17,2000
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
FOR
RANCHO SANTA FE ROAD NORTH, PHASE 1
CONTRACT NO. 3190.
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1 - TERMS, DEFINITIONS ABBREVIATIONS AND
SYMBOLS
1-1 TERMS
Add the following section:
1-1 .I Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown", "indicated", "detailed", "noted", "scheduled", or
words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the plans accompanying
these provisions, unless stated otherwise.
a 05/10/00
Add the following section: 1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed, "designated, "selected", or words of similar import are used,
it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is intended, unless
stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import shall be understood to mean "as
required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer," unless stated
otherwise.
Add the following section:
1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words "equal", "approved equal", "equivalent", and such words
of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression "in the
opinion of the Engineer", unless otherwise stated. Where the words "approved", "approval",
"acceptance", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the approval, acceptance, or
similar import of the Engineer is intended.
Add the following section: 1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its expense,
shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the furnishing and installing
of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and trangportation.
1-2 DEFINITIONS
Modify as follows: The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively defined by the definitions
assigned to them herein.
Agency - the City of Carlsbad, California
City Council - the City Council of the City of Carlsbad AND Board of Directors - the Board of Directors
Contract No. 31 90
~\
Page 75 of 288 Pages
of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District.
City Manager - the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or hidher approved representative.
Dispute Board - persons designated by the City Manager to hear and advise the City Manager on
claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager is the last appeal level for informal dispute
resolution.
Engineer - the Deputy Public Works Director - Engineering of the City of Carlsbad or hisher approved
representative.
Minor Bid item - a single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (1 0%) of the original Contract
Price bid.
Own Organization - When used in Section 2-3.1 - Employees of the Contractor who are hired, directed, -
supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Further, such
employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and Federal income
taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in Section 2-3.1 "own
organization" means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases and uses to accomplish
the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an operator is not part of the
Contractor's Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of compliance with section 2-3.1
of the Standard Specifications and these Supplemental Provisions.
Owner Operator/Lessor - Any person who provides equipment or tools with an operator provided who
is employed by neither the Contractor nor a subcontractor and is neither an agent nor employee of the
Agency or a public utility.
Public Works Manager - the Engineer's designated representative for inspection, contract
administration and second level for informal dispute resolution.
Construction Manager - the Project Inspectork immediate supervisor and first level of appeal for
informal dispute resolution.
1-3 ABBREVIATIONS
1-3.2 Common Usage. add the following: Abbreviation Word or Words AB ............................................. Abandon ADA .......................................... Americans with Disabilities Act Apts. ......................................... Apa~ment and Apartments ARVV ........................................ Air Release and Vacuum Relief Valve ARVV ........................................ Air Release and Vacuum Release Assembly AVE .......................................... Avenue BC ............................................ Beginning Curve or Box to Conduit
BO ............................................ Blow-off Assembly C ............................................... Conduit cfs ............................................. cubic feet per second CHKD ....................................... Checked CL ............................................. Class CMP ......................................... Corrugated Metal Pipe CMWD ...................................... Carlsbad Municipal Water District Comm ....................................... Commercial CON ......................................... Conductor CSSD ....................................... Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings Dl .............................................. Ductile Iron
Bldg .......................................... Building and Buildings
a 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 76 of 288 Pages
DIM .......................................... Dimension
DIP ........................................... Ductile Iron Pipe
DLC .......................................... Detector Loop Cable
DR ............................................ Dimension Ratio
DWN ........................................ Drawn
E ............................................... East
E ............................................... Electric
EB ............................................ East Bound
ELL ............................................ C Shaped Elbow
ESA .......................................... Environmentally Sensitive Area
et seq. ...................................... et sequens - and the following
ETW ......................................... Edge of traveled way; outside edge of roadway for the movement of
vehicles, exclusive of shoulders
EVPE ....................................... Emergency Vehicle Pre-emption Equipment
EX ............................................ Existing
EXP .......................................... Expires
FLG .......................................... Flange
fps ............................................ feet per second
G .............................................. Gas
gal ............................................ Gallon and Gallons
GB ............................................ Grade Break
GNV ......................................... Ground Not Visible
gpm .......................................... gallons per minute
HCP ......................................... Habitat Conservation Plan IE .............................. ............... Invert Elevation
IISNS ....................................... Internally Illuminated Street Name Sign IMPR ........................................ Improvements
LCW D ...................................... Leucadia County Water District
LMA .......................................... Lintvedt, McColl & Associates
LOC .......................................... Location
LUM ......................................... Luminaire
LT ............................................. Left MAR ......................................... Manual Air Release Valve
MILS ......................................... Millimeters
MIN .......................................... Minimum
MIP ........................................... Male Iron Pipe
MSL .......................................... Mean Sea Level (see Regional Standard Drawing "12)
MTBM ...................................... Microtunneling Boring Machine
N .............................................. North
NB ............................................ North Bound
NCTD ....................................... North County Transit District
NTS .......................................... Not to Scale
No ............................................ Number
OG ........................................... Original Ground
OHE ......................................... Overhead Electric
OMWD ..................................... Olivenhain Municipal Water District
PCP .......................................... Plastic Corrugated Pipe Type C
PG ............................................ Profile Grade PPB .......................................... Pedestrian Pushbutton
PR ....... 1 .................................... Pressure Reducing PV ............................................ Programmable Visibility
PVC-PP ................................... Polyvinyl Chloride - Pressure Pipe
REC ......................................... Recorded
ROW ........................................ Right-of-way
FIP ........................................... Female Iron Pipe
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 77 of 288 Pages
RS ............................................ Remove and Salvage
RWGV ...................................... Resilient Wedge Gate Valve
S ............................................... Sewer or Slope, as applicable
RT ............................................. Right
RWD ...................................... Reviewed
S ............................................... Sduth SB ............................................. South Bound
SCH .......................................... Schedule
SCH .......................................... Splice Conductors
SDNR ....................................... San Diego Northern Railway
SDRSD ..................................... San Diego Regional Standard Drawing(s)
SE .............................. i .............. Sand Equivalent SFM .......................................... Sewer Force Main SHLDR ..................................... Shoulder; portion of the roadway contiguous with the traveled way for accommodation of stopped vehicles, for emergency use, and for lateral support of base and surface courses
SIG ;..........................................Signal
SWPPP .................................... Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
SQ ............................................ Square
STA PT ..................................... Station Point
ST ............................................. Street
SXT .......................................... Slip by Thread
T ............................................... Tangent
T ............................................... Telephone
T ............................................... Thickness related to a specific detail TEE ...................................... ....IT' Shaped
TP ............................................. Top of Pipe
VWD ......................................... Vallecitos Water District
W .............................................. Water, Wider or Width, as applicable
W .............................................. West
WB ............................................ West Bound
Wf ........................................... ..With
X ............................................... A dimension related to a specific detail
Y ............................................... A dimension related to a specific detail
YR ............................................ Year
UE ............................................ Underground Electric
Delete the following section and add the following:
1-4.1 General. The U.S. Standard Measures, also called U.S. Customary System, is the principal
measurement system in these specifications and shall be used for construction. The Standard
Specifications includes the International System of Units, also referred to as the SI or metric system and
U.S. Standard Measures in parenthesis. The U.S. Standard Measures and the SI Unites may or may not
be exactly equivalent.
Reference is also made to ASTM E 380 for definitions of various units of the SI system and a more
extensive set of conversion factors.
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 78 of 288 Pages
SECTION
2-3 SUBCONTRACTS
2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK
2-3.1 General. Add the following: Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring the
Contractor to complete 50 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may at its
sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or to deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the
work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the Contractor's own
organization. The City Council shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these provisions.
In any proceedings under this section, the prime contractor shall be entitled to a public hearing before the
City Council and shall be notified ten (10) days in advance of the time and location of said hearing. The
determination of the City Council shall be final.
2-4 CONTRACT BONDS
Modify the second sentence of paragraph one as follows: Delete, "who is listed in the latest version of
US. Department of Treasury Circular 570,".
Modify paragraphs three and four to read: The Contractor shall provide a faithful performance/warranty
bond and payment bond (labor and materials bond) for this contract. The faithful performance/warranty
bond shall be in the amount of 100 percent of the contract price. The Contractor shall provide bonds to
secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount equal to:
1) One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract when the total
amount payable does not exceed five million dollars ($5,000,000).
2) Fifty percent (50%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract when the total amount payable is not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000) and does not exceed ten million dollars
3) Twenty-five percent (25%) .of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract if fhe contract
Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project until
they are released according to the provisions of this section.
($1 0,000,000).
exceeds ten million dollars ($1 0,000,000).
The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days after
recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the one year warranty
period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The bonds to
secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released six months plus 30 days after
recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid.
Add the following: All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to
transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount
equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following documents:
1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other
2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner.
instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so.
If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the
insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the execution
of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in Section 173 of
the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may be verified by the
oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States.
2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
2-5.1 General. Add the following: The specifications for the work include the Standard Specifications a 05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 79 of 288 Pages
for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), 2000 Edition, hereinafter designated "SSPWC", as written and
promulgated by Joint Cooperative Committee of the Southern California Chapter American Public Works
Association and Southern California Districts Associated General Contractors of California, and as
amended by the Supplemental Provisions section of this contract.
The construction plans consist of 1 set. The set is designated as City of Carlsbad Drawing No. 368-2,
and consists of 139 sheets. The standard drawings used for this project are the latest edition of the San
Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated SDRS, as issued by the San Diego
County Department of Public Works, together with the most recent editions of the City of Carlsbad
Supplemental Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated as CSSD, as issued by the City of Carlsbad, the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Plans hereinafter designated as CMWDSD, as issued by the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, and other reference standards listed below. Copies of some of the
pertinent standard drawings are enclosed as an appendix to these Supplemental Provisions.
2-5.1.1 Reference Specifications, Standards listed as "Reference Specifications" in the various sections
of these contract documents are hereby incorporated into this specification by reference. Referenced
documents shall include all revisions, amendments, supplements or addenda issued on or before the date
of advertising for bids.
The Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standards, Reclaimed Rules and Regulations for Construction of
Reclaimed Water Mains, and Standard Drawings, latest edition at time of bid receipt, are incorporated into
these contract documents by their reference herein and will be enforced unless superseded by the project
specifications or specific details of the contract documents.
The Vallecitos Water District Standard Specification for Construction of Water and Sewer Facilities and
Approved Material List, latest edition at time of bid receipt, are incorporated into these contract documents
by their reference herein and will be enforced unless superseded by the project specifications or specific
details of the contract documents.
The Olivenhain Municipal Water District Standard Specifications and Drawings for the Construction of Water Mains and Facilities, latest edition at the time of bid receipt, are hereby incorporated into these
contract documents .by their reference herein and will be enforced unless superseded by the project
specifications or specific details of the contract documents.
The Leucadia County Water District, Division 2, Sewer System Standard Specifications, latest edition at the
time of bid receipt, are hereby incorporated into these contract documents by their reference herein and will
be enforced unless superseded by the project specifications or specific details of the contract documents.
2-5.1.2 Approved Materials List Related to Recycled Water Improvements. All the material used on
Schedule B of this project, including pipe, valves, couplings etc., shall be in accordance with items listed in
the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Rules and Regulations for Construction of Reclaimed Water Mains,
and the Standard Drawings, latest edition at time of bid receipt.
All the material used on Schedule C of this project, including pipe, valves, couplings etc., shall be in accordance with items listed in the Vallecitos Water District Standard Specification for Construction of Water and Sewer Facilities and Approved Materials list.
Materials referenced in the standard may be used on this project. Materials not on the list must be
submitted for approval in accordance with established procedure, and shall be accepted for use on this
project prior to its purchase and installation as part of the work of this contract.
2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. Modify as follows: If there is a conflict between Contract
Documents, the document highest in precedence shall control. The precedence shall be the most recent
edition of the following documents listed in order of highest to lowest precedence:
I. Permits from other agencies as may be required by law. e 05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 80 of 288 Pages
I!. Supplemental Provisions.
111. Plans.
' IV. Standard Plans and Specifications. A. City of Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings.
6. Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawings
C. City of Carlsbad Modifications to the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings.
D. San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings.
E. State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans.
V. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.
VI. Reference Specifications.
VII. Manufacturer's Installation Recommendations.
..
Change Orders, Supplemental Agreements and approved revisions to Plans and Specifications will take'
precedence over items 2) through 7) above. Detailed plans and plan views shall have precedence over
general plans.
2-5.3.3 Submittals. Add the following: Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Resubmittals shall be labeled with the number of the original submittal followed by an ascending
numerical designation (e.g. The label '4-3' would indicate the third instance that the fourth submittal had
been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Each set of
shop drawings and submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor's
letterhead. The Letter of transmittal shall contain the following:
1) Project title and contract number.
2) Number of complete sets. 3) Contractor's certification statement.
4) Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review.
5) Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent resubmittals for the
6) Description of the contents of the submittal.
7) Identification of deviations from the contract documents.
When submitted for the Engineer's review, submittals and shop drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the submittals and shop drawings
and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall
,subscribe to and shall place the following certification on all submittals and shop drawings:
same materials.)
,. .
"I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal or shop drawing is that
proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be
installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for review."
By: Title:
Date:
Company Name:
2-5.3.3.1 Submittals Relating to Potable, Recycled Water, and Sewer Improvements. The shop
drawings relating to potable and recycled water, and sewer improvements that shall be submitted to the
Engineer for review shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Ductile Iron Pipe CL 300 Paint and coatings PVC Water Pipe C900 Pressure Reducing Valve Combination Air and Vacuum Relief Valve Assemblies Pressure Relief Valve a 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 81 of 288 Pages
Valve and Valve Boxes Pre-Cast Concrete Vault and Hatch
1 -Inch Service and Fittings CMUC Steel Fittings
Trench Shoring Details and Excavation Plans Polyethylene Tube Wrap
Ductile Iron Fittings Gate Valves
Steel Pipe Electrical and Telemetry Equipment
Blowoff Assemblies Pressure and Leak Testing Plan
Schedule of Required Shutdowns
The Contractor shall submit seven copies of submittals unless otherwise stated. Three copies will be
returned to the Contractor.
2-5.3.3.2 Submittal / Shop Drawing Transmittal Form. The form included at the end of this section shall be used unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Submit a separate form for each submittal and shop drawing number. Submittals and shop drawings without completed Contractor’s Transmittal Forms
will be returned without review and stamped “REJECTED”.
Exceptions and departures from Contract Documents shall be clearly noted, along with justification for each exception or departure. Otherwise, review or approval of submittals and shop drawings shall not
constitute approval of exceptions or departures.
Stock or standard drawings will not be accepted for review unless full identification and supplementary
information is shown thereon in ink or typewritten form.
Review of submittals shall proceed as follows:
1) Submit specified quantity of complete submittals / shop drawings together with Submittal /
Shop Drawing Transmittal Forms to the Engineer for review. Fold submittals to approximately 9-
inches by 12-inches.
2) Submittals will be stamped “NO EXCEPTION TAKEN”, “MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED”,
“AMEND AND RESUBMIT”, or “REJECTED - RESUBMIT”. Three copies with letter of transmittal
will be returned to Contractor.
3) If drawing or data is stamped “AMEND AND RESUBMIT” or “REJECTED - RESUBMIT”, make
necessary corrections and resubmit documents as required in Instruction 1. The Submittal / Shop Drawing Transmittal Form transmitting revised documents shall show what documents comprise a resubmittal.
4) If changes other than those noted by the Engineer are made on a submittal before resubmittal, note such changes on resubmittal.
5) Revise and resubmit submittals as required, until confirmation of compliance is obtained.
2-5.3.4 Shop Drawings And Product Data Relating to. Potable and Recycled Water, and Sewer
improvements.
Shop drawings shall clearly show dimensions, clearances, slopes, floor space requirements, tolerances,
conduit, anchor bolt sizes and embedments, finishes, performance characteristics, and weight and type of products. Shop drawings shall indicate the location at which products are to be installed, how equipment will be mounted, how it relates to adjacent structures or products, and how connection will be made between Work under this contract and work under other contracts. Shop drawings shall show parts lists and details of appurtenances to be furnished with specified items, along with references to appropriate ASTM, Federal Specifications and other reference standards and grades. Use of contract drawing reproductions for shop drawings is subject to rejection. e 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 82 of 288 Pages
Catalog data shall clearly indicate applicable items when several products are covered on one page.
Using black ink, indicate on submitted catalog data, specification section or plan reference being
satisfied.
Installation or Application Instructions shall be manufacturer's printed instructions including warranty requirements, clearances required and proper field procedures to deliver, handle, install and prepare
product for use. In the absence of manufacturer's published literature, ASTM, AWWA or trade standards
for proper installation will be accepted..
Operation and Maintenance Instructions shall be manufacturer's printed instructions for correct operation
and maintenance procedures for product, along with data which must accompany manual as directed by
current regulations of government agency. Include operating instructions for each piece of equipment.
Describe equipment function, operating characteristics, limiting conditions, operating instructions, startup
procedures, normal and emergency conditions, regulation and control, and shutdown. Include
preventative maintenance instructions. List warranty requirements. Explain and illustrate preventative
maintenance tasks, Include lubrication charts, lists of acceptable lubricants, trouble shooting instructions,
and lists of required maintenance tools and equipment. List recommended spare parts, their costs, and
ordering information for 1 manufacturer who can supply these parts. Index instructions for easy
reference. Include information for installed equipment only.
Manufacturer's Statement of Responsibility shall be copy of form attached, signed by authorized factory
representative for manufacturer whose product is being furnished.
Certification of Compliance shall certlfy materials have been sampled, tested and found to comply with
applicable reference standards.
Engineering Calculations shall be clearly legible, and shall demonstrate compliance with state and local
codes, applicable standards, and contract requirements. Calculations shall be sealed by a licensed
engineer.
Add the following:
2-5.4 Record Drawings, The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "as-built"
record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the
original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and kinds of equipment,
underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose may
be obtained from the Agency. This set of drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be used only as a
record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within ten (10) days of completion of the work.
Payment for performing the work required by section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various bid items and
no additional payment will be made therefore.
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 03 of 288 Pages
SUBMITT'AUSHOP DRAWING TRANSMITTAL FORM
FROM:
TO:
AlTN:
DATE:
PROJECT NAME: Rancho Santa Fe Road
North Phase I (Bid Schedule A
Citv of Carlsbad PROJECT NO.: Contract No. 31 90
5950 El Camino Real
Carlsbad. CA 92008 OWNER:
Construction Manaaer
SUBMllTAL NO.: THIS IS AN ORIGINAL THIS IS A REVISION
NO.:
SUBJECT OF SUBMITTAL:
SPECIFICATION SECTION(S):
PLAN SHEET NUMBER(S):
SUBMITTAL OF SUBMITTTAL
CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION: Check & Complete either (A) or (B) below:
-(A) We have reviewed in detail and certify that the material, equipment or construction
procedure(s) contained in this submittal meet all the reauirements specified in or shown on
the Contract Documents, Construction Specifications and Construction Plans with no
exceptions.
-(B) We 'have reviewed in detail and certify that the material, equipment or construction
procedure(s) contained in this submittal meet all the requirements specified in or shown on
the Contract Documents, Construction Specifications and Construction Plans except for the
followina deviations:
- - -
CONTRACTOR'S AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE:
Contract No. 31 90 Page 84 of 288 Pages
2-7 SUBSURFACE DATA
Add the following: A geotechnical investigation of the type of soils to be encountered along the proposed alignment has been performed for the purpose of assisting in the design of the planned improvements. A
geotechnical investigation report, dated April 30, 1999, was developed for this project by Agra Earth and
Environmental, Inc., and is available for review at the City. The Contractor is made aware that bxcavations
into the Santiago Formation and Santiago Peak Volcanics will require b1,asting and hydraulic rock breakers
or jackhammers. The Contractor shall satisfy himself of the site conditions and be responsible for including
any and all costs in his bid to properly construct the project with the existing soil conditions.
2-9 SURVEYING
2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers. Delete sections 2-9.1 and replace with the following: The Contractor
shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the consent of the
Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting an existing
monument in place is impractical, the Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered
civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California, hereinafter Surveyor, to
establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced by the Surveyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file comer record@) as required by 55 8772 and 8773, et seq. of the
California Business and Professions Code.
. " When ,. a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and cover to the new grade
within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument frames and covers shall
be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
2-9.2 Survey Service. Delete sections 2-9.2 and replace with the following: The Contractor shall hire and pay for the services of a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California, hereinafter called Surveyor, to perform all work necessary for
establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other surveying work necessary to
'. construct the work, provide surveying services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting and
other professional services required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor
shall be resident on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the
surveying work.
Add the following section:
2-9.2.1 Submittal of Surveying Data. All surveying data submittals shall conform to the requirements
of section 2-5.3.3, "Submittals", herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sheets to the Engineer before
commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor shall submit field notes for all
surveying required herein to the Engineer within ten days of performing the survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations shall be submitted in bound form on 215mm by 280 mm
(8'/*" by 11") paper. The field notes, calculations and supporting data shall be clear and complete.
Supporting data shall include all maps, affidavits, plats, field notes from earlier surveys and all other
evidence used by the Surveyor to determine the location of the monuments set. The field notes and
calculations will be labeled with name of the Surveyor, the party chief, field crew members and preparer
of the field notes or calculations. They shall be annotated with the date of observation or calculation, be numbered with consecutive page numbers and shall be readable without resort to any electronic aid, computer program or documentation for any computer program. The field notes shall be prepared in conformance with the CALTRANS "Surveys Manual". The Contractor shall have a Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor and file it in conformance with $5 8700 - 8805 of the State of California
Business and Professions Code when the Surveyor performs any surveying that such map is required
under $5 8762 of the State of California Business and Professions Code and whenever the Surveyor
shall establish, set or construct any permanent survey monument. SDRS drawing M-10 type
monuments, bolts, spikes, leaded tacks and nails (when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing steel and
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 85 of 288 Pages
all monuments and marks that are at, or accessory to, property corners and street centerlines are
permanent survey monuments. The Record of Survey shall show all monuments set, control monuments
used, the basis of bearings and all other data needed to determine the procedure of survey and the
degree of accuracy attained by the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio of closure. The
unadjusted ratio of closure shall not exceed 1 part in 40,000. The record of survey shall show the
location and justification of location of all permanent monuments set and their relation to the street right- of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s) shall be submitted for the Engineer's review and approval before
submittal to the County Surveyor and before submittal to the County Recorder.
Add the following section:
2-9.2.2 Survey Requirements. Stakes shall be set at offsets approved by the Engineer at no greater
intervals than specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) as measured along the project stationing. Stakes shall be set
to show the location and grade of future curbs adjacent to traffic signal locations where the curb is not
being built as a part of this contract. Staking and marking shall be completed by the Surveyor and
inspected and approved by the Engineer before the start of construction in the area marked. Centerline
monument shall have the disk stamped with the date the monument was set and the registration number
of the Surveyor. Habitat mitigation sites and other areas to be preserved that are shown on the plans shall be staked and flagged prior to the start of any other activities within the limits of the work. When curb and gutter does not exist and is not being installed as a part of the project the location of adjacent
facilities being constructed as a part of the contract the Contractor shall place stakes defining the
horizontal and vertical location of such adjacent utility vaults, poles or other facilities that are being
installed as parts of, or adjunct to, the project either by the Contractor and/or those noted on the plans as
to be installed by others. Minimum requirements are as follows:
TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) Survey Requirements for Construction Staking
Feature Staked
Street Centerline
Clearing
Slope
Fence
Rough Grade Cuts or Fills 2 10 m (33"
Final Grade (includes top of: Basement soil.
Asphalt Pavement Finish Course
Drainage Structures, Pipes 8 similar FacilitiesO, a
05/10/00
Stake
Description a
SDRS "10 Monument
Lath in soil,
lainted line or
PCC & AC surfaces
RP + Marker Stake
RP + Marker
Stake
RP + Marker Stake
RP + Marker
Stake, Blue- top in grading area
RP, paint on previous course
RP + Marker Stake
:enterline or Parallel to Centerline Spacing@,
8
S300m (1 OOO'), Street Intersections, Begin and
end of curves, only when shown on the plans
lath - lntervisible, 5 15m (50') on tangents
& 57.5m (25') on curves, Painted line - continuous
lntervisible and I 15m (50')
5 60 rn (200') on tangents, 5 15m (50') on curves
when R1300m (1 000') & 7.5m (25') on curves
when R1 300m (1 000') .
I15m (50')
I 15 m (50') on tangents & curves when R2
300m (1000') & 5 7.5m (25') on curves when R 5
300m (1 000')
2 7.5m (25') or as per the intersection grid points shown on the plan whichever provides the denser information
intervisible & 57.5m (25'), beginning and end, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities (except plumbing), Skewed cut-off lines
Lateral Spacing a, Q
on street centerline
at clearing line
irade Breaks i3
57.6 m (W)
N/A
( constant
off set)
N/A
16.7 m (22')
edge of pavement,
paving pass width, crown line & grade
breaks
as appropriate
Settlng Tolerance (Within)
7 mm (0.02') Horizontal, also see section 2-9.2.1 herein
0.3 m (1 ') Horizontal
30 mm (0.1 ') Vertical & Horizontal
30 rnm (0.1') Horizontal
30 mm (0.1') Vertical &
Horizontal
10 rnm (%") Horizontal & 7 mm ('/?) Vertical
10 mm ('/E") Horizontal
& 7 mm ('/4") Vertical
10 mm ('/() Horizontal & 7 rnrn ( h") Vertical
Contract No. 31 90 Page 86 of 288 Pages
Curb
Traffic Signal (D
Conduit 0
Minor Structure al
Abutment Fill
Wall 0
Major Structure 0 Footinas. Bents, Abutments & Wingwalls
Superstructures
Miscellaneous 0
Contour Grading
(D Utilities 0,
.""..
Channels, Dikes & Ditches (D
Signs 0
Subsurface Drains 0
Overside Drains 0
Markers 0
Railings & Barriers CD
AC Dikes 0
Box Culverts
m Descriptlon
RP + Markel 1 Stake
RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake
RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake
RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake
RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake
RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake RP
RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake
RP + Marker Stake
RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake RP + Marker Stake
RP + Marker Stake
RP + Marker Stake
RP + Marker Stake
RP + Marker Stake
Q
5 7.5rn (257, BC & EC, at %A, YzA & "A on cud returns & at beginning & end
Vertical locations shall be based on the uttirnatc elevation of curb and sidewalk at each pole & controller location
at each junction box location
5 15 rn (50') on tangents & curves when Rz 300rn (1 000') & I 7.5rn (25') on curves when R ~ 300rn (1 000') or where grade 5 0.30%
for catch basins: at centerline of box, ends of bo &wings & at each end of the local depression G
I 15 rn (50') 8 along end slopes & conic transitions
I 15 rn (50) and at beginning & end of: each wall, BC & EC, layout line angle points, change! n footing dimensions &/or elevation & wall heigt
3 rn to 10 rn (1 0' to 33) as required by the Engineer, BC 8 EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings a bottom of columns 3 m to 10 rn (1 0' to 33) sufficient to use string
- bottom of columns 3 m to 10 rn (1 0' to 33) sufficient to use string lines, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom 01
-
lines, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom 01 columns
I15 rn (50)
I 15 rn (50') on tangents & curves when RL 300rn (1000') & I 7.5rn (25') on curves when R 5 300rn (1000') or where grade 5 0.30%
ntervisible & I 30 rn (1 OO'), BC & EC of facilities Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities At sign location '
intervisible & 5 15rn (507, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, nlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilitie! longitudinal location
for asphalt street surfacing 5 15 rn (50') on tangents & curves when R> 300rn (1 000') & 5
7.5rn (25) on curves when R 5 300rn (1 000').
At beginning & end and I 15 rn (50') on tangents & curves when R 2 300rn i1000') & I 7.5rn (25') on curves when R 5 300rn (1000') At beginning & end
3 rn to 10 rn (1 0' to 33') as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at seginning & end. Elevation points on footings &
at invert
Lateral Spacing @, Q
( constant offset)
as appropriatc
as appropriatc
as appropriatc
as appropriate
as appropriate
as appropriate
as appropriate
as appropriate
along contour line as appropriate
as appropriate
Line point
as appropriate
At beginning & end At marker location(s)
at railing & barrier location@)
as appropriate
as appropriate
(Wlthin)
10 rnm ("/() Horizontal & 7 mrn ( /47 Vertical
10 rnm (7f) Horizontal
& 7 mrn ( /I") Vettical
10 rnrn ('/(). Horizontal & 7 mrn ( hrn) Vertical
10 rnm ("/a") Horizontal when depth cannot be measured from existing pavement 7 rnrn ('/.,"I .. Vertical
10 rnm (Yq") Horizontal & 7 mrn ( /4n) Vertical (when vertical data needed)
30 rnrn (0.1') Vertical & Horizontal
7 rnrn ( Horizontal & 7 rnrn ('/dm) Vertical
10 rnm ("/<) Horizontal & 7 mrn ( /4") Vertical
10 rnrn ("/E") Horizontal & 7 rnm ('A") Vertical
~ ~~~~
30 rnrn (0.1') Vertical 8 Horizontal
10 rnrn ('If) Horizontal & 7 rnrn ( /4") Vertical
30 rnrn (0.1') Horizontal & 7 rnrn ('/4") Vertical
30 rnrn (0.1') Vertical & Horizontal
30 rnrn (0.1') Horizontal & 7 rnm (1/4n) Vertical
30 rnrn i0.17 Horizontal & 7 mm ('L.1 Vertical
7 rnrn ('/4") Horizontal
10 rnrn ("/E") Horizontal & Vertical
30 rnrn (0.1') Horizontal & Veitical
10 rnrn ("/() Horizontal & 7 rnrn ( /4') Vertical
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 87 of 288 Pages
Feature Staked Setting Tolerance Lateral enterline or Parallel to Centerllne Spacing@, 0 (Within) Spacing 0, Q)
Pavement marker when R 1 300m (1000') & 7.5m (25') on curves Markers0 7 mm Horizontal at pavement RP 60 m (200) on tangents, 15m (50) on curves
when R I 300m (1 000') For PCC surfaced location(s) streets lane cold joints will suffice
0 Staking for feature may be omitted when adjacent marker stakes reference the offset and elevation of those features and
the accuracy requirements of the RP meet the requirements for the feature (2 Reference points shall be sufficiently durable and set securely enough to survive with accuracy intact throughout the installation & inspection of the features or adjacent facilities for which they provide control. RP means reference point for the purposes of this table Perpendicular to centerline. @ Some features are not necessarily parallel to centerline but are referenced thereto CI Multi-plane surfaced features shall be staked so as to provide line & grade information for each plane of the feature
@ 1 means greater than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. I means less than, or equal to, the number
0 The cut datum for storm drainage 8, sanitary sewer pipes & similar structures shall be their invert. The cut datum for all other
utilities shall be the top of their pipe or conduit.
following the symbol.
All guard stakes, line stakes and lath shall be flagged. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer flagging, paint and marking cards shall be the color specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(B)
TABLE 2-9.2.2(B)
Survey Stake Color Code for Construction Staking
alignments, etc.
Vertical Control
Yellow Slope, intermediate slope, abutment fill, rough grade, contour grading, final grade, Grading
Yellow/Black Limits of clearing Clearing
Whitdorange Bench marks
05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 88 of 288 Pages
Add the following section:
2-9.2.3 Payment for Survey. Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 2-
9.1 through 2-9.3.2, including Record of Survey, shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the
survey work and no additional payment will be made. Extension of unit.prices for extra work shall include
full compensation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made therefore. Payment
for the replacement of disturbed monuments and destroyed staking and the filing of records of survey
and/or comer records, including filing fees therefore, shall be incidental to the work necessitating the
disturbance of said monuments and no additional payment will be made therefore. Payment for adjust
permanent survey monument frame and cover to grade shall be paid as adjust valve cover to grade.
2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER
Add the following section:
2-10.1 Availability of Records. The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all
records in the Contractor's or subcontractor's possession pertaining to the work that the Engineer may
request.
Add the following section:
2-10.2 Audit And Inspection. Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the Engineer,
within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its activities and to
contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have the right
to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor's and its subcontractors performance pursuant to this
-" Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be limited to, audits,
,inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Contractor's staff and the staff of all subcontractors to this contract. At any time during normal business hours and as often as the
Engineer may deem. necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the
Engineer for examination, all of its, and all subcontractors to this contract, records with respect to all
' matters- covered by this Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts
or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records
of personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. However, any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Contractor's ongoing business.
.. operations. Contractor and all subcontractors to this contract shall maintain such data and records for as
... long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations.
Add the following:
2-12 NOTICES TO OWNERS AND AUTHORITIES
Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and utilities when prosecution of the Work may affect them.
When it is necessary to temporarily deny access to property, or when any utility service connection must
be interrupted, Contractor shall give notices sufficiently in advance to enable the affected persons to
provide for their needs. Notices will conform to any applicable local ordinance and, whether delivered
orally or in writing, will include appropriate information concerning the interruption and instructions on
how to limit their inconvenience.
Contractor shall not enter any private property outside limit of work line without written permission from the
owner of the property. The Contractor shall supply copies of any written permission from private property
owner to District representative prior to entering upon private property.
05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 89 of 288 Pages
SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK
3-1' CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. Add the following: For changes regarding all improvements, submit written details and reasons for proposed deviations from Contract Documents. Do
not deviate from contract documents until written authorization is received.
3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY
3-2.2.1 Contract Unit prices. Add the following: In the case of an increase or decrease in quantity of a minor bid item in excess of 25 percent of the original quantity bid the adjustment of contract unit price for
such items will be limited to that portion of the change in excess of 25 percent of the original quantity listed in the Contractor's bid proposal for this contract. Adjustments in excess of 25 percent may, at the
option of the Engineer, be paid pursuant to section 3-3, Extra Work.
3-3 EXTRA WORK
3-3.2.2 ( c ) Tool and Equipment Rental. Second paragraph, modify as follows: Regardless of ownership, the rates, right-of-way delay factors, and labor surcharge to be used in determining rental and
delay costs shall be the edition of the, "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" published by CALTRANS, current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. The right-of-way delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein will apply to labor costs. ,
3-3.2.3 Markup. Delete sections 3-3.2.3 (a) and (b) and replace with the following:
(a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits:
1) Labor ................................... 20 2) Materials ............................. 15 3) Equipment Rental ................... 15
4) Other Items and Expenditures .. 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding.
(b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor,
the markup established in section 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a
markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor.
3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor. Add the following after the second sentence: Payment for extra
work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting documents to the Engineer, and the Engineer approves them.
3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS
Delete the second sentence of paragraph three, delete paragraph five (5), and add the following: The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the happening of any
event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section shall not be
required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, or to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to
e 05110tOO Contract No. 31 90 Page 90 of 288 Pages
the potential claim. The Contractor’s failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed
conditions to the agency upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of
all claims in connection therewith.
The Contractor shall provide the City with a written document containing a description of the particular
circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor believes additional
compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within 20 working days of the date of
service of the written notice of potential claim for changed conditions. Verbal notifications are disallowed.
The potential claim shall include the following ’certification relative to the California False Claims Act,
Government Code Sections 12650-1 2655.
‘The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California False
Claims Act, Government Code sections 12650-1 2655. The undersigned further understands and agrees
that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in response to the City’s proposed
final estimate in order for it to be further considered.’’
By: Title:
Date:
Company Name:
The Contractor’s estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim subsequently filed on the
basis of said notice of potential claim.
It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the
contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such matters
be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken.
3-5 DISPUTED WORK
Add the following: The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to
commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all claims in
connection therewith.
Delete second sentence of paragraph one and add the following: Prior to proceeding with dispute
resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor shall attempt
to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command:
”
1. Project Inspector
2. Construction Manager
3. Public Works Manager
4. Public Works Director
5. City Manager
The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or appeal of claim the City will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim, review the Contractor’s report and
respond with a position, request additional information or request that the Contractor meet and present its
report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the City will provide its position within 10
working days of receipt of said additional information or Contractor’s presentation of its report. The
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 91 of 288 Pages
Contractor may appeal each level's position up to the City Manager after which the Contractor may
proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code.
The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a resolution to a
claim to the City Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change order provisions in the
contract.
All claims by the contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in
the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1 Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 201 04)
which is set forth below:
ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS
201 04. (a)(l) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars
($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency.
(2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a public
agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1 (commencing
with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2.
(b)(l) "Public work" has the.same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except that
"public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the Regents of the
University of California.
(2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of money
or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public
work -and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not otherwise
entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency.
(c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for
any work which may give rise to a claim under this article. (d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1 , 1991.
20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply:
(a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims.
(b)(l) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to
any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of
receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the
claim the local agency may have against the claimant.
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this
subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant.
(3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the
claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater
than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater.
(c)(l) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-
five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written claims within 60
days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any
additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may
have against the claimant.
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and .provided pursuant to this
subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant.
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 92 of 288 Pages
(3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the
claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater
than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested documentation,
whichever is greater.
(d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond within
the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt
of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time
prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the
issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within
30 days for settlement of the dispute.
(e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the claimant
may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing
with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those
provisions, the running of .the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the
time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and
confer process.
(f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be construed to
change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (commencing with Section
900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government
Code.
20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims subject to
this article:
(a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall
submit the matter to nonbinding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The
mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third
person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within
15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 1 5-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator.
(b)(l) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to
Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141 .lo) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure,
notwithstanding Section 1141 .ll of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing
with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure) shall apply to any
proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration.
(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators' appointed for
purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction'law, and, upon stipulation of the parties,
mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their
customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of
arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no event shall these
fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds.
(3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141 .lo) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil
Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain
a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the
attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo.
(c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or
arbitration process. e 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 93 of 288 Pages
20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undisputed
except as otherwise provided in the contract.
(b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay’interest at the legal rate on any
arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of
law.
.. . .
Q 05110/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 94 of 288 Pages
SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
4-1.3.1 General. Add the following: Work shall conform to Federal, State and local building codes, electrical codes, fire codes, mechanical codes and plumbing codes, and to Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) Regulations. Nothing in Contract Documents shall be interpreted as permission or direction to
violate any governing code or ordinance.
Notify Engineer of time and place of shop tests 5 working days before they begin. Complete manufacturing
operations, checks, adjustments and tests before factory inspection.
The Engineer will inspect products after delivery and throughout construction process. Products will be
subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet Contract Documents even though samples
may have been accepted as satisfactory at place of manufacture.
Before backfilling, request inspection by the Engineer to verify proper installation of buried work.
Before finishing, request inspection by the Engineer to verify that no surfaces to receive product have
defects or errors which could result in poor or potentially defective application or cause latent defects in
workmanship.
4-1.4 Test of Materials. Add the following: Tests of products shall follow commonly recognized standards of national technical organizations, and specified sampling and testing methods.
Engineer may test representative samples of each type and size of product furnished. Failure of samples to
pass tests will be deemed sufficient cause to reject entire lot delivered.
4-1.5 Certification. Add the following: A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished prior to the use of
the materials being certified. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer of the material or the .
manufacturer of assembled materials and shall state that the materials involved comply in all respects with
the requirements of the specifications. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each lot of
material delivered to the work and the lot so certified shall be clearly identified in the certificate. The form of
the Certificate of Compliance and its disposition shall be as directed by the Engineer.
4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals. Add the following: Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, the
Contractor shall have five (5) days from the date of bid opening to provide the submission of data
substantiating the Contractor's request for a substitution of "an equal" item. If, in the sole opinion of the
Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, appearance, durability,
compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application, the Contractor
shall provide the specified item. The Engineer has twenty (20) days to review the Contractor's request..
Add the following:
4-1.6.1 Products Related to Recycled and Potable Water, and Sewer improvements.
1) Standard Products: Whenever in the specifications products are by reference specification, any
product meeting the standards referenced may be used. Information on such products shall be submitted
in accordance with Section 2-5.3.7.
2) Proprietary Products: Whenever in the specifications any material, article or process is indicated or
specified by trade, patent or proprietary name or name of manufacturer. such specification for material,
article or process, unless marked "no substitution", shall be deemed to be followed by the words "or equal
as accepted in writing by the Engineer", and will be considered as a substitution.
05/10100 Contract No. 31 90 Page 95 of 288 Pages
3) Selection of Proprietary Product: Where more than one Proprietary name is specified, the Contractor
may provide any one of the materials or equipment specified. Only one brand, kind or make of material or
equipment shall be used for each specific purpose throughout the work notwithstanding that similar materials or equipment of two or more manufacturers or producers may be specified for the same purpose.
4) Contractor's Responsibility for Construction Modifications: Drawings have been detailed in compliance
with ICBO Evaluation Report for material specified. If a proposed. substitute material is accepted by the
Engineer, the Contractor will assume the responsibility for construction modifications and additional costs
required by reason of this acceptance. If the substitution results in a decrease in cost, the amount is to be
submitted for consideration.
5) Systems of Like Manufacture: Where materials or items of manufacturer are specified in groups and are
made or furnished by one manufacturer, no substitution will be considered that is not made or furnished similarly by one manufacturer. Where the Contractor proposes to use a system of equipment other than that specified or detailed on the Drawings the substitution shall be proposed as a complete system.
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 96 of 288 Pages
SECTION 5 - UTILITIES
5-1 LOCATION
Add the following: Exploratory excavations to determine the location and depth of all utilities, including
service connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be
affected by the Contractor‘s operations, shall be performed prior to the preparation of pipeline layout
drawings. Full compensation for exploratory excavations and pipeline layout planning including surveying,
coordination with utility owners, AC paving removal and replacement, excavation, backfill, compaction,
and compaction testing, and clean up as shown ‘on the plans and called for in the Specifications,
complete in place, shall be considered as included in the prices bid for the items of work they correspond
to.
Add the following: The Contractor shall cooperate with the utility companies’ representation in the field in order to ascertain the location of the utility lines ahead of trenching operations. When the exact location of a
utility becomes doubtful, the Contractor shall excavate and expose the utility ahead of trenching operations
in order that the inspector representing the Engineer of Work may adjust the alignment of the water main to
provide the least amount of interference with the utility as determined by the inspector.
The Contractor shall not turn off or shut down any utilities. No additional cost will be accepted nor time
extension granted, if a delay in work is caused by failure to comply with this requirement.
5-4 RELOCATION
Add the following: In conformance with section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with utility
agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work
by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter
that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are shown on the plans .
and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer’s approval, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the utility. If such temporary omission is approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company. Such temporary omission shall be for the
Contractor’s convenience and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore or for additional work,
materials or delay associated with the temporary omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed
by the Contractor immediately following the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by
the Engineer.
5-6 COOPERATION
The Contractor should expect to coordinate with the following utility companies:
Vallecitos Water- District (WD). The Contractor shall relocate a portion of the existing
recycled water line, intersecting ‘RSF at approximately 230+00 and 252+00, install a new
sewer line along ‘RSF between approximate Station 241+00 to 252+00, and install a new
water line crossing at approximate ‘RSF Station 241+30, as shown on the Plans and as
discussed elsewhere in these Special Provisions. Coordination shall also be required during
blasting operations, as discussed elsewhere in these Special Provisions. Existing recycled
water shall remain in service at all times during construction except to perform connection tie-
in.
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 97 of 288 Pages
Olivenhain Municipal Water District (OMWD). The Contractor shall install three new waterlines in ‘RSF‘ as shown on the Plans and as discussed elsewhere in these Special Provisions. One waterline is between approximately road stations 169+00 and 175+00, one
waterline is between approximately 198+50 and 217+20, a,nd the third waterline is between
approximately 208+30 and 217+20. The Contractor shall install a new recycled water line
along ‘RSF‘ between approximately 165+00 and 230+00 as shown on the Plans and as
discussed elsewhere in these Special Provisions. Coordination shall also be required during
pipeline connection tasks and blasting operations, as discussed in these Special Provisions.
Leucadia County Water District (LCWD). The Contractor shall install a new sewer line along
‘RSF from approximate Station 166+00 to 178+20., as shown on the Plans and as discussed
elsewhere in these Special Provisions.
San Diego Gas & Electric (SDG&E). The existing electrical line is to be relocated by SDG&E
along the existing Rancho Santa Fe Road near La Costa Avenue, as shown on the Plans.
This work may be performed concurrently with the Contractor’s work. Work to adjust existing
gas line valve covers to finish grade will be performed by others concurrently with the
Contractor’s work.
Pacific Bell. The existing underground telephone conduit and above ground pedestal located
at the north-east intersection of Rancho Santa Fe Road and La Costa Ave is to be relocated
by Pacific Bell. The existing telephone vault manhole south-east of intersection of Rancho
Santa Fe Road and La Costa Avenue is to be adjusted to grade by Pacific Bell. This work
may be performed concurrently with the Contractor’s work.
Cox Communications. The Contractor shall protect in place the existing cable fiber optic lines shown on the plans. Coordination shall be required during work in the vicinity of existing fiber
optic lines.
City of Carlsbad. The Contractor shall obtain all necessary Blasting Permits, as discussed
elsewhere in these Special Provisions.
Add the following: 5-7 COORDINATION WITH VARIOUS WATER DISTRICTS
The Contractor shall contact Carlsbad Municipal Water District (CMWD), Olivenhain Municipal Water
District (OMWD), Vallecitos Water District (WD), and Leucadia County Water District (LCWD) 72 hours before start of construction at the following location:
CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT VALLECITOS WATER DISTRICT 5950 El Camino Real 201 Vallecitos De Or0 Carlsbad, CA 92008 San Marcos, CA 92069 760/438-3891 Ext. 3 (General Engineering) 760/744-0460
760/431-1601 (Fax) 760/744-3507 (Fax)
OLIVENHAIN MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT LEUCADIA COUNTY WATER DISTRICT 1966 Olivenhain Road I960 La Costa Avenue Encinitas, CA 92024 Carlsbad, CA 92009
760/753-1578 (Fax) 760/753-3094 (Fax)
760/753-6466 760/753-0155
The Contractor shall not begin Work until the schedule, traffic control plans, haul routes, and permits have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing at least 72 hours before shutdown of water, sewer or drainage facilities. Do not assume water or sewer lines can be shut down. Do not shut down utilities without prior written authorization. Shut down schedules for recycled water, potable water, or sewer shall
05/10100 Contract No. 31 90 Page 90 of 288 Pages
be submitted and reviewed as a shop drawing. Contractor shall follow procedure as outlined in Section 2-
5.3.3.1. Contractor shall comply with each District's procedures and requirements including obtaining encroachment permits for shut-downs.
The Contractor shall coordinate draining and filling of water lines, and operation of existing valves with the
City of Carlsbad, CMWD, OMWD, WVD, LCWD or appropriate Utility Owner.
The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer, CMWD, OMWD, WVD, and LCWD regarding time of
day that system tie-ins are made.
The Engineer shall provide all shop drawings and submittals provided by the Contractor to CMWD,
OMWD, WD, and LCWD for review and approval. The Engineer shall allow for inspection all water and
sewer facilities by CMWD, OMWD, WD and LCWD.
.Add the following:
5-8 COORDINATION WITH UTILITIES
Contractor shall obtain service requirements from public utilities for water, gas, power, telephone,
telemetering and other utility requirements necessary to perform work. Work needed to connect to public
utilities shall comply with utility service requirements. Contractor shall pay service charges of utilities,
.. including charges for trenching, piping, conduit, cables, boxes, metering, grounding and backfill. Notify
utility 72 hours before commencing any work directly or indirectly affecting utility facilities.
.. . Contractor shall protect existing underground utilities.
Electrical utility companies may maintain energized aerial electrical power lines in immediate vicinity of
Work. Do not consider these lines to be insulated. Construction personnel working near these lines are
exposed to an extreme hazard from electrical shock. Contractors, their employees and construction
personnel working on this project must be wamed of the danger and instructed to take adequate protective
measures, including maintaining a minimum of 10 feet clearance between lines and construction equipment
and personnel. (See OSHA Std. 1926.550(A)15). As an additional safety precaution, call electrical utility
company to arrange, if possible, to have these lines de-energized or relocated when Work reaches their
immediate vicinity. Cost of such temporary arrangements shall be borne by Contractor.
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 99 of 288 Pages
Add the following:
SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND
ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK
Add the following section:
6-1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of the contract award, the Engineer will set
the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor's management
personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the project is mandatory for
the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor's responsible project
personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by Contractor per section 6-4.
No separate payment will be made for the Contractor's attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed
will only be issued on or after the completion of the preconstruction meeting.
Add the following section:
6-1.1.1 Baseline Construction Schedule Submittal. The Contractor shall submit the Baseline
Construction Schedule per the submittal requirements of section 2-5.3. The submittal of the Baseline
Construction Schedule shall include each item and element of sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and shall be
on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. .
Add the following section:
6-1.2 Preparation and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall
prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule as a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule in the
precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall depict
a workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependence of all activities required to
represent the complete performance of all project work as well as periods where work is precluded. The
Baseline Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of issuance of the notice to proceed
and conclude with the date of final completion per the contract duration. The Baseline Construction
Schedule shall include detail of all project phasing, staging, and sequencing, including all milestones
necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase or stage.
Add the following section:
6-1.2.1 Time-Scaled Network Diagram. As a part .of the Baseline Construction Schedule the
Contractor shallLprepare and submit to the Engineer a complete time-scaled network diagram showing all
of the activities, logic relationships, and milestones comprising the schedule.
Add the following section:
6-1.2.2 Tabular Listing. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare
and submit to the Engineer a tabular listing of all of the activities, showing for each activity the
identification number, the description, the duration, the early start, the early finish, the late start, the late
finish, the total float, and all predecessor and successor activities for the activity described.
Add the following section:
6-1.2.3 Bar Chart. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and
submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the
vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or
distinctive line types to show the critical path.
Add the following section: 6-1.2.4 Schedule Software. The Contractor shall use commercially available software equal to the
Windows 95 compatible "Suretrak" program by Primavera to prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule
and all updates thereto. The Contractor shall submit to the Agency a 89 mm (3.5) data disk with all
network information contained thereon, in a format readable by a Microsoft Windows 95 system.
e 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 100 of 288 Pages
Add the following section:
6-1.2.5 Schedule Activities. Except for submittal activities, activity durations shall not be shorter than
1 working day or longer than 15 working days, unless specifically and individually allowed .by the
Engineer. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include between 100 and 500 activities, including submittals, interfaces between utility companies and other agencies, project milestones and equipment and material deliveries. The number of activities will be sufficient, in the judgment of the Engineer, to
communicate the Contractor’s plan #or project execution, to accurately describe the project work, and to
allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and of time impacts. Each activity’s description shall
accurately define the work planned for the activity and each activity shall have recognizable beginning
and end points.
Add the following section:
6-1.2.6 Float. Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or compensation to
whatever party or contingency first exhausts it.
Add the following section:.
6-1.2.7 Restraints to Activities. Any submittals, utility interfaces, or any furnishing of Agency supplied
materials, equipment, or services, which may impact any activity’s construction shall be shown as a
restraint to those activities. Time periods to accommodate the review and correction of submittals shall be
included in the schedule.
Add the following section:
6-1.2.8 Late Completion. A Baseline Construction Schedule showing a project duration longer than
the specified contract duration will not be acceptable and will be grounds for determination of default by
Contractor, per section 6-4.
Add the following section: 6-1.2.9 Early Completion. The Baseline Construction Schedule will show the Contractor’s plan to support and maintain the project for the entire contractual time span of the project. Should the Contractor
propose a project duration shorter than contract duration, a complete Baseline Construction Schedule
must be submitted, reflecting the shorter duration, in complete accordance with all schedule requirements
of section 6-1. The Engineer may choose to accept the Contractor’s proposal of a project duration
shorter than the duration specified; provided the Agency is satisfied the shortened Baseline Construction
Schedule is reasonable and the Agency and all other entities, public and private, which interface with the
project are able to support the provisions of the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule. The
Agency’s acceptance of a shortened duration project will be confirmed through the execution of a
contract change order revising the project duration and implementing all contractual requirements
including liquidated damages in accordance with the revised duration.
Add the following section:
6-1.2.1 0 Engineer’s Review. The Construction Schedule is subject to the review of the Engineer. The
Engineer’s determination that the Baseline Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies
with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall .be a condition precedent to issuance of the
Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that the Construction Schedule does not
meet the requirements of these specifications the Contractor shall correct the Construction Schedule to
meet these specifications and resubmit it to the Engineer. Failure of the Contractor to obtain the
Engineer’s determination that the initial Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with
the requirements of these supplemental provisions within thirty (30) working days after the date of the
preconstruction meeting shall be grounds for termination of the contract per section 6-4. Days used by
the Engineer to review the initial Construction Schedule will not be included in the 30 working days.
The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Baseline Construction
Schedule within 15 working days of submittal. The Baseline Construction Schedule will be returned
marked as per sections 6-1.2.10.1 through 6-1.2.10.3.
e 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 101 of 288 Pages
Add the following section: 6-1.2.10.1 “Accepted.” The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with section 6-1.8.1 .
Add the following section: 6-1.2.10.2 “Accepted with Comments.” The Contractor may proceed with the project work. upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the comments prior to receipt of payment per section 6-1.8.1. ..
Add the following section: 6-1.2.10.3 “Not Accepted.” The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the corrections and changes of the comments prior to receipt of payment per section 6-1 B.1. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued by the Engineer if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked “Accepted or “Accepted with Comments” by the Engineer. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked “Accepted by the Engineer.
Add the following section: 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions. The Contractor shall meet with the Engineer during the last week of each month to agree upon each activity’s schedule status and shall submit monthly updates of the Baseline Construction Schedule confirming the agreements no later than the fifth working day of the following month. The monthly update will be submitted on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media per the submittal requirements of section 2-5.3 and will include each item and element of sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and 6-1.3.1 through 6- 1.311; *.
Add the following section: 6-1.3.1 Actual Actlvity Dates. The actual dates each activity was started and/or completed during the month. After first reporting an actual date, the Contractor shall not change that actual date in later updates without specific notification to the Engineer with the update.
Add the following section: 6-1.3.2 Activity Percent Complete. For each activity underway at the end of the month, the Contractor shall report the percentage determined by the Engineer as complete for the activity.
Add’the following section: 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. The schedule data disk shall be a 89 mm (31/2”) high density diskette, labeled with the project name and number, the Contractor’s name and the date of preparation of the schedule data disk. The schedule data disk shall be readable by the software specified in section 6-1.2.4 “Schedule Software” and shall be free of file locking, encryption or any other protocol that would impede full access of all data stored on it.
+. ..
..
Add the following section: 6-1.3.4 List of Changes. A list of all changes made to the activities or to the interconnecting logic, with .. an explanation for each change.
Add the following section: 6-1.3.5 Change Orders, Each monthly update will include the addition of the network revisions reflecting the change orders approved in the previous month. The network revisions will be as agreed upon during the review and acceptance of the Contractor’s change orders.
Add the following section: 6-1.3.6 Bar Chart. Each monthly update will include a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path.
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 102 of 288 Pages
Add the following section:
6-1.4 Engineer’s Review of Updated Construction Schedule. The Engineer will review and return
the Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days of
submittal. The Updated Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per sections 6-1.4.1 through 6-
1.4.3. Any Updated Construction Schedule marked “Accepted with Comments” or “Not Accepted” by the
Engineer will be returned to the Contractor for correction. Upon resubmittal the Engineer will review and
return the resubmitted Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5
working days. Failure of the Contractor to submit a monthly updated construction schedule will invoke
the same consequences as the Engineer returning a monthly updated construction schedule marked “Not
Accepted”.
Add the following section: 6-1.4.1 “Accepted.” The Contractor may proceed with the project work, and will receive payment for
the schedule in accordance with section 6-1.8.2.
Add the following section:
6-1.4.2 “Accepted wfth Comments.” The Contractor may proceed with the project work. The
Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the
corrections and changes noted in the Engineer’s comments prior to receipt of payment per section
6-1.8.2.
Add the following section:
6-1.4.3 “Not Accepted.” The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the
Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer’s comments prior to receipt of
payment per section 6-1.8.2. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as
having defaulted the contract under the provisions of section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the
changes of the comments are not submitted and marked “Accepted” by the Engineer before the last day of the month in which the Updated Construction Schedule is due. If the Contractor fails to submit the
corrected Updated Construction Schedule as required herein the Contractor may elect to proceed with
the project at its own risk. Should the Contractor elect not to proceed with the project, any resulting
delay, impact, or disruption to the project will be the Contractor’s responsibility.
Add the following section: 6-1.5 Late Completion or Milestone Dates. Should the Schedule Update indicate a completion or
contractually required milestone date later than the properly adjusted contract or milestone duration, the
Agency may withhold Liquidated Damages for the number of days late. Should a subsequent “Accepted”
Schedule Update remove all or a portion of the delay, all or the allocated portion of the previously held
Liquidated Damages shall be released in the monthly payment to the Contractor immediately following
the “Accepted“ schedule.
Add the following section: 6-1.6 Interim Revisions. Should the actual or projected progress of the work become substantially
different from that depicted in the Project Schedule, independently of and prior to the next monthly
update, the Contractor will submit a revised Baseline Construction Schedule, with a list and explanation
of each change made to the schedule. The Revised Construction Schedule will be submitted per the
submittal requirements of section 2-5.3 and per the schedule review and acceptance requirements of
section 6-1, including but not limited to the acceptance and payment provisions. As used in this
subsection “substantially different” means a time variance greater than 5 percent of the number of days of
duration for the project.
Add the following sectign:
6-1.7 Final Schedule Update. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a final schedule update when
one hundred percent of the construction work is completed. The Contractor’s Final Schedule Update
must accurately represent the actual dates for all activities. The final schedule update shall be prepared
and reviewed per sections 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions and 6-1.4 Engineer’s
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 103 of 288 Pages
Review of Updated Construction Schedule. Acceptance of the final schedule update is required for
completion of the project and release of any and all funds retained per section 9-3.2.
Add the following section:
6-1.8 Measurement and Payment. Construction Schedule will be paid for at the lump sum price not
to exceed fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) . The lump sum price paid for Construction Schedule (CPM)
shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials including, but not limited to, the computer
hardware and software, training, tools, equipment, and incidentals; and for doing all the work involved in
attending meetings, preparing, furnishing, updating, revising the tabular, bar and flow chart Construction
Schedules and narrative reports required by these supplemental provisions and as directed by the
Engineer. The Engineer's determination that each and any construction schedule proposed by the
Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be precedent to each
and any payment for the Construction Schedule. Payments for Construction Schedule will be made as
per sections 6-1.8.1 through 6-1.8.3.
Add the following section:
6-1.8.1 Initial Payment. 30% of the stipulated lump sum bid for the Construction Schedule will be
made when the Engineer has accepted the Baseline Construction Schedule for this project
Add the following section:
6-1.8.2 Monthly Updated Construction Schedule Payments. Equal Monthly Updated Construction
Schedule Payments totaling 50% of the lump sum bid price will be made subsequent to the initial
payment for the Construction Schedule for each monthly Construction Schedule, updated as required
herein:-that the Engineer has accepted as sufficient within the month that the monthly progress payment
pertains. No payment shall be made, nor shall any payment accrue, for any monthly updated construction
schedule that is not marked "Accepted" by the Engineer on or before the twentieth working day of the
month such monthly updated construction schedule is due per section 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule
Updates and Revisions. The sum of the amounts paid for Construction Schedule during the initial and subsequent payment periods, or extensions to the contract, shall not exceed the stipulated lump sum
price for Construction Schedule.
Add the following section:
6-1.8.3 Concluding Payment. A Final payment of 20% of the lump sum bid for the Construction
Schedule will be made when both one hundred percent of the contract work is completed and the
Engineer has accepted a final construction schedule update prepared and submitted by the Contractor as
required herein that shows the actual beginning and ending dates and all other data that is required for
baseline and update schedules for each activity shown on the baseline construction schedule and
updates thereto that the Engineer accepted for this project.
6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK
Add the following section: 6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the Project Plans and as specified in the Specifications. The work includes improving Rancho Santa Fe Road from approximately 800 feet south to approximately 8,600 feet north of the intersection of Rancho Santa Fe Road and La Costa Avenue. The project will realign and widen approximately 9,000 feet of roadway and construct six lanes of asphalt pavement and raised concrete curb medians with earthwork and drainage
facilities necessary to support the City's prime arterial standards. The project includes waterline, sewer, and related facilities construction and relocation, as well as utilities to be relocated by others.
Attention is directed to the stage construction sheets of the Plans and the requirements for Preblast Survey, Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, Collateral Work, and Utility Coordination, elsewhere in these Special Provisions. Project information signs shall be placed at locations shown on signing plans prior to beginning any visible construction. a 05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 104 of 288 Pages
Environmental Fencing shall be placed as shown on the grading plans prior to performance of any
clearing of brush or unclassified excavation.
Attention is directed to Section 300-2.6, Surplus Materials, of these Special Provisions, which requires
the Contractor to construct a stockpile per the details shown in the plans. Such stockpile will be utilized by the Contractor for the Rancho' Santa Fe Road, North, Phase II project. Construction of the stockpile
shall be completed within 120 working days after the starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed.
The work shall be performed in conformance with the stages of construction shown on the plans unless
otherwise approved. Nonconflicting work in subsequent stages may proceed concurrently with work in
preceding stages, provided satisfactory progress is maintained in said preceding stages of construction.
The uppermost lift of new pavement shall not be placed until the last stage of work when all trenching is
complete, all underlying conduits and loop detectors have been installed and all temporary striping
necessary for the direction of public traffic as a result of construction staging is no longer needed.
Construction of the new structural section adjacent to the existing traveled way shall be performed in
continuous and successive operations and, once all operations are under way, concurrent operations of
excavating, preparing subgrade, placing base materials and paving. Excavation within 8 feet of the existing traveled way shall not precede the paving operation more than 4 working days unless approved
in writing by the Engineer.
At the end of each working day if a difference in excess of 0.15 feet exists between the elevation of the
existing pavement and the elevation of any excavation within 8 feet of the traveled way, material shall be
placed and compacted against the vertical cuts adjacent to the traveled way. During excavation
operations, native material may be used for this purpose, however, once the placing of the structural
section commences, structural material shall be used. The material shall be placed to the level of the
elevation of the top of existing pavement and tapered at a slope of 4:l or flatter to the bottom of the
excavation. Treated base shall not be used for the taper. Full compensation for placing the material on a
4:l slope, regardless of the number of times it is required, and subsequent removing or reshaping of the
material to the lines and grades shown on the plans shall be considered as included in the contract price
paid for the materials involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. No payment will
be made for material placed in excess of that required for the structural section.
The Contractor shall be limited to construction activities and work as required by the resource agency
permits and the HCP. The Contractor is directed to Section 7-5.1 and Section 7-5.2 of these Special Provisions.
The Contractor shall fumish the Engineer with a statement from the vendor that the order for the seed
required for this contract has been received and accepted by the vendor. The statement shall be
furnished not less than 60 days prior to applying seeds. The statement from the vendor shall also include
the names and quantity of seed ordered and the anticipated date of delivery.
Full compensation for conforming to above requirements will be considered as included in the prices paid
for the various contract items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.
Add the following:
6-2.3 Project Meeting. Progress meetings shall be held by the Engineer at the dates and times scheduled at the preconstruction meeting unless changes are agreed to by all parties and appropriate notification of
such changes has been given. The meetings shall be attended by the Engineer and the Contractor's
representative. When requested by'the Engineer or the Contractor, subcontractors and others shall also
attend.
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 105 of 288 Pages
At each meeting, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a two-week “look ahead“ bar chart
schedule showing activities to be performed in the following two weeks.
No separate payment for attendance of the Contractor, the Contractor‘s Representative or any other
employee or subcontractor or subcontractor’s employee at these meetings, or for providing the two-week
look ahead schedule, will be made.
6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor. Add the following: The Contractor will not be
compensated for damages incurred due to delays associ,ated with impacts to sensitive habitat as required by the resource agency permits and the HCP. The Contractor is directed to Section 7-5.1 and Section 7-
5.2 of these Special Provisions.
6-6.4 Written Notice and Report. Modify as follows: The Contractor shall provide written notice to
the Engineer within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any workers
or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency
or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor shall provide
continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the duration of such period
of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the classification of each workman and
supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment placed on standby, the cumulative
duration of the standby, the Contractor’s opinion of the cause of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable means. Should the Contractor fail to provide - .’ the notice(@ required by this section the Contractor agrees that no damage has been incurred and that it
I 7, will not submit any claim@) therefore.
6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION
-- Add the following: The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion within 300 working
..’; days after the starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed.
~ ” 6-7.2 Working Day. Add the following: Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between the hours of 7:OO a.m. and 4:OO p.m. on Mondays through Fridays,
excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the
Contractor desires to work outside said hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This
written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work The Engineer may approve work
outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in hidher‘ sole opinion, such work conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the inspection costs
of such work.
I.
6-8 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE
Delete the second paragraph and add the following:
The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is completed and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work, meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or permanent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the Engineer’s judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer will so certify. Upon acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a “Notice of Completion” to be recorded in the office of the San Diego County
Recorder.
Add the following as the last sentence to the third paragraph: Twenty-five percent of the faithful
performance bond shall be retained as a warranty bond for the one year warranty period.
@ 05/10100 Contract No. 3190 Page 106 of 288 Pages
6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Modify the last sentence of the first paragraph and the first sentence of the second paragraph and add
the following: For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for completion of Work,
as adjusted in accordance with Section 6-6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld monies
due it, the sum of two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500.00).
Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that $2,500.00 per
day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the Contractor to complete the Work
within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the specified completion date shall not
constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages.
Add the following: For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified to complete construction of the stockpile, as adjusted in accordance with Section 6-6, the Contractor shall pay the
Agency, or have withheld monies due to it, the sum of two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500.00).
Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that $2,500.00 per
day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the Contractor to complete
construction of the stockpile within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the specified
completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages.
a 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 107 of 288 Pages
SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
7-1 CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES
No equipment storage or material storage shall be allowed within areas designated on plans as HCP
areas or ESA areas. No equipment storage or material storage shall be allowed outside of areas to
receive grading or improvements.
7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE
Add the following: The Contractor, by entering into a contract with the City of Carlsbad (City) for Rancho
Santa Fe Road North Phase I Improvements and the Recycled Water Improvements certifies and
guarantees to the City, CMWD, OMWD, LCWD, and WD that the insurance which the Contractor
furnishes for the contract will provide for the following in addition to the requirements of the Districts and the
City:
The Contractor shall hold harmless, indemnify and defend the City of Catisbad
and their consultants, CMWD and their consultants, OMWD and their .
consultants, VWD and their consultants, LCWD and their consultants, and each
of their officers, agents and employees from any and all liabilityJ claims, losses or
damage arising out of or alleged to arise from the Contractor's negligence in the
performance of the work described in the construction contract documents, but not
including liability that may be due to the sole negligence of the City, their
consultantsJ CMWD or their consultants, OMWD or their consultants, WVD or
their consultants, LCWD or their consultants, or their officers, agents and
employees. Furthermore, the Contractor shall provide comprehensive/commercial
general liability insurance, including completed operations and contractual liability,
with the latter coverage sufficient to insure the contractor's indemnity, as above
required; and, such insurance will include the City, their consultants, CMWD and
their consultants, OMWD and their consultants, VWD and their consultants,
LCWD and their consultants, and each of his officers, agents, and employees as
additional insureds.
All insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:V
and are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official
publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California.
7-4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE
Add the following: All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to
conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of
Insurance of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the
requirement for workers' compensation insurance.
7-5 PERMITS
Delete the first sentence and add the following four sentences: Except as specified herein the agency will assist in obtaining all encroachment, right-of-way, grading, blasting, resource agency and building
permits necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency property, in streets, highways (except
State highway right-of-way), railways or other rights-of-way. Contractor shall not begin work until all
permits incidental to the work are obtained. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the
disposal of all materials removed from the project. The cost of said permit(s) shall be included in the
price bid for the appropriate bid item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 108 of 288 Pages
Payment for obtaining and complying with permits during construction, including, but not limited to, NPDES
permits, building permits, encroachment permits, excavation permits, drilling permits, blasting permits,
disposal permits, temporary easements, licenses, inspection fees, and Federal, State and local taxes will be
included in prices bid for work for which such costs are appurtenant.
Payment for coordinating with agencies, developers, utilities, events and persons described will be included
in prices bid for work to which coordination is appurtenant.
Add the following section: 7-5.1 Resource Agency Permits. Resource agency permits for the Work are included in Appendix ‘8’
of these supplemental provisions and shall be readily available at worksites at all times during periods of
active work. The Contractor shall provide a copy of all agency permits to all on site employees and
subcontractors. Resource agency permits pertaining to this project include:
1) California Deparhnent of Fish and Game permit number SAA #5-142-00 issued in May 2001.
2) California Water Quality Control Board permit number OOC-045 issued on January 8,2001.
3) United States Army Corps of Engineers permit number 200001251 issued on August 24,
2000.
The Contractor shall read Appendix ‘B in its entirety prior to initiation of work and require that all employees and subcontractors read Appendix ‘6’ in its entirety. Specific requirements per the permits in
Appendix ‘B’ are included in these specifications. However, meeting all conditions of the specifications
does not relieve the responsibility of the Contractor to comply with the conditions of the permits and
ensure that all appropriate permit conditions are implemented as intended.
Add the following:
7-5.2 Federal, State and Local Permits. Obtain, pay for, and comply with required permits, licenses,
work permits and authorizations from appropriate agencies, including the following:
1) State and federal permits
a. Excavation Permit from Cal OSHA
b. Safety Permit from California Division of Industrial Safety
2) Local permits
a. City of Carlsbad Blasting Permit
The Contractor shall have these permits on-hand (i.e. issued by the regulatory agency) prior to
commencement of construction.
7-6 THE CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIVE
Add the following:
The Contractor shall provide a letter identifying Contractor’s on-site representative, safety officer, and traffic control coordinator, including emergency telephone numbers and signature authorization, and listing names, addresses and telephones for subcontractors.
7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK
Add the following section:
7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies during
the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension if, in the
opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional compensation will be
made to the Contractor for any such delay.
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 109 of 288 Pages
Construction of Rancho Santa Fe Road North, Phase II will begin during the progress of this contract.
See the Order of Work requirements regarding construction of stockpile elsewhere in these Special
Provisions. In addition, development work adjacent to the project site will be ongoing during the progress
on the work of this contract. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with adjacent developers and
the Phase II Contractor to meet the requirements of Section 7-7 of the SSPWC.
7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE
7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Add the following: Cleanup and dust control required herein shall
also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public. The Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in his/her sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public. Cleanup
and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no
additional payment will be made therefore.
7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. Add the following: The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of
the Water Pollution Control requirements found in Section 390-1 3 of these Supplemental Provisions.
7-8.7 Drainage Control. Add the following: Storm water management operations shall be conducted and
maitntained as needed to prevent runoff or seepage from entering excavations and to control erosion in
corilormance with Federal, State and local regulations.
Add the following section: 7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48.
I
7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS
Add the following: Where connections or disruptions have been made to existing work, repair, reactivate,
refill and recharge components, restoring them to preconstruction conditions. Follow procedures of authorities having Ownership or jurisdiction for work involving existing utilities and services.
7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY
7-1 0.1 Traffic and Access. Add the following: The Contractor shall construct and maintain access or haul roads required for project, and personnel movement into and within construction and excavation areas. The Contractor shall install and remove earth ramps as needed to protect concrete and asphalt curbs. Areas used for temporary access, haul roads and access from public roads shall be graded and restored to original.
7-10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets, add the following: Storage yard description shall describe Contractor's proposed methods for dust and noise control in storage areas to satisfaction of the Engineer. It is the Contractor's responsibility to secure and provide a staging area (storage yard) for materials and equipment.
Property owner's written approval of storage yard shall be submitted along with City Planning Department permit for use of property used as storage yard for project. The Contractor shall conform to setbacks and other conditions required by City, Districts or County regulations or permits.
Storage yard shall be fenced.
7-10.3 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades. Add the following: Traffic controls shall be in accordance with the plans, Chapter 5 of the California Department of Transportation "Manual of Traffic
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 1 10 of 288 Pages
Controls," 1996 (Revision 2) edition and these Supplemental Provisions. If any component in the traffic control system is damaged, displaced, or ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately repair said component to its original condition or replace said component and shall restore the component to its original location. In the event that the Contractor fails to install and/or maintain barricades or such other traffic signs, markings, delineation' or devices as may be required herein, the Engineer may, at hidher sole option, install the traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices and charge the Contractor twenty-five dollars ($25.00) per day per traffic sign or device, or the actual cost of providing such traffic control facility, whichever is the greater.
Barricades shall conform to the details shown on the plans and shall be as specified in this Section.
Barricades shall be constructed of lightweight commercial quality materials, as approved by the Engineer.
Stay bracing for "A"-frame designs shall not be rigid.
Markings for barricade rails shall be alternate orange and white stripes. The entire area of orange and
white stripes shall be Type-ll reflective sheeting as specified in the special provisions. The color of the
orange reflective sheeting shall conform to PR No. 6, Highway Orange, of the Federal Highway
Administration's Color Tolerance Chart. Reflective sheeting shall be placed on rail surfaces in such a
manner that no air bubbles or voids are present between the rail surface and reflective sheeting. The
predominate color for barricade components other than rails shall be white, except that unpainted
galvanized metal or aluminum may be used.
Owner identification shall not be imprinted on the reflectorized face of any rail, but may be imprinted
elsewhere.
Ballasting shall be by means of sand filled bags placed on the lower parts of the frame or stays, but shall
not be placed on top of the barricade or over any reflectorized barricade rail face facing traffic.
If the barricades are displaced or are not in an upright position, from any cause, the barricades shall
immediately be replaced or restored to their original location, in an upright position, by the Contractor.
Add the following section:
7-1 0.3.1 Construction Area Signs and Control Devices.
7-10.3.1.1 Signs All temporary construction area signs shall conform to the provisions of section 206-
7.2 et seq.'
7-1 0.3.1.2 Reflective Pavement Markers
All temporary reflective pavement markers shall conform to the provisions of section 214-5.1 .et seq.
7-1 0.3.1.3 Reflective Channelizers
All temporary reflective channelizers shall conform to the provisions of section 21 4-5.2 et seq.
7-10.3.1.4 Striping & Pavement Marking Paint
All paint for temporary traffic striping, pavement marking, and curb marking shall conform to the
provisions of section 210-1.6 et seq. except that all temporary paint shall be rapid dry water borne
conforming to section 21 0-1.6 for materials and section 31 0-5 et seq. for workmanship.
7-10.3.1.5 Warning & Advisory Signs, Lights and Devices
Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices required for temporary traffic control, direction and/or warning shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the Contractor. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices shall be promptly removed by the Contractor when no longer required.
(a) Warning and Advisory Signs. Warning and advisory signs that remain in place overnight shall be stationary mounted signs. Stationary
signs that warn of non-existent conditions shall be removed from the traveled way and from the view of
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 11 1 of 288 Pages
motorists in the traveled way or shielded from the view of the traveling public during such periods that
their message does not pertain to existing conditions.
Care shall be used in performing excavation for sign posts in order to protect underground facilities. All
excavation required to install stationary construction area signs shall ’be performed by hand methods
without the use of power equipment.
Warning and advisory signs that are used only during working hours may be portable signs. Portable
signs shall be removed from the traveled way and shielded from the view of the traveling public during
non-working hours.
During the hours of darkness,. as defined in Division 1, Section 280, of the California Vehicle Code,
portable signs shall be illuminated or, at the option of the Contractor, shall be in conformance with the
provisions in section 206-7.2 et seq.
The Contractor shall post signs at high volume intersections four weeks prior to starting construction
indicating that motorists may experience temporary delays due to construction. The locations include,
but are not limited to:
1. . Southbound lanes at the intersection of Alga Road and Melrose Drive
2. .. Northbound lanes at the intersection of Rancho Santa Fe Road and Olivenhain Road
3. Eastbound lanes at the intersection of La Costa Avenue and El Camino Real
The Engineer shall approve the final locations of all signs.
The signs shall be 36 x 36” in size and shall be approved by the Engineer prior to posting. The signs
shall indicate the approximate dates and times that traffic may be interrupted on Rancho Santa Fe Road
from La Costa Avenue to Melrose Drive due to construction.
The signs shall remain in place for the duration of the project and shall be replaced with new signs every
six months after the start of construction with the most current approximate dates and times that traffic
may be interrupted
. (b) Traffic Cones; If illuminated traffic cones rather than post-type delineators are used during the
hours of darkness, they shall be affixed or covered with reflective cone sleeves ‘as specified in
CALTRANS “Standard Specifications”, except the sleeves shall be 180 mm (7”) long.
(c) Flashing Arrow Slgns. Flashing arrow signs shall be finished with commercial quality flat black
enamel and shall be equipped with yellow or amber lamps that form arrows or arrowheads as
required. Each lamp shall be provided with a visor and the lamps shall be controlled by an
electronic circuit that will provide between 30 and 45 complete operating cycles per minute in each
of the displays and modes specified. The control shall include provisions for dimming the lamps by
reducing the voltage to 50 percent, d percent, for nighttime use. Type I signs shall have both
manual and automatic photoelectric dimming controls. Dimming in both modes shall be
continuously variable over the entire dimming range.
Each flashing arrow sign shall be mounted on a truck or on a trailer and shall be capable of
operating while the vehicle is moving and shall be capable of being placed and maintained in
operation at locations as shown on the plans, as specified in the special provisions or as directed by
the Engineer.
Flashing arrow signs shall be mounted to provide a minimum of 7 feet between the bottom of the
sign and the roadway.
Trailers on which flashing arrow signs are mounted shall be equipped so that they can be leveled
and plumbed.
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 112 of 288 Pages
The signs shall be solar operated. The supply of electrical energy shall be capable of operating the
sign in the manner specified.
Portable Delineators Portable delineators, including the base, shall be composed of a material that
has sufficient rigidity to remain upright when unattended and shall be either flexible or collapsible
upon impact by a vehicle. The base shall be of such shape as to preclude roll after impact. The
base shall be of sufficient weight or shall be anchored in a manner such that said delineator shall
remain in an upright position. Ballast, if used for the bases of portable delineators, shall be sand or
water.
If the portable delineators are displaced or are not in an upright position, from any cause, said
delineators shall immediately be replaced or restored to their original location, in an upright position,
by the Contractor.
The vertical portion of the portable delineators shall be of a fluorescent orange or predominantly orange color. The posts shall be not less than 3 inches in width or diameter. The minimum height
shall be 36 inches above the traveled way.
A minimum of 2 reflective bands, each not less than 3 inches wide, shall be mounted a minimum of
1% inches apart and at a height on the post so that one reflective band will be between 2.5 feet and
3 feet above the roadway surface.
Reflective bands shall be white and shall be fabricated from flexible reflective sheeting as specified
in the special provisions. The reflective bands shall be visible at 1,000 feet at night under
illumination of legal high beam headlights, by persons with vision of or corrected to 20/20.
Only one type of portable delineator shall be used on the project. The type of portable delineator
proposed for use on the project shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to placement on
the project.
(e) Changeable Message Signs The Contractor shall place changeable message signs at the high volume intersections adjacent to the Work three days prior to starting construction expected to create traffic delays. The locations include, but are not limited to:
1. Southbound Melrose Drive north of the Rancho Santa Fe Road intersection. 2. Southbound Rancho Santa Fe Road north of the Melrose Drive intersection. 3. Westbound San Elijo Road east of the Rancho Santa Fe Road intersection.
4. Northbound Rancho Santa Fe Road north of the La Costa Avenue intersection.
The Engineer shall approve all final locations of the changeable message signs.
7-1 0.3.1.6 Contractors Vehicles & Equipment Personal vehicles of the Contractor‘s employees shall not be parked within the traveled way, including any section closed to public traffic.
Whenever the Contractor’s vehicles or equipment are parked on the shoulder within 1.8 m (6’) of a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable delineators placed on a taper in advance of the parked vehicles or equipment and along the edge of the pavement at not less than 7.6 m (25’) intervals to a point not less than 7.6 m (25’) past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A C23 (Road Work Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted, as required herein, on a signpost or telescoping flag tree with flags. The signpost or flag tree shall be placed where directed by the Engineer.
Add the following section: 7-10.3.2 Maintaining Traffic. During the entire construction, a minimum of one paved traffic lane, not less than 3.6m (12’) wide, shall be open for use by public traffic in each direction of travel except as shown on plans or as provided for below.
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 11 3 of 288 Pages
Add the following section:
7-10.3.3 Traffic Control Systems. A traffic control system consists of modification of traffic lanes or
pedestrian walkways in accordance with the details shown on the plans, CALTRANS "Manual of Traffic
Control", 1996 (Revision 2) edition and provisions under "Maintaining Traffic" elsewhere in these
Supplemental Provisions. The provisions in this section will not relieve the Contractor from its
responsibility to provide such additional devices or take such measures as may be necessary to maintain
public safety, and complete the Work. Any traffic handling plans provided are not meant to be a complete
set for completion of all work on the project. The Contractor must submit for approval any addifional
traffic control plans necessary to complete the Work.
When lanes are closed for only the duration of work periods, all components of the traffic control system,
except portable delineators placed along open trenches or excavation adjacent to the traveled way, shall
be removed from the traveled way and shoulder at the end work period. If the Contractor so elects, said
components may be stored at selected central locations, approved by the Engineer, within the limits of
the right-of-way.
Add the following section:
7-10.3.4 Traffic Control for Permanent and Temporary Traffic Striping. During traffic stripe operations, traffic shall be controlled with lane closures, as provided for under "Traffic Control Systems"
of these Supplemental Provisions or by use of an alternative traffic control plan proposed by the
Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not start traffic striping operations using
an alternative plan until the Contractor has submitted its plan to the Engineer in accordance with Section
2-5.3 and has received the Engineer's written approval of said plan.
Add the following section:.
7-10.3.5 Temporary Pavement Delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be furnished, placed, maintained and removed in accordance with the minimum standards specified in Chapter 5 of the "Traffic Manual", 1996 (Revision 2) edition published by CALTRANS. Whenever the work causes obliteration of pavement delineation, temporary or permanent pavement delineation shall be in place prior to opening the traveled way to public traffic. Lane line or centerline pavement delineation shall be . provided at all times for traveled ways open to public traffic. All work necessary, including any required
lines or marks, to establish the alignment of temporary pavement delineation shall be performed by the
Contractor. When temporary pavement delineation is removed, all lines and marks used to establish the
alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed by grinding.
Surfaces to receive temporary pavement delineation shall be dry and free of dirt and loose material. Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing pavement delineation or other temporary pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be maintained until superseded or replaced with permanent pavement delineation.
Temporary pavement delineation shall be removed when, as determined by the Engineer, the temporary pavement delineation conflicts with the permanent pavement delineation or with a new traffic pattern for
the area and is no longer required for the direction of public traffic. When temporary pavement
delineation is required to be removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the
temporary pavement delineation shall be removed.
Add the following section:
7-10.3.6 Preparation of New, or Modifications and Additions to Existing, Traffic Control Plan
Sheets. If no traffic control plans (TCP) or Traffic Control Staging plans (TCP) are included in the project
plans, or if the Contractor elects to modify TCP included in the project plans, the Contractor shall have
such new or modified TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any and all construction
activities that are located within the traveled way. The Contractor shall have TCP prepared and
submitted as a part of the Work for any construction activities that are a part of this project that are not
included in the project plans. The Contractor must submit the TCP for the Engineer's review in
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 . Page 11 4 of 288 Pages
conformance with the requirements of section 2-5.3, et seq. and obtain the Engineer's approval of the
TCP prior to implementing them. New or revised TCP submittals shall include all TCP needed for the
entire duration of the Work. Each phase of the TCP shall be shown in sufficient scale and detail to show
the lane widths, transition lengths, curve radii, stationing of features affecting the traffic control plan and
the methodology proposed to transition to the subsequent TCP phase. When the vertical alignment of
the traveled surface differs from the finished pavement elevation vertical curves must also be shown. The
level of .detail, format, and graphics shall be of quality and size no less than those on "Standard
Specifications Reference Traffic Control Plan" Drawing number 368-5. Such modifications, supplements
and/or new design of TCP shall meet the requirements of the Engineer and of the "MANUAL OF
TRAFFIC CONTROLS", 1996 (Revision 2) Edition as published by the State of California Department of
Transportation. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design of TCP shall be prepared by
a registered professional engineer appropriately registered in the State of California. The Engineer shall
be the sole judge of the suitability and quality of any such modifications, supplements, and/or new
designs to TCP. The Engineer may approve any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to
the TCP when, in the Engineer's sole opinion, such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to
the TCP prepared by the registered professional engineer retained by the Contractor will be beneficial to
the best interests of the Agency. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design shall not be
implemented and no work shall be commenced that is contingent on such approval until the changed
TCP are approved by the Engineer. The preparation of such modification, addition, supplement, and/or
new designs of TCP shall not presuppose their approval or obligate the Agency in any fashion. Submittal
and review requirements for such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP shall conform
to the requirements of section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals.
Add the following section:
7-10.3.7 Payment. The Contractor shall provide all temporary traffic control necessary to complete the
Work at the contract lump sum price bid. The contract lump sum price paid for Furnish, Install, Maintain,
and Remove Temporary Traffic Control shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor (including
flagging costs), materials (including signs), tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work
involved in preparation, reproduction and changing of traffic control plans, placing, applying traffic stripes
and pavement markers with bituminous adhesive, supplying, installing and relocating temporary railing
(type K) and crash cushions, furnishing, placing and maintaining flashing arrow signs, removing, storing,
maintaining, moving to new locations, replacing, and disposing of the components of the traffic control
system as shown on the plans and approved additions and modifications, as specified in these
supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. All expenses and time to prepare and review
modifications, additions, supplements and/or new TCP designs shall be included in the lump sum bid for
traffic control and no additional payment will be made therefore. Flagging costs will be paid for as a part
of the Lump Sum Amount for Furnish, Install, Maintain, and Remove Temporary Traffic Control. The cost of labor and material for portable concrete barriers will be paid for at the unit price bid. When there is no
bid item the cost of labor and material for portable concrete barriers they will be paid as an incidental to
the work being performed and no additional payment will be made therefore. Progress payments for
Furnish, Install, Maintain, and Remove Temporary Traffic Control will be based on the percentage of the
improvement work completed.
Add the following section: 7-10.4.4 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary
precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of
Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on,
about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall erect and
properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary
safeguards for the protection of workers and public, and shall use danger signs warning against hazards
created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and falling materials.
Add the following: 7-1 0.4.5 Asbestos Materials
?@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 11 5 of 288 Pages
1) General: It is the specific intent of these Contract Documents to exclude from the work any and all
products or materials containing asbestos. While no products containing asbestos shall be incorporated into the work, it will be necessary to join and remove existing asbestos cement pipe for work in Bid
Schedule C (see Items 3 and 4 below).
If unanticipated asbestos materials are encountered during any work, the Contractor shall promptly notify
the Engineer in writing. Removal of existing asbestos material shall be performed by a Contractor
registered by CAUOSHA and certified by the State Contractors Licensing Board for asbestos removal.
Copies of the certification shall be submitted to the Engineering prior to the commencement of any
asbestos removal activities. The Contractor or subcontractor shall comply with all State and Federal laws
regarding handling and removal of asbestos materials. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper
identification, removal and disposal of all asbestos materials.
2) Health Hazard: The Contractor is warned that asbestos is a known human carcinogen when inhaled
and poses serious health risks. Asbestos fibers are easily inhaled and can result in chronic respiratory
illness, cancer and other severe adverse health effects.
3) Joining Existing Asbestos Cement Pipe: In the specific instance of making piping connections to
existing asbestos cement pipe, the Contractor shall construct the connection using a stainless steel tapping sleeve of the proper size to fit the existing asbestos cement pipe. The Contractor shall perform all tapping and cutting of the asbestos cement pipe in strict conformance with the tapping sleeve
manufacturer's recommendations and all applicable CAUOSHA, EPA and governing health agency
requirements.
4) Cutting and Handling Asbestos Cement Pipe: The Contractor shall perform all cutting and handling of
asbestos cement pipe in, strict conformance with all applicable CAUOSHA, EPA and governing health
agency requirements. The Contractor shall provide sufficient supervision and monitoring to assure said
conformance.
5) Payment: Joining, cutting, handling and disposing of asbestos cement pipe is a required portion of the
work of Bid Schedule C. Payment for such work shall be included in the appropriate pay items requiring the
joining, cutting and handling of asbestos cement pipe, and no additional payment shall be made.
Removal and disposal of unanticipated asbestos material will be considered extra work, and payment will
be made in accordance with Section 3-3.2 of the SSPWC.
, ..
Add the following: 7-10.4.6 Construction Aids. Scaffolding, rigging, hoisting and services needed to safely deliver and
install products shall be provided. Remove same from premises when installation is complete.
7-10.4.7 Compliance With State Safety Codes. All necessary machinery guards, railings, and other
protective devices shall be provided as specified andor required by the State of California .Division of
Industrial Safety and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. It is assumed that all fabricators, electrical and machinery manufacturers and other equipment suppliers are conversant with such regulations and they shall be responsible for the industrial safety aspects of such equipment. All equipment shall comply with all rules and regulations of the Safety Orders of the State of California Division of Industrial Safety and all local building, plumbing, and electrical codes and ordinances. Safety guards shall
be galvanized and painted after fabrication and shall be easily removed to permit inspection, removal and
repair of the moving parts.
7-10.4.8 Fire Control. Fire danger shall be minimized at and near construction site. Protect surrounding
private property from fire damage resulting from construction operations.
7-10.4.9 Responsibility For Job Site Conditions. Contractor agrees that 'he shall assume sole and complete responsibility for job site conditions during the course of construction of this project, including
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 . Page 11 6 of 288 Pages
safety of all persons and property; that this requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to
normal working hours; and that the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold the City and the design
consultant harmless from any and all liability except for that arising from the sole negligence of the City.
It is the Contractor's sole responsibility to protect the safety of employees from construction-related
conditions or activities.
7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED
Add the following: Municipal ordinances that affect this work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and
Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for
use in the proposed construction project which would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the
Fish and Game Code, the conditions established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game
Code shall become conditions of the contract.
Add the following:
7-15 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES
7-15.1 Scope. The Contractor shall Perform all construction necessary to complete connections and tie-
ins to existing facilities under City and CMWD, WD, LCWD, or OMWD Supervision depending on the
Schedule of Work being performed.
The Contractor shall keep existing facilities in operation, unless otherwise specifically permitted in these
Specifications or approved by City and Districts (CMWD, WD, LCWD, or OMWD).
The Contractor shall perform all construction activities so as to avoid interference with operations of the
facility and the work of others.
The Contractor shall provide potholing for locating and field verifying all existing piping, structures and
equipment affected by the Work. All potholing shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to
the City prior to submittal of Shop Drawings. Delays in the Work, as a result of insufficient potholing, will be
solely the Contractors responsibility. No time extensions will be allowed for Contract Work that is delayed
as a result of insufficient potholing and field verification.
7-15.2 Sequencing And Operations. All operations of existing valves and gates required for the Work
shall be done by the District having jurisdiction of the facility either CMWD, WD or OMWD.
Insofar as possible, all equipment shall be tested and in operating condition before the final tie-ins are made
to connect equipment to the existing facility.
Contractor shall carefully 'coordinate all Work and schedules and shall provide City written notice before
shut-downs or by-passes are required.
7-15.3 Submittals. Submit detailed schedule of proposed connections, listing sequence and durations
of all activities including shut-downs and tie-ins in accordance with Section 2-5.3.3.1 and 2-5.3.7.
Add the following:
7-16 FIELD TESTS, ADJUSTMENTS AND OPERATION
All mechanical equipment installed by the Contractor shall be operated and tested by the Contractor to the
satisfaction of the owner. Tests shall be made to determine whether the equipment has been properly
assembled, aligned, adjusted, and connected. Any changes, adjustments or replacements of equipment
which are due to errors or omissions on the part of the Contractor shall be done at his own expense.
Equipment shall be tested at rated pressures for required performance. e 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 11 7 of 288 Pages
The Contractor shall furnish the water for testing purposes.
05110/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 11 8 of 288 Pages
SECTION 8 - FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL
8-2 FIELD OFFICE FACILITIES
This section includes providing field offices, equipment, and services as specified herein at the project
site for use by the Engineer for the duration of the work. The Contractor shall provide the office,
equipment and services as specified herein.
The field office shall be for the exclusive use of the Engineer and such other individuals that the Engineer
may designate. The field office shall be a separate structure from any other office facility. The Contractor shall maintain the field office throughout the entire duration of the contract unless the Engineer shall otherwise direct.
8-2.1 General Field Office Requirements
The Contractor shall provide all required field offices, equipped as specified herein, at the site indicated,
ready for use by the Engineer within 20 days after the commencement date stated in the Notice to
Proceed. The Contractor shall remove office facilities and furnishings, and restore staging areas to
preconstruction condition upon completion of work.
8-2.2 Office Facilities
Contractor shall furnish and install all necessary electrical wiring, plumbing, toilet and lavatory fixtures, air conditioning and heating equipment, and shelving, and furnish all necessary light, heat, water and daily janitorial services in connection with all field offices specified herein, for the duration of the work.
Contractor shall provide and maintain for the exclusive use of the Engineer's personnel, at a point
convenient to the construction operations, one separate, well lighted, air conditioned, electrically heated
and ventilated field office with a toilet room, containing a water closet and lavatory partitioned off from the
working area. The office shall be new or like-new condition. The lavatory shall have hot and cold
running water. The toilet room door shall be provided with a latch set. Where inside toilet facilities are
not connected to outside plumbing, provide a flush-type chemical toilet with a holding tank. All such
sanitary waste material shall be regularly pumped out and the chemicals recharged. Contractor shall
provide a continuous supply of toilet paper and towels for each toilet facility.
Contractor shall provide the office with an outside door lock. The area of said field office shall not be less
than 1440 square feet. All flooring within the office shall be carpeted. Windows shall have metal slat
Venetian blinds. Contractor shall provide at a minimum three 12-foot by 12-foot private offices with
closing doors; and one 8-foot by 10-foot partitioned area within the trailer. The Engineer reserves the
right to approve the office layout before delivery of the trailer. The office shall be located close to the
Contractor's field office a 6-foot chain link fence shall enclose the office compound. Said office shall be
of the portable trailer type unless otherwise specifically authorized by the Engineer in writing and shall be
a separate unit, not attached or connected to any other structures. Contractor shall provide regular daily
janitorial services during working hours every other day. Offices shall be swept, dusted, and waste
receptacles emptied.
The field office shall be provided with sufficient lighting to provide not less than 50-foot candles at
desktop height at each desk location. Contractor will provide exterior lighting over the entrance door.
Contractor will provide 11 0-v ac grounded duplex electric convenience outlets at least every 8 feet on
walls, at least one such outlet located on each wall. The electric distribution panel shall provide not less
than 2 circuits providing 11 0-v, 60-Hz service.
Contractor will provide, connect and maintain electricity, water, sewer and telephone service for the
duration of the work. Pay connection and monthly utility charges shall be paid by the Contractor, except
that long distance telephone charges shall be billed to the Engineer.
Q 05110100 Contract No. 3190 Page 119 of 288 Pages
Access and five (5) parking spaces for the exclusive use of the Engineer and hidher designees that are convenient and satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor. Parking spaces and an
area 10’ wide by the length of the office shall be covered with four inches of 2 minus crushed rock. The field
office shall have a 24” by 36” sign affixed near the entry door. The sign text shall be proportioned as shown
below. The Contractor shall affix a City seal to the sign in a centered location. The City seal will be supplied
by the Engineer.
I CITY OF CARLSBAD I
ENGINEERING INSPECTION
8-2.3 Field Office Furnishings
Contractor will provide the following listed items in new or like-new condition for the primary field office.
All materials and equipment to be provided shall be submitted for approval in accordan-ce with Section 2-
5.3 no more than 10 working days after award of the contract.
Quantity
1 each
4 each
2 each
3 each
5 each
5 each
1 each
5 each
2 each
1 each
20 If
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
6 each
Description
Standard 36x72-inch desk with not less than 3 lockable drawers and 2 keys
Standard 30x60-inch desk with not less than 3 lockable drawers and 2 keys Drafting table 36x72-inch top; 36-inches high with adjustable, swivel drafting stool on
casters
File cabinet, legal size, 5 drawer with lock and 2 keys, double suspension, complete with -
Pendaflex suspension racks for each drawer
Office chair(s), standard arm rest type, adjustable, swivel, tilt-back with casters
Office chair(s), stiff-leg type, no arm rest
Conference table 48x144-inch with 8 conference chairs
Waste Basket(@
Tack board 36x42-inches
Whiteboard 36x60, erasable felt marker typOe
Bookshelves
Bottled water dispenser unit (supplying both hot and cold water) and bottled water
services and continuous supply of paper cups
Microwave oven, 700 watt minimum
Refrigerator, 12 cubic foot minimum
Telephone recording machine (phone messages)
Telephonets) with 2-line and speaker phone capability (one for each desk and one for the
conference room)
The office is to be burglar resistant and have an electronic security system with external alarm and 24- hour alarm monitoring service.
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 120 of 288 Pages
..
8-2.5 Fax Machine
Contractor shall provide one fine resolution plain paper reproduction telephone facsimile machine in the
Engineer's field office, The machine shall be capable of output reproduction at a rate of up to 9,600 bps
and CCllT Group-2 and Group3 compatible. The facsimile machine shall be equipped with the
following features:
Automatic document feeder
16-digit LCD display Alphabetical dialing Delayed transmission Automatic redial
8-6 BASIS OF PAYMENT
.~. . % Add the following: Installing and removing the field office shall be paid as part of the lump sum bid price for
mobilization and preparatory work. Payment for maintaining the field office will be made at the monthly price
bid and will include full compensation for relocating it as may be necessary to facilitate the project, obtaining
all permits, property rental, providing utilities including, but not limited to, electrical, telephone, potable water
and sanitary facilities, and maintenance. The monthly rate will be paid for each full calendar month
throughout the duration of the contract that the field office, complete with all facilities and utilities, is available
to the Engineer and on the project excepting when the Engineer has ordered that the field office be removed from the project.
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 121 of 288 Pages
SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK
9-1.1 General. Add the following: Work Not Listed in the Bid Schedule: Costs for related work and
appurtenances which are required andlor implied by the General Provisions, Technical Specifications, Special Provisions and Plans and are not listed as a separate bid item but are necessary to complete the
project shall be included in the appropriate bid item or items within the proposal.
9-1.4 Units of Measurement. Modify as follows: The 'system of measure for this contract shall be the US. Standard Measures.
9-3 PAYMENT
Payment for obtaining and complying with permits during construction, including, but not limited to, NPDES
permits, building permits, encroachment permits, excavation permits, drilling permits, disposal permits,
temporary easements, licenses, inspection fees, and Federal, State and local taxes will be included in
prices bid for work for which such costs are appurtenant.
Payment for coordinating with agencies, developers, utilities, events and persons described will be included
in prices bid for work to which coordination is appurtenant.
9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. Delete the second paragraph and substitute the following: Each
month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the closure date
as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on contract unit
prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of the Standard Specifications
(SSPWC). Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the closure
date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer shall complete the detailed
progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the Contractor's information. Should the
Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shall within ten (10) days of receipt of
the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment request to the Engineer with adequate
justification supporting the amount of supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental
payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt, determine whether the
supplemental payment request is a proper payment request. If the Engineer determines that the
supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as
soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days after receipt. The returned request shall be
accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request
was not proper. In conformance with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make
payments within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental
payment request from the Contractor. If payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is
not made within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the
Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil
Procedure.
Delete the third paragraph and substitute the following: The Agency shall retain 10 percent of such
estimated value of the work done as part security for the fulfillment of the contract by the Contractor,
except that at any time after 50 percent of the work has been completed, if the Engineer finds that
satisfactory progress is being made, the Agency may reduce the total amount being retained from
payment pursuant to the above requirements to 5 percent of the total estimated value of said work and
may also reduce the amount retained from any of the remaining partial payments to 5 percent of the
estimated value of such work and materials. In addition, on any partial payment made after 95 percent of
the work has been completed, the Agency may reduce the amount withheld from payment pursuant to the
requirements of this Section to such lesser amounts as the Engineer determines is adequate security for a 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 . Page 122 of 288 Pages
the fulfillment of the balance of the work and other requirements of-the contract, but in no event will said
amount be reduced to less than 125 percent of the estimated value of the work yet to be completed as
determined by the Engineer. Such reduction will only be made upon the written request of the Contractor
and shall be approved in writing by the surety on the Performance Bond and by the surety on the
Payment Bond. The approval of the surety shall be submitted to the Engineer; the signature of the
person executing the approval for the surety shall be properly acknowledged and the power of attorney
authorizing the person executing the approval to give such consent must either accompany the document
or be on file with the Agency.
Add paragraph 6 et seq. as follows: After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment
Estimate and process a corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total
amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the contract bid item and change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Estimate.
The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make written
statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The Contractor shall
provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its position. Should the
Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time Specified, the
Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all contract bid items and change
order items.
If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the
Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate adjustments on
the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be
subject to resolution as specified in subsection 3-5, Disputed Work.
The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the
Contractor’s claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such
further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions
involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying
payment for the disputed items.
9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Add the following: Except for those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in subsection 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a
written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the Final Payment Estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in subsection 9-3.2 shall be submitted no
later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be considered that was not
included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which written notice or protest is
required under any provision of this contract including sections 3-4 Changed Conditions, 3-5 Disputed
Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report, or 6-7.3 Contract Time
Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with notice or protest requirements.
The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis
and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor’s claims and it will
be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying the claims.
Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims
approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under
subsection 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute.
?@ 05/10100 Contract No. 31 90 Page 123 of 288 Pages
Add the following section:
9-3.3.1 Delivered Materials. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into
the will not be included in the progress estimate.
Add the following section:
9-3.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Payment for mobilization and preparatory work will be
made at the stipulated lump-sum price bid therefore in the bid schedule. The Contract lump sum price paid for mobilization and preparatory work shall not exceed four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000.00),
and includes full compensation for furnishing all insurance, bonds, licenses, labor, materials, utilities,
tools, equipment, field office installation, field office removal and incidentals, and for doing all the work
involved in mobilization and preparatory work and operations, including, but not limited to, those
necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidental to preparing to conduct
work on and off the project site and other offsite facilities necessary for work on the project; for all other
facilities, sureties, work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning
work on various contract items on or off the project site, excepting those specifically paid for under
separate sections of these specifications. The Contractor hereby agrees that the stipulated lump sum
amount is sufficient for mobilization and preparatory work, as described- in this section, and that the
Contractor shall have no right to additional compensation for mobilization and preparatory Work.
Progress payments for mobilization and preparatory Work will be made as follows:
For the first progress payment (after the issuance of the.Notice to Proceed), forty percent (40%) of the
amount bid for mobilization and preparatory Work will be allowed. For the second progress payment, an additional: sixty percent (60%) of the amount bid for mobilization and preparatory work will be allowed - ., . r: therefore.. .
_. Add the following:
9-3.5 Final. Pay Quantities. When an item of work is designated as (F) or (S-F).in the Engineer's
. . Estimate, the estimated quantity for that item of work shall be the final pay quantity, unless the
.. .. dimensions of any portion of that item are revised by the Engineer, or the item or any portion of the item
:., is eliminated. If the dimensions of any portion of the item are revised, and the revisions result in an in-
. crease or-decrease in the estimated quantity of that item of work, the final pay quantity for the item will be
revised in the amount represented by the changes in the dimensions. If a final pay item is eliminated, the
estimated quantity for the item will be eliminated. If a portion of a final pay item is eliminated, the final
pay quantity will be revised in the amount represented by the eliminated portion of the item of work.
The estimated quantity for each item of work designated as (F) or (SF) in the Engineer's Estimate shall be considered as approximate only, and no guarantee is made that the quantity which can be determined by computations, based on the details and dimensions shown on the plans, will equal the estimated quantity. No allowance will be made in the event that the quantity based on computations does not equal
the estimated quantity.
In case of discrepancy between the quantity shown in the Engineer's Estimate for a final pay item and the.
quantity or summation of quantities for the same item shown on the plans, payment will be based on the
quantity shown in the Engineer's Estimate.
@ 05110/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 124 of 288 Pages
SECTION 10 - FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FEDERAL-AID
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
10-1.01 GENERAL
The bidder’s attention is directed to the federal requirements in the proposal section of these special
provisions for the requirements and conditions which the bidder must observe in the preparation of the
proposal form and the submission of the bid.
The Contractor shall maintain records of all subcontracts. The records shall show those subcontracts entered into with certified DBE subcontractors and records of materials purchased from certified DBE
suppliers. Such records shall show the name and business address of each DBE subcontractor or vendor
and the total dollar amount actually paid each DBE subcontractor or vendor.
10-1.02 SUBCONTRACTOR AND DBE RECORDS.
Upon completion of the contract, a summary of these records shall be prepared on “Final Report -
Utilization of Disadvantaged Business Enterprises - (DBE), First-Tier Subcontractors” (Exhibit 17-F/FOrm
CEM-2402) and certified correct by the Contractor or his authorized representative, and shall be
furnished to the Engineer.
10-1.03 PERFORMANCE OF DBE SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS
The DBEs listed by the Contractor in response to the requirements in the section of these special
provisions entitled “Submission of DBE Information, Award, And Execution Of Contract,” which are determined by the Department to be certified DBEs, shall perform the work and supply the materials for
which they are listed unless the Contractor has received prior written authorization to perform the work
with other forces or to obtain the materials from other sources.
Authorization to utilize other forces or sources of materials may be requested for the following reasons:
(1) The listed DBE, after having had a reasonable opportunity to do so, fails or refuses to execute a
written contract, when such written contract, based upon the general terms, conditions, plans and
specifications for the project, or on the terms of such subcontractor‘s or supplier‘s written bid, is
presented by the Contractor.
(2) The listed DBE becomes bankrupt or insolvent.
(3) The listed DBE fails or refuses to perform his subcontract or furnish the listed materials.
(4) The Contractor stipulated that a bond was a condition of executing a subcontract and the listed
DBE subcontractor fails or refuses to meet the bond requirements of the Contractor.
(5) The work performed by the listed subcontractor is substantially unsatisfactory and is not in
substantial accordance with the plans and specifications, or the subcontractor is substantially
delaying or disrupting the progress of the work.
(6) It would be in the best interest of the State.
The Contractor shall not be entitled to any payment for such work or material unless it is performed or supplied by the listed DBE or by other forces (including those of the Contractor) pursuant to prior written authorization of the Engineer.
10-1.04 BUY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS.
Attention is directed to the “Buy America” requirements of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of
1982 (Section 165) and the lntermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 (ISTEA) Sections
1041 (a) and 1048(a), and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto. In accordance with said law and
regulations, all manufacturing processes for steel and iron materials furnished for incorporation into the
work on this project shall occur in the United States; with the exception that pig iron and processed,
pelletized and reduced iron ore manufactured outside of the United States may be used in the domestic
manufacturing process for such steel and iron materials. The application of coatings, such as epoxy
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 125 of 288 Pages
coating, galvanizing, painting, and any other coating that protects or enhances the value of such steel or
iron materials shall be considered a manufacturing process subject to the “Buy America” requirements.
A Certificate of Compliance, conforming to the provisions in Section 4-1.5, Certification, of the SSPWC
and these Special Provisions, shall be furnished for steel and iron materials. The certificates, in addition
to certifying that the materials comply with the specifications, shall also specifically certify that all
manufacturing processes for the materials occurred in the United States, except for the exceptions
allowed herein.
The requirements imposed by said law and regulations do not prevent a minimal use of foreign steel and
iron materials if the total combined cost of such materials used does not exceed one-tenth of one percent
(0.1%) of the total contract cost or $2,500, whichever is greater. The Contractor shall furnish the
Engineer acceptable documentation of the quantity and value of any foreign steel and iron prior to
incorporating such materials into the work.
FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS (CONTINUED) SEE ATI’ACHED SHEETS.
05/10100 Contract No. 3190 . Page 126 of 288 Pages
Local Assistance Procedures Manual
PS&E Checklist Instructions
EXHIBIT 12-E
Attachment A
SECTION 14. FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FEDERALAID CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
CENERAL.-The work herein proposed will be financed in whole or in part with Federal funds, and thmfon all of the statutes, rules and regulations promulgated by the Federal Gov- ernment and applicable to work financed in whole or in part with Federal funds will apply to such work. The "Requid Contract Provisions, Federal-Aid Construction Contracts, "Fop FHWA 1273, an included in this Section 14. Whenever in sald required contract provisions refermces are made to "SHA contracting officer," "SHA resident enginax," or "authorized representative of the SHA," such references shall be co~~~trued to mtan "Engineer" as defined in Section 1-1.18 of the Standard Specifications.
PERFORMANCE OF PREVIOUS CONTRACT.-In ad- dition to the provisions in Section 11, "Nondiscrimination," and Section VII, "Subletting or Assigning the Contract," of the re- quired contract provisions, the Contractor shall comply with the following:
The bidder shall cxccute the CERTIFICATION WITH RE- GARD TO THE PERFORMANCE OF PREVIOUS CON- TRACTS OR SUBCONTRACTS SUBJECT TO THE EOUAL OPPORTUNXT? CLAUSE AND THE FILING OF REQUWD REPORTS located in the proposal. No request for subletting or assigning any portion of the contract in exccss of S10,OOO will be considered under the provisions of Section VI1 of the nquid contract provisions unless such request is accompanied by the CERTIFICATION referred to above, exccutcd by .the proposed subcontractor.
., . .. . ...- ,. ..
, 2 - NON-COLLUSION PROVISION.-The provisions in this
. . .. .."X section arc applicable to all contracts mccpt contracts for Federal . .:.> Aid Secondary projects. ,. ."'a
.;,; ... .. ."?
-.
Title 23, United States Code, Section 112, requires as a condi- tion precedent to approval by the Federal Highway Administrator of the contract for this work that each bidder file a sworn statcmmt executed by, or on behalf of, the person, firm, association. or corporation to whom such contract is to be awarded, certifying that such person, firm, association, or corporation has not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of fire competitive bidding in connection with the submitted bid. A fonn to make the non-collusion affidavit statement required by Section 112 as a certification under penalty of perjury rather than as a sworn statement as permitted by 28, USC, Sec. 1746, is included in the proposal.
PARTICIPATION BY DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS EN- TERPRISES IN SUBCONTRACTING.-Part 26, Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations applies to this Federal-aid project. Pertinent sections of said Code are incorporated in part or in its entirety within other sections of these special provisions.
Schedule B-Information for Determining Joint Venture Eli- gibility
(This form need not be filled in if all joint venture fim arc DBE owned.)
1. Name of joint venture
2. Address ofjoint venture
3. Phone number of joint venture
4. Identify the firms which comprise the joint venture. (The
DBE partner must complete Schedule A.)
a. Describe the role of the DBE firm in the joint venture.
b. Describe very briefly the experience and business
qualifications of each non-DBE joint venturer
5. Nature of the joint venture's business
6. Provide a copy of the joint venture agreement.
7. What is the claimed percentage of DBE ownership? A
8. Ownership of joint venture: (This need not be filled in if
described in the joint venture agmment, provided by question
6.).
Revired 3-9s 0847-9S FR-1
EXHIBIT 12-E Locsi Assistance Procedures Manual
Attachment A PS&E Checklist Instructions
a. Profit and loss sharing. b. Capital contributions, including equipment c. Other applicable ownership interests.
9. Control of and participation in this contract. Identify by name, race, sex, and "firm" thosc individuals (and their titles)
decision making, including, but not limited to, those with who arc responsible for day-to-day management and policy
prime responsibility for:
a. Financial decisions
b. Management decisions, such as:
1. Estimating
2. Marketing and sales
3. Hiring and firing of management personnel -
4. Purchasing of major items or supplies
,:. , ... :; . c. Supervision of field operations .. ... .... - .. 1 .. ;,.:a. ?..' .,,.. 3% .. ._.. . .~." ..*>:
Note.-If. ah filing this Schedule B and before the compie- tion of the joint venture's work on the contract covered by this regulation, thm is any significant change in the information submitted, the joint venture must inform the grantee, either di- rectly or through the prime contractor if the joint venture is a subcontractor.
Aflidavit
"The undersigned swear that the foregoing statements arc cor- rect and include all material information necessary to identify and explain the terms and operation of our joint venture and the intended participation by each joint venturer in the undertaking. Further, the undersigned covenant and agree to provide to grantee current, complete and accurate information regarding ac- tual joint venture work and the payment therefor and any pro- posed changes in any of the joint venture arrangements and to permit the audit and examination of the books, records and files of the joint venture, or those of each joint venturer relevant to the joint venture, by authorized representatives of the grantee or the Federal funding agency. Any material misrepresentation will be grounds for terminating any contract which may be awarded and for initiating action under Federal or State laws concerning false statements."
..................................................................................................... Name of Firm Name of Firm
..................................................................................................... Signature Signature
Name Name .....................................................................................................
..................................................................................................... Title Title
..................................................................................................... Date Date
Date
state of
county of
On this - day of , 19 before me
appearert (Name) , to me pmonally
known, who, being duly sworn. did execute the foregoing affi-
davit, and did st+ that he or she was properly authorized by
(Name of film) to execute the
affidavit and did so as his or her fiec act and deed.
Notary Public
Commission expim
[S-lI
Date
state of
county of
On this -day of , 19 - before me
aPP=d (Name) to me personally knovjn,
who, being duly sworn, did execute the foregoing afidavit, and
did state that he or she was properly authorized by (Namc of
firm) to execute the affidavit
and did so as his or her free act and deed. ,
Notary Public
Commission expires
[Sed1
ReviKd 3-95
08-01-95
FR-2
Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT 12-E
PS&E Checklist Instructions Attachment B
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FEDERALAID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
(Exclusive of Appalachian Contracts)
dance with the procedures of the U.S. Dcpakt of Labor (DOL) as set forth in 29 CFR 5,6. and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes betwrm the contractor (or any of its 1. ....................................................................... 3 subcontracton) and the contracting agency, the DOL, or the II. Nondiscrimination ..................................................... 3 contractor's employees or their representatives.
111. Nonsegregated Facilities ............................................ 5
IV. Payment ofPdetmnined Minimum Wage .............. 6 6. Selection of Labor: During the performance of this contract,
V. Statements and Payrolls 8 the contractor shall not: .............................................
VI. Record of Matcxials, Supplies, and Labor .................. 9 a. discriminate against labor from any other State, possession, VII. Subletting or Assigning the Contract ......................... 9 or territory of the United States (except for employment VIII. Safety: Accident Prevention ...................................... 10 preference for Appalachian contracts, when applicable, as
IX. False Statements Concerning Highway Project .......... 10 specified in Attachment A), or
X. Implementation of Clean Ai; Act and Ftdcral Water
XI. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension.
Pollution Control Act 10
Ineliaibility, and Voluntary Exclusion ...................... 1 1
b. employ convict labor for any purpose within the limits of
. the project unless it is labor pcrfod by convicts who are on ..................................................
parole, supervised release, or probation.
XII. certiiicatiii Regarding US^ of contract FW~S for II. NONDISCRIMINATION
Lobbying .................................................................... 12
(Applicable to a11 Federal-aid construction contracts and to all ATTACHMENTS related subcontracts of $1 0,000 or more.)
A. Employment Preference for Appalachian Contracts (included
I, a, in Appalachian contracts only)
.. . - ._ I. GENERAL .... "...:. .. .... -..* : _., " .., - .>
... .... * :..: .. ..:< . ,' 1. These contract provisions shall apply to all work pcrfod on the contract by the contractor's own organization and with the assistance of workers under the contractor's immediate superintendence and to all work performed on the contract by piecework, station work, or by subcontract.
2. Except as otherwise provided for in each section, the con- - - tractor shall insert in each subcontract all of the stipulations contained in these Required Contract Provisions, and Wer re-
<... . quire their inclusion in any lower tier subcontract or purchase order that may in turn be made. The Required Contract Provisions shall not be incorporated by reference in any case. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any
: subcontractor or Iowa tier subcontractor with these Required Contract Provisions.
1. Equal Employment Opportunity: Equal employment oppormnity (EEO) requirements not to discriminate and to take affirmative action to assure equal opportunity as set forth under
29 CFR 1630, and 41 CFR 60) and orders of the Secretmy of laws, executive orders, rules, regulations (28 CFR35,
posed pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 140 shall constitute the EEO and Labor as modified by the provisions prescribed hmin, and im-
specific affirmative action standards for the contmctor's project activities under this contract. The Equal Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications set forth under 41 CFR 604.3 and the provisions of the American Disabilities Act of 1990 (42U.S.C. 12101 et scq.) set forth under 28 CFR35 and 29 CFR 1630 are incorporated by reference in this contract. In the execution of this contract, the contractor agrees to comply with the following minimum specific requirement activities of EEO
a. The contractor will work with the State highway agency (SHA) and the Federal Government in carrying out EEO obli- gations and in their review of hislhcr activities under the con- tTaCt
3. A breach of any of the stipulations contained in these Re- b. The contractor will accept as his operating policy the quired Contract Provisions shall be sufficient grounds for termi- following statement: nation of the contract. "it is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants are
provisio~ my also be grounds for debamat as provided in without regard to their race, religion. sex, color. national origin, 4. A breach of the following clauses of the Required Contract emP1OYed- and that emPlOyeeS are treated during eWlOPent,
29 CFR 5.12: age or disabilily. Such action shall include: employment. upgrading, demotion. or trander; recruitment or recruitment ad-
Section I. paragraph 2; vertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other fonns of Section IV, paragraphs 1,2, 3,4, and 7; compensation; and selection for training, including apprentice- Section V, paragraphs 1 and 2a through 2g. ship, prerrpprenticeship, ador on-the-job training. "
5. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of 2. EEO Officer: The contractor will designate and make Section IV (except paragraph 5) and Section V of these Required known to the SHA contracting officers an EEO Officer who will Contract provisions shall not subject to the general disputes have the responsibility for and must be capable of effectively
clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accor-
Foo~~ 1273 - Revised 3-95
08-07-95
FR-3
EXHIBIT 12-E , Local Assistance Procedures Manual
Attachment B PS&E Checklist Instructions
administering and promoting an active contractor program of EEO and who must be assigned adequate authority and responsibility to
do so.
3. Dissemination of Policy: All members of the contractor’s staff who arc authorized to hire, supervise, promote, and discharge employees, or who recommend such action, or who are substantially involved in such action, will be made fdly cognizant of, and will implement, the contractor’s EEO policy and contractual responsibilities to provide EEO in each grade and classification of employment. To cllsurc that the above agmment will be met, the following actions will be taken as a minimum:
a. Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office employees will be conducted before the start of work and then not less often than once every six months, at which time the contractor’s EEO policy and its implementation will be re- viewed and explained. The meetings will be conducted by the EEO Officer.
b. All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be given a thorough indoctrination by the EEO Officer, covering all major aspects of the contractor’s EEO obligations within thirty days following their reporting for duty with the contractor.
c. All personnel who arc engaged in direct recruitment for the project will be instructed by the EEO Officer in the contractor’s procedures for locating and hiring minority group employca.
d. Notices and posters setting forth the contractor’s EEO policy will be placed in areas readily accessible to employees. applicants for employment and potential rmployees.
e. The contractor’s EEO policy and the procedum to im- plement such policy will be brought to the attention of em- :,. . :..:. . .- ployces by means of meetings, employee handbooks, or other .x. ..+. 1.) .... ,.“ . - appropriate means.
4. Recruitment: When advertising for employees, the contractor will include in all advertisements for employecs the notation: “An Equal Opportunity Employer.” All such adver- tisements will be placed in publications having a large circulation among minority groups in the area from which the project work force would normally be derived.
a. The contractor will, unless precluded by a valid bargaining agreement, conduct systematic and direct recruitment through public and private employee referral sources likely to yield qualified minority group applicants. To meet this rcquirement, the contractor will identify sources of potential minority group employees, and establish with such identified sources procedures whereby minority group applicants may be refmed to the contractor for employment consideration.
b. In the event the contractor has a valid bargaining agreement providing for exclusive hiring hall referrals, he is expected to observe the provisions of that agnement to the extent that the system permits the contractor’s compliance with EEO contract provisions. (The DOL has held that where implementation of such agreements have the effect of discriminating against minorities or women, or obligates the contractor to do the same, such implementation violates Executive Order 11246, as amended.)
c. The contractor will encourage his present employees to
refer minority group applicants for employment. information and procedures with regard to rcferrng minority group applicants will be discussed with employees.
5. Personnel Actions: Wages, working conditions, and employe benefits shall be established and administered, and personnel actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading. promotion, transfer, demotion, layoff, and termination, shall be taken without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability. The following procedures shall be followed:
a. The contractor will conduct periodic inspections of project sites to ensure that working conditions and rmployet facilities do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project site personnel.
b. The contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of wages paid within each classification to determine any evidence of discriminatory wage practices.
c. The contractor will periodically review selected pmonnel actions in depth to determine whether there is evidence of discrimination. Where evidence is found, the contractor will promptly take corrective action. If the review indicates that the discrimination may extend beyond the actions reviewed, such comctive action shall include all affected persons.
d. The contractor will promptly investigate all complaints of alleged discrimination made to the contractor in connection with his obligations under this contract, will attempt to resolve such complaints, and will take appropriate comctive action within a reasonable time. If the investigation indicates that the discrimination may affect persans other than the complainant, such corrective action shall include such other persons. Upon completion of each investigation, the contractor will inform every complainant of all of his avenues of appeal.
6. Training and Promotion:
a. The contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and increasing the skills of minority group and women employees. and applicants for employment
b. Consistent with the contractor’s work force requinments and as permissible under Federal and State regulations, the contractor shall make full use of training programs, i.e., apprenticeship, and on-the-job training programs for the ge- ographical area of contract perfonnance. Where feasible, 25 percent of apprentices or trainees in each occupation shall be in their first year of apprenticeship or training. In the event a special provision for training is provided under this contract, this subparagraph will be superseded as indicated in the special provision.
c. The contractor will advise employees and applicants for employment of available training programs and entrance re- quirements for each.
d. The contractor will periodically review the mining and promotion potential of minority group and women employees and will encourage eligible employees to apply for such training and promotion.
Form 1273 - Revised 3-95
08-07-95
FR-4
h
. , .. .. ._..
L I. i.. ..-,:. L..,.". x.
Local Assistance Procedures Manual PS&E Checklist Instructions
7. Unions: If the contractor relies in whole or in part upon unions as a source of employees, the contractor will w hidher best efforts to obtain the cooperation of such unions to increase opportunities for minority groups and women within the unions, and to effect referrals by such unions of minority and female employees. Actions by the Contractor either directly or thugh a contractor's association acting as agent will include the procedures set forth below:
a. The contractor will use best efforts to develop, in coop- eration with the unions, joint training programs aid toward qualifving more minority group members and women for membership in the unions and increasing the slrills of minority group employees and women so that they may qualify for higher paying employment.
b. The contractor will use best efforts to incorporate an EEO clause into each union agreement to the end that such union will be contractually bound to refer applicants without regard to their race, color, religion. sex, national origin, age or disability.
c. The contractor is to obtain information as to the referral practices and policies of the labor union except that to the extent such information is within the exclusive possession of the labor union and such labor union refuses to furnish such information to the contractor, the contractor shall so certify to the SHA and shall set forth what efforts have becn made to obtain such information.
d. In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor
.. with a reasonable flow of minority and women referrals within
- . the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agrecmtnt,
. . I the contractor will, through independent recruitment efforts. fill
, the employment vacancies without regard to race, calor, . religion, sex, national origin, age or disability; making fill
persons and women. (The DOL has held that it shall be no efforts to obtain qualified andor qualifiable minority group
excuse that the union with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority employees.) In the event the union referral prac- tice prevents the contractor from meeting the Obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and these special provisions, such contractor shall immediately notify the SHA.
8. Selection of Subcontractors, Procurement of Materials and
. Leasing of Equipment: The contractor shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or
. disability in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment.
a. The contractor shall notify all potential subcontractors and suppliers of hidher EEO obligations under this contract.
I b. Disadvantaged business entq5rises (DBE), as defined in 49 CFR 26, shall have equal oppomity to compete for and perform subcontracts which the contractor enters into pursuant to this contract. The contractor will use his best efforts to solicit bids from and to utilize DBE subcontractors or subcontractors with meaningful minority group and female representation among their employees. Contractors shall obtain lists of DBE construction firms from SHA personnel.
c. The contractor will use his best efforts to ensure subcon- tractor compliance with their EEO obligations.
9. Records and Reports: The contractor shall keep such
EXHlBIT 12-E
Attachment B
cords as necessary to domment compliance with the EEO rquiremcnts. Such records shall be retained for a period of three years following completion of the contract work and shall be
thorized representatives of the SHA and the FHWA. available at reasonable times and plans for inspection by au-
a. The records kept by the contractor shall document the following:
(1) The number of minority and non-minority group members and women employed in each work classification on the project;
(2) The progress and efforts being made in cooperation with unions, when applicable, to increase employment op- portunities for minorities and women;
(3) The progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring, training, qualifying, and upgrading minority and female employees; and
(4) The progress and efforts being made in securing the services of DBE subcontractors or subcontracton with meaningful minority and female representation among their employees.
b. The contractors will submit an annual report to the SHA each July for the duration of the project, indicating the number of minority, women, and non-minority group employees cumntly engaged in each work classification required by the contract work. This information is to be reported on Form FWA-1391. If on-the-job training is being required by special provision, the contractor will be required to collect and rcport training data.
III NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts off 10,000 or more.)
a. By submission of this bid, the execution of this contract or subcontract, or the consummation of this material supply agreement or purchase order. as appropriate, the bidder, Federal- aid construction contractor, subcontractor, material supplier,'or vendor, as appropriate, certifies that the firm does not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that the firm does not permit its employees to perform their services at any location, under its control, where segregated facilities arc maintained. The firm agrees that a bmch of this certification is a violation of the EEO . provisions of this contract. The firm further certifies that no empioyet will be denied access to adequate facilities on the basis of sex or disability.
b. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting mms, work arcas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which arc segregated by explicit directive, or are, in fact, seg- regated on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, age or disability, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The only exception will be for the disabled when the demands for accessibility override (e.g. disabled parking).
F~rm 1273 - Revised 3-95
0847-95
FR-5
EXHIBIT 12-E
Attachment B
c. The contractor agms that it has obtained or will obtain identical certification from proposed subcontractors or material suppliers prior to award of subcontracts or consummation of material supply agrcemmts of S10,OOO or more and that it will retain such certifications in its files.
IV. PAYMENT OF PREDETERMINED MINIMUM
WAGE
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts, except for projects located on roadways classified as local roads or nual minor collectors, which are exempt.)
1. GeneraI:
a. All mechanics and laborers employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account [except such payroll deductions as arc permitted by regulations (29 CFR 3)] issued by the Secntary of Labor under the Copeland Act (40 U.S.C. 276c) the full amounts of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment. The payment shall be computed at wage rates not less than those Contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor (hereinafter "the wage determination") which is attached hereto and made a part henof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor or its subcontractors and such laborers and mechanics. The wage determination (including any additional classifications and wage rates conformed under paragraph 2 of this Section IV and the DOL poster (WH-1321) or Form FHWA-1495) shall be posted at all timcs by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily sem by the worken. For
._ .%:, the purpose of this Section, contributions made or costs .,@ ;3" reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under Section l(bX2) of the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a) on behalf of laborers or mechanics arc considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of Section IV, paragraph 3b, hereof. Also, for the purpose of this Section, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs, which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage deter- mination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in paragraphs 4 and 5 of this Section IV.
. .~ . .- .
b. Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein, provided, that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed.
c. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon Act and related acts contained in 29 CFR 1,3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract.
Local Assistance Procedures Manual
PS%E Checklist instructions
2. Classification:
a. The SHA contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics employed under the contract, which is not listed in the wage determination, shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination.
b. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification, wage rate and fringe benefits only when the following criteria have been met:
(1) the work to be performed by the additional classifi- cation requested is not performed by a classification in the wage daemrination;
construction industry; (2) the additional classification is utilized in the area by the
(3) the proposed wage rate, including, any bona fide ~nge benefits, bears a reasonable relatlonshlp to the wage rates contained in the wage determination; and
(4) with respect to helpers, when such a classification prevails in the area in which the work is performed.
laborers and mechanics (if known) to be employed in the addi- c. If the contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, the
tional classification or their representatives, and the 'contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be smt by the contracting officer
to the DOL, Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, Washington, D.C. 2021 0. The Wage and Hour Administrator, or an authorized reprrmtative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.
d. In the event the contractor or subcontractors, as appro- priate, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the addi- tional classification or their reprrsmtatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, wherc appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested partics and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Wage and Hour Administrator for determination. Said Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary
e. The wage rate (including fringe benefits wherc appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraph 2c or 2d of this Section IV shall be paid to all workers performing work in the additional classification from the first day on which work is performed in the classification.
3. Payment of Fringe Benefits:
a. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the con- tract for a class of laboren or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, shall either pay the benefit
Form 1273 -Revised 3-95
08-07-95
FR-6
Local Assistance Procedures Manual PS&E Checklist Instructions
as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly case quivalmt thenof.
b. If the contractor or subcontractor, as appropriate, does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, hdshe my consider as a part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fiingc benefits under a plan or program, provided, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written requtst of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have bem met. The Secretary of Labor my require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program.
4. Apprentices and Trainees (Programs of the US. DOL) and
Helpers:
a. Apprentices:
(1) Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work thcy performed when thcy arc employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the DOL, Employment and Training Administration. BUIT~U of
agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is rmploycd
Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State apprenticeship
in hisher first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registmd in the program, but who has been
L State apprenticeship agency (whm appropriate) to be eligible ' for probationary employment as an apprentice.
.. certified by the Burcau of Apprenticeship and Training or a
(2) The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeyman-level employees on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate listed in the wage determination for the classification of work aclually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on . the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the . . registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable ., wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor or subcontractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman-level hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's . registered program shall be observed.
(3) Evcry apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman- level hourly rate specified in the applicabie wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe beirefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator for the Wage and Hour Division determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination.
EXHIBIT 12-E
Attachment B
(4) In the event the BU~U of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau. withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor or subcontractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the comparable work performed by regular employees until an acceptable program is approved.
b. Trainees:
(1) Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predacnnined rate for the work performed unless they arc cmployed pursuant to and
approval, evidenced by foml certification by the DOL. individually registered in a program which has received prior
Employment and Training Administration
the job site shall not be greater than prmined under the plan (2) The ratio of trainas to journeyman-level employees on
approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registend and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not iess than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually pcrfod. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed.
(3) Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for his/hcr level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman-level hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage damnination unless the Administrator of the Wage hd Hour Division dctmnines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the comspnding journeyman-level wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than fidl fringe benefits for apprentices, in which case such trainm shall re- ceive the same fringe benefits as apprentices.
(4) In the event the Employment and Training Adminis- tration withdraws approval of a training program, the con- tractor or subcontractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved.
c. Helpers:
Helpers will be permitted to work on a project if the helper classification is specified and defined on the applicable wage determination or is approved pursuant to the conformance procedure set forth in Section IV.2. Any worker listed on a payroll at a helper wage rate, who is' not a helper under an approved definition, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed.
Form 1273 - Rnrised 3-95
08-07-95
FR-7
EXHIBIT 12-E Local Assistance Procedures Manual
Attachment B PS&E Checklist Instructions
5. Apprentices and Trainees (Programs of the US. DOT):
Apprentices and trainees working under apprenticeship and skill training programs which have been certified by the Se~ntary of Transportation as promoting EEO in connection with Federal-aid highway construction programs are not subject to the requirements of paragraph 4 of this Section IV. The straight time hourly wage rates for apprentices and trainees under such programs 'will be established by the particular programs. The ratio of apprentices and trainees to journeymen shall not be grcata than permitted by the terms of the palticular program.
6. Withholding:
The SHA shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the DOL withhold, or cause to be withheld, from the contractor or subcontractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other kderally-assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements which is held by the same prime
be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics. including contractor, as much of the accrued payments or advances as may
apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work, all or part of the wages requid by the contract, the SHA contracting officer may, after written notice to the contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any Mer payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased.
-,..,:,.- 7. Overtime Requirements: :. -.. -? .- . -.,. ., ..:..".e . ~ No Contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers, mechanics, watchmen, or guards (including apprentices, trainees, and helpers described in paragraphs 4 and 5 above) shall require or permit any laborer, mechanic, watchman, or guard in any workwdc in which hdshe is employed on such work, to work in excess of 40 hours in such workweek unless such laborer, mechanic, watchman, or guard receives compensation at a rate not less than one-and-one-half times hidher basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in such workweek.
8. Violation:
Liability for Unpaid Wages; Liquidated Damages: In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph 7 above, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible thmf shall be liable to the affected employee for hiher unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory) for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer, mechanic, watchman, or guard employed in violation of the claw set forth in paragraph 7, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such employee was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard work week of 40 hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph 7.
9. Withholdiq for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages:
The SHA shall upon its own action or upon written request of any authorized representative of the DOL withhold, or cause to be withheld, frommy moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such.contract or any othu Fed& contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safq Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums 'as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph 8 above.
V. STATEMENTS AND PAYROLLS
(Applicable to all Fedml-aid construction contracts exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts, except for projects located on roadways classified as local roads or rural collectors, which arc exempt.)
1. Compliance wfth Copeland Regulations (29 CFF2 3):
The contractor shall comply with the Copeland Regulations of the Secretary of Labor which arc herein incorporated by reference.
2. Payrolls and Payroll Records:
a. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor and each subcontractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of 3 years hm the date of completion of the contract for all labom, mechanics, apprentices, trainees. watchmen, helpers, and guards working at the site of the work.
b. The payroll ncords shall contain the name, social security number, and address of each such employee; his or her comt classification; hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalent thereof the types described in Section 1 (b)(2)@) of the Davis Bacon Act); daily and weekly number of hours worked; deductions made; and actual wages paid. In addition, for Appalachian contracts, the payroll records shall contain a notation indicating whether the employee does, or does not, normally reside in the labor area as defined in Attachment A, paragraph 1. Whenever the Secretary of Labor, pursuant to Sec- tion IV. paragraph 3b. has found that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in Section l(b)(2)(B) of the Davis Bacon Act, the contractor and each subcontractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible. that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and show the cost anticipated or the actual cost incumd in providing benefits. Contractors or subcontractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprentices and trainees, and ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs.
FOI~ 1273 - RCV~SC~ 3-95
08-07-95
FR-8
Local Assistance Procedures Manual
PS&E Checklist Instructions .
c. Each contractor and subcontractor shall furnish, each wak in which any contract work is pcrfomd, to the SHA resident engineer a payroll of wages paid each of its C~P~OY#S (including apprentices. trainees, and helpers, described in Section 1V. paragraphs 4 and 5, and watchmen and guards en- gaged on work during the preceding weekly payroll period). The payroll submitted shall set out accurately and complely all of the information required to be maintained under paragraph 2b of this Section V. This information may be submitted in yy form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for h purpose and may be purchased !?om the Superintendent of Documents (Federal stock number 029-005-00141), U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors.
d. Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance." signed by the contractor or sub- contractor or hidher agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following:
(1) that the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under paragraph 2b of this Section V and that such information is cmt and complete;
(2) +at such laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprmtlce, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no
. the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set -: forth in the Regulations, 29 CFR 3;
.. '. deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from
(3) that each labom or mechanic has been paid not less that the applicable wage rate and iiinge benefits or cash equivalent for the classification of worked performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract.
e. The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph 2d of this Section V.
. ,. f. The falsification of any of the above certifications may
subject the contractor to civil or criminal prosecution under 18 U.S.C. 1001 and 31 U.S.C. 231.
g. The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records re- quired under paragraph 2b of this Section V available for in- spection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the SHA, the FHWA, or the DOL, and shall pennit such representativis to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the re- quired records or to make them available, the SHA, the FHWA, the DOL, or all may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such actions as may be nec- essary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available
EXHIBIT 12-E
Attachment B
may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12.
VL RECORD OF MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, AND
LABOR
1. On all Federal-aid contracts on the National Highway System, except those which provide solely for the installation of protective devices at railroad grade crossings, those which are constructed on a force account or direct labor basis, highway beautification contracts, and contracts for which the total final construction cost for roadway and bridge is less than S1.000,OOO (23 CFR 635) the contractor shall:
supplies contained in Form FHWA47, "Statement of Materials a. Become familiar with the list of specific materials and
and Labor Used by Contractor of Highway Construction Involving Federal Funds," prior to the commencement of work under this contract
b. Maintain a record of the total cost of all materials and supplies purchased for and incorporated in the work, and also of the quantities of those specific materials and supplies listed on Form FHWA-47, and in the units shown on Form FHWA-47.
c. Fumish, upon the completion of the contract, to the SHA resident engineer on Form FHWA47 together with the data required in paragraph Ib relative to materials and supplies, a final labor summary of all contract work indicating the total hours worked and the total amount earned.
2. At the prime contractor's option, either a single report covering all contract work or separate reports for the contractor and for each subcontract shall be submitted.
- VII. SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT
1. The contractor shall perform with its own organization contract work amounting to not less than 30 percent (or a greater percentage if specified elsewhere in the contract) of the total original contract price, excluding any specialty items designated by the State. Specialty items may be performed by subcontract and the amount of any such specialty items performed may be deducted fram the total original contract price before computing the amount of work required to be performed by the contractor's own organization (23 CFR 635).
a. "Its own organization" shall be construed to include only workers employed and paid directly by the prime contractor and equipment owned or rented by the prime contractor, with or without operators. Such term does not include employees or equipment of a subcontractor, assignee, or agent of the prime contractor.
b. "Specialty Item" shall be construed to be limited to work that requires highly specialized knowledge, abilities, or equipment not ordinarily available in the type of contracting organizations qualified and expected to bid on the contract as a whole and in general are to be limited to minor components of the overall contract.
FR-9
Form 1273 - Revid 3-95 0847-95
EXHIBIT 12-E Local Assistance Procedures Manual
Attachment B PS&E Checklist Instructions
2. The contract amount upon which the requirements set forth in paragraph I of Section VI1 is computed includes the cost of matrrial and manufactured products which are to be purchased or produced by the contractor under the contract provisions.
3. The contractor shall furnish (a) a competent superintendent or supervisor who is employed by the firm, has full authority to direct performance of the work in accordance with the contract
(regardless of who performs the work) and (b) such other of its requirements, and is in charge of all construction operations
own organizational resources (supenision. management, and engineering seMces) as the SHA contracting officer determines is necessary to amre the performance of the contract.
4. No portion of the contract shall be sublet, assigned or otherwise disposed of except with the written consent of the SHA. contracting officer, or authorized representative, and such consent when given shall not be construed to relieve the contractor of any responsibility for the fulfillment of the contract Written consent will be given only after the SHA has assured that each subcontract is evidenced in writing and that it contains all pertinent provisions and requirements of the prime contract
VIII. SAFETY: ACCIDENT PREVENTION
comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws governing 1. In the performance of this contract the contractor shall
safety, health, and sanitation (23 CFR 635). The contractor shall provide all safeguards, safety devices and protective equipment and take any other needed actions as it determines, or as the SHA
protect the life and health of employees on the job and the safety of contracting officer may determine, to be reasonably necessary to
the public and to protect property in connection with the performance of the work covered by the contract. -. - .. :. . _. 2. It is a condition of this contract, and shall be made a con-
Y dition of each subcontraci, which the contractor enters into pur- suant to this contract, that the contractor and any subcontractor shaIl not permit any employee, in performance of the contract, to work in surroundings or under conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to hidher health or safety, as determined under construction safety and health standards (29 CFR 1926) promulgated by the Secretary of Labor, in accordance with Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40
.. .>.
_&- . , . _. ,. . . ,. -
U.S.C. 333).
3. Pursuant to 29 CFR 1926.3, it is a condition of this contract that the Secretary of Labor or authorized representative thereof, shall have right of entry to any site of contract performance to inspect or investigate the matter of compliance with the construction safety and health standards and to carry out the duties of the Secretary under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 333).
IX FALSE STATEMENTS CONCERNING HIGHWAY
PROJECTS
In order to assure high quality and durable construction in conformity with approved plans and specifications and a high degree of reliability on statements and representations made. by engineers, contractors, suppliers, and workers on Federal-aid highway projects, it is essential that all persons concerned with the project perform their functions as carefully, thoroughly, and honestly as possible. Willful falsification, distortion, or mis- representation with respect to any facts related to the project is a violation of Federal law. To prevent any misunderstanding re- Form 1273 - Revised 3-95
08-01-95
garding seriousness of these and similar acts. the following notice shall be posted on tach Federal-aid highway project (23 CFR 635) in one or more places where it is readily available to all persons concerned with the project:
NOTICE TO ALL PERSONNEL ENGAGED ON
FEDERAL-AID HIGHWAY PROJECTS
I8 U.S.C. 1020 reads as follows:
"Whoever being an oflcer, agent, or employee of the United States, or any State or Tem'tory, or whoever, whether a person, association, /inn. or corporation. knowingly makes any fake statement. fake representation, or fake report as to the character, qualify, quantify, or cost of the material used or to be used, or the quantity or qualify of the work pe~ormed or to be performed, or the cost thereofin connection wirh the submission of plans, maps, specifications. contracts. or costs ofconstruction on any highway or related project submitted for approval to the Secrefav of Transportation; or
Whoever howingly makes any false statement. false repre- sentation, false report or false claim with respect to the character,
formed, or mntericrls furnished or to be firmished, in connection quality, quantity, or cost of any work peormed or to be per-
with the construction of any highway or related project approved by the Secretary of Transportation; or
Whoever knowingly makes any fake statement or false repre- sentation as to material fact in any statement, cerrifcate, or report submitted pursuant to provisions of the Federal-aid Rod Act approved July 1. 191 ti, (39 Stat. 355). as amended and sup- plemented;
Shall be jned not more that 610.000 or imprisoned not more than 5 years or both. "
X. IMPLEMENTATION OF CLEAN AIR ACT AND
FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL-ACT
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all
By submission of this bid or the execution of this contract, or subcontract, as appropriate, the bidder, Federal-aid construction contractor, or subcontractor, as appropriate, will be deemed to have stipulated as follows:
related subcontracts of S 100,000 or more.)
1. That any facility that is or will be utilized in the performance of this contract, unless such contract is exempt under the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1857 et seq., as amended by Pub. L. 91-604), and under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq., as amended by Pub. L. 92-500). Executive Order 11738, and regulations in implementation therwf (40 CFR 15) is not listed, on the date of contract award, on the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) List of Violating Facilities pursuant to 40 CFR 15.20.
2. That the firm agrees to comply and remain in compliance with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all regulations and guidelines listed thereunder.
3. That the firm shall promptly notify the SHA of the receipt of any communication from the Director, Office of Federal Activities, EPA, indicating that a facility that is or will be utilized
FR-IO
Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT 12-E
PS%E Checklist Instructions Attachment B
for the contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities.
4. That the finn aps to include or caw to + included the requirements of paragraph 1 through 4 of this Sectron X in every nonexempt subcontract, and further agrccs to takc such action as the govcmment may direct as a means of enforcing such re- quirements.
XI. CERTIFICATION ReGARDINC DEBARMENT,
SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY
EXCLUSION
1. Instructions for Certification - Primary Covered
Transactions:
(Applicable to all Federal-aid contracts - 49 CFR 29)
a. By signing and submitting this proposal, .the prospective primary participant is providing the certification set out below.
b. The inability of a person to provide the certification set out below will not necessarily result in denial of participation in this covered transaction. The prospective participant shall submit an explanation of why it cannot provide the cehfication set out below. The certification or explanation will be considered in connection with the depmtmnt or agency's determination whether to enter into this transaction. However, hilum of the
.C explanation shall disqualify such a person from participation in prospective primary participant to furnish a certification or an
:. this transaction.
: c. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when the department or agency determined to enter into this transaction. If it is later determined that the prospective primary participant knowingly rcndd an erroneous cmification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency may tcnninate this transaction for cause of default.
d. The prospective primary participant shall provide im- mediate written notice to the department or agency to whom this proposal is submitted if any time the prospective primary participant lams that its certification was erroneous when . submitted or has become erroneous by mason of changed clrcumstances.
e. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "lower tin covered transaction," "participant," "person," "primary covered transaction," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the department or agency to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations.
f. The prospective primary participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency entering into this transaction.
g. The prospective primary participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include the clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarmat, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transaction," provided by the department or agency entering into this covered transaction, without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions.
h. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred, suspemded, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the el- igibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the nonprocurcment portion of the "Lists of Parties Excluded From Federal Procurement or Nonprocurement Programs" (Nonprocurcment List) which is compiled by the General Services Administration.
i. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent pcrson in the ordinary course of business dealings.
j. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph f of thcse instructions, if a participant in a cod transaction knowingly cntm into a lower tier covmd transaction with a person who is suspended, debad, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to othn dies available to the Federal Government, the de- partmcnt or agency may terminate this transaction for cause or default.
***e*
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Primary Covered Tramactions
1. The prospective primary participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals:
debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from a. Arc not presently debad, suspended, proposed for
covered transactions by any Federal departmmt or agency,
been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against b. Have not within a 3-year period preceding this proposal
them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission. of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records. making false statements, or receiving sfolen propew,
c. Arc not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph Ib of this certification; and
FR-11
Fom 1273 -Revised 3-95
08-07-95
EXHIBIT 12-E hcal Assistance Procedures Manual
Attachment B PS&E Checklist Instructions
d. Have not within a 3-year pen'od preceding this ap- plicatiodproposal had one or more public transactions (Fedcral. State or local) terminated for cause or default.
2. Whcre the prospective primary participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
*****
2. hst~~~ctioru for Certification - Lower Tier Covered
Transactions:
(Applicable to all subcontracts, purchase orders and other lower tier transactions of S25.000 or more - 49 CFR 29)
a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective lower tier is providing the certification set out below.
b. The certification in this clause is a material rcpresmtation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension andfor debarment.
c. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
:,.... .:: d. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended."
"person," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the person to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations.
e. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency with which this transaction originated.
-. -, ".
.<_ *-.- ... I, - .
. - _. .. .. "ineligible," "primary covered transaction," "participant,"
f. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transaction." without modification, in all lower tier covmd transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions.
g. A participant in a conred transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that is not debamd, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the el- igibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not
required to, check the Nonprocurcmcnt List.
h. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records In order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of participant is not required to exceed that which is normally p0s-d by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
i. Except for transactions authoriztd under paragraph e of these instructions, if a participant in a covmd transaction
pcrson who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a
excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Fedual Govenunent, the de- partment or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension andor debarment
*****
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exciusiorrhwer Tier Covered Transactions
1. The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this proposal, that neither it nor its principals IS pnsently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency.
2. Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
*****
Xn. CERTIFICATION REGARDING USE OF CONTRACT FUNDS FOR LOBBYING
related subcontracts which exceed S100,OOO - 49 CFR 20) (Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all
submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of his or her knowledge 1. The prospective participant certifies, by signing and
and belief, that:
a. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
b. if any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract,
FOIIII 1273 - Revired 3-95
08-07-95
FR-12
Local Assistance Procedures Manual PS&E Checklist Instructions
EXHIBIT 12-E
Attachment B
grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions.
2. This certification is a material repnscntation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or M- tcred into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall
be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $1 0,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.
her bid or proposal that he or she shall require that the language of 3. The prospective participant also agrees by submitting his or
this certification be included in all lower tier subcontracts, which exceed $lOO;OOO and that all such kipients shall certify and disclose accordingly.
FEDERAtAID FEMALE AND MINORITY GOALS
In accordance with Section II, "Nondiscrimination," of "Required Contract Provisions Federal-aid Construction Contracts" the following are the goals for female utilization:
Goal for Women (applies nationwide) .............. (percent) ........ 6.9
The following arc goals for minority utilization:
CALIFORNIA ECONOMIC AREA
174- Redding, CA
Non-SMSA Counties ...................................
- .. :_, CA Lassen; CA Modoc; :.::.:: .; .;+" -:.L ....... ....... CA Plums; CA Shasta; .... ," ~ CA Siskiyou; CA Tehama.
175 Eureka, CA.
Non-SMSA Counties ................................... CA Del Nortc; CA Humboldc CA Trinity.
176 San Francisco-Oakland-San Jose, CA
SMSA Counties:
7 120 Salinas-Seaside- Montcrey, CA ........................................... CA Money.
7360 San Francisco-Oakland, C A................. CA Alameda; CA Contra Costa; CA Marin; CA San Francisco; CA San Mateo.
CA Santa Clara.
CA Santa Cruz.
CA Sonoma.
CA Napa; CA Solano
7400 San Jose, CA ........................................
7485 Santa CIUZ, CA. ...................................
7500 Santa Rosa, CA ....................................
8720 Vallejo-Fairfield- Napa, CA ................
Non-SMSA Counties ........................................ CA Lake; CA Mendocino; CA San Benito.
Goal
(Percent)
6.8
6.6
28.9
25.6
19.6
14.9
9.1
17.1
23.2
177 Sacramento, CA:
SMSA Counties:
6920 Sacramento, Ck ................................. CA Placer. CA Sacramento; CA Yolo.
Non-SMSA Counties ........................................ CA Butte; CA Colusa; CA El Dorado; CA Glenn; CA Nevada; CA Sierra; CA Sum; CA Yuba.
178 Stockton-Modesto, CA:
SMSA Counties:
5 170 Modesto, CA ......................................
8120 Stockton, CA ......................................
Non-SMSA Counties ........................................
CA Stanislaus.
CA San Joaquin.
CA Alpine; CA Amador, CA Calaveras; CA Mariposa; CA Mcrced; CA Tuolumnc.
179 Fresno-Bakersfield, CA
SMSA Counties:
0680 Bakersfield, CA ..................................
2840 Fresno. CA .........................................
Non-SMSA Counties ........................................
CA Kern.
CA Fresno.
CA Kings; CA Madera; CA Tulare.
180 Los Angeles, CA:
SMSA Counties:
0360 Anaheim-Santa Ana-Garden Grove, CA. ............................................... CA Orange.
Beach. CA ................................................ CA Los Angeles.
Ventura, CA ............................................. CA Ventura.
4480 Los Angeles-Long
6000 Oxnard-Simi Valley-
16.1
14.3
12.3
24.3
19.8
19.1
26.1
23.6
11.9
28.3
21.5
Fan 1273 - Rcviscd 3-95
08-07-95
FR-13
EXHIBIT 12-E Local Assistance Procedures Manual
Attachment B PS&E Checklist Instructions
6780 Riverside-San Bernardino- ............................................. CA Riverside; Ontario, CA. 19.0
CA San Bcmardino.
Lompoc, CA ............................................. 19.7 CA SantaBarbara.
Non-SMSA Counties ........................................ 24.6 CA Inyo; CA Mono; CA San Luis Obispo.
7480 Santa Barbara-Santa Maria-
1 8 1 San Diego, CA:
SMSA Counties
7320 San Diego, C ..................................... 16.9
Non-SMSA Counties ........................................ 18.2
CA San Diego.
CA Imperial.
In addition to the reporting requirements set forth elsewhm in this contract the Contractor and subcontractors holding subcontracts, not including material suppliers, of $10,000 or more, shall submit for every month of July during which work is performed, employment data as contained under Form FHWA PR-1391 (Appendix C to 23 CFR, Part 230), and in accordance with the instructions included thereon.
F~rm 1273 -Revised 3-95
08-07-95
...
Local Assistance Procedures ManUd EXHIBIT 12-E
PS&E Checklist instructions Attachment N
(TO be used, when applicable, in Federal-aid projects)
*InseTt number of trainees.
FEDERAL REQUIREMENT "RAINING SPECIAL PROVISIONS
FEDERAL REQUIREMENT TRA.INING
SPECIAL PROVISION. - AS part of the Contractor's
equal employment opportunity affirmative action program,
training shall be provided as follows:
The Contnctor shall provide on-the-job training to
develop full journeymen in the types of trades or job
classification invotved.
The goal for the number of trainees or apprentices to
be trained under the requirements of this special provision
In the event the Contraaor subcontracts a potion of
the contract wok he shall determine how many, if any, of
the trainees or apprentices arc to be trained by the subcontractor, provided however. that the Contractor shall
retain the primary responsibility for meeting the training requirements imposed by this special provision. The
Contractor shall also ensure that this Training Special
Provision is made applicable to such subcontract. Where
feasible, 25 percent of trainees or apprentices in each
occupation shall be in their first year of apprenticeship or
training.
The number of trainees or apprentices shall be distributed among the work classifications on the basis of
the Contractor's needs and the availability of journeymen in the various classifications within a reasonable area of
recruitment Prior to commencing work. the Conuactor
shall submit to the Department for approval the number of
trainees or apprentices to bc trained in each selected
classification and training program to be used.
Furthermore, the Contractor shall specify the starting time
for training in each of the classifications. The Contractor
will be credited for each trainee or apprentice employed by
him on the contract work who is currently enrolled or
becomes enrolled in an approved program and will be
reimbursed for such trainees or apprentices as provided
hereinafter.
Training and upgrading of minorities and women
toward journeymen status is a primary objective of this
Training Special Provision. Accordingly, the Contractor
shall make every effort to enroll minority and women
trainees or apprentices (e.g., by conducting 'systematic and
direct recruitment through public and private sources likely to yield minority and women trainees or apprentices) to the
extent such persons are available within a reasonable area
of recruitment. The Contractor will be responsible for
demonstrating the steps that he has taken in pursuance
thereof. prior to a determination as to whether the
Contractor is in compliance with this Training Special
Provision. This training commitment is not intended, and
shall not be used, to discriminate against any applicant for
training. whether a member of a minority group or not.
will be 11 f&&&
No employee shall be employed. as a trainee or
apprentice in any classification in which he has
successfully completed a mining course leading to
journeyman status or in which he has kn employed as a
journeyman. The Contractor should satisfy this
requirement by including appropriate questions in the
cmploycc application or by other suitable means.
Regardless of the method uscd the Contractor's rcc~rds
should document the findings in each case.
The minimum length and type of training for each
classification will be as established in the training program seld by the Contractor and approved by both the
Dcpamamt and the Federal Highway Administration. The
Department and the Federal Highway Administration will
approve a program if it is reasonably calculated to meet the
equal employment oppommity obligations of the
Conmctor and to qualify the avaage trainee or apprentice for journeyman status in the classification concerned by the
end of the training period. Furthermore, apprenticeship
programs registered with the U.S. Depamnt of Labor,
Bureau of Apprenticeship "d Training, or with the State of California, Department of Industrial Relations. Division of
Apprenticeship Standards recognized by the Bureau and
training programs approved but not necessarily sponsored
by the U.S. Department of Labor. Manpower
Adminimation, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training
shall also be considered acceptable provided it is being
administered in a manner consistent with the equal
employment obligations of Federal-aid highway
construction contractS. Approval or acceptance of a
training program shall be obtained from the State prior to
commencing work on the classification covcd by the
program. It is the intention of thest provisions that training
is to be provided in the construction mfh rather than
' clerk-typists or secretarial-type positions. Training is
permissible in lower level management positions such as
office engineers. estimators, timekeepers, etc., where the
training is oriented toward construction applications.
Training in the laborer classification may be permitted provided that significant and meaningful training is
provided and approved by the division office.
training is an integral part of an approved training program
and does not comprise a significant part of the overall
training. Except as othenvise noted below, the Contractor
will be reimbursed 80 cents per hour of training given an
employee on this contract in accordance with an approved
training pro-gam. approved by the Engineer,
reimbursement will be made for training of persons in
excess of the number specified herein.
Some offsite training is pemissible as long as the .
F-15
EXHIBIT 12-E
Attachment N
. This reimbursement will be made even though the
Contractor receives additional training program funds from
other sources, provided such other U)UTCC does not
specifically prohibit the Contractor from receiving other
reimbursement. Reimbursement for offsitc training indicated
above may only be made to the Contractor where he docs one
or more of the following and the trainees or apprentices am
concurrently crnployed on a Federal-aid projtct; contributes
to the cost of the training, provides the instruction to the
trainee or apprentice or pays the trainee's or apprentice's
wages during the offsitc training period.
failure to provide the required training, or the fiilwc to hire
the trainee or apprentice as a journeyman, is cad by the
Contraktor and cvidcnccs a lack of good faith on the part
of the Contractor in meeting the requirements of this Training
Special Provision. It is normally expected that a trainee or
apprentice will begin his mining on the project as soon as
feasible after start of work utilizing the skill involved and
remain on the project as long as training oppomnitia exist in
his work classification or until he
No payment shall be made to the Contractor if either the
Local Assistance Procedures Manual PS&E ChecWit Instructions
has completed his training program. It is not required hat all
tainees or apprentices be on board for the entire length of the
contract. A Contractor will haw hlfilled his rrsponsibilitics
under this Training Special Provision if he has provided
acceptable training to the number of trainees or apprentices
specified. The number mined shall be determined on the
basis of the total number enrolled on the contract for a
significant period
Only trainees or apprentices registered in a program
approved by the State of California's State Administrator of
Apprenticeship may be employed on the project and said
trainees or apprentices shall be paid the standard wage
specified under the regulations of ihe craft or track at which
thy arc employed
The Contractor shall fumish the trainee or apprentice a
copy of the program he will follow in providing the training.
The Contractor shall provide each trainee or apprentice with a
cenification showing the type and length of training
satisfactorily completed.
The Contractor will provide for the maintenance of records and fumish periodic reports documenting his
performance under this Training Special Provision .
.. .. I
. ..
FR-16
FR-17
GENERAL DECISION CA020001 08/23/02 CA1
General Decision Number CA020001
Superseded General Decision No. CAOlOOOl
State: California
Construction Type:
BUILDING
DREDGING
HEAVY
HIGHWAY
RESIDENTIAL
County (ies) :
SAN DIEGO
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS; DREDGING PROJECTS (does not
include hopper dredge work); HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does
not include water well drilling); HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS;
RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (consisting of single family
homes and apartments up to and including 4 stories)
Modification Number
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Publication Date
03/01/2002
03/08/2002
03/29/2002
04/19/2002
05/10/2002
06/07/2002
06/28/2002
07/05/2002
07/19/2002
08/02/2002
08/09/2002
08/23/2002
COUNTY (ies) :
SAN DIEGO
Fringes
ASBE0005B 08/04/2002
Rates
Includes the application of all
insulating materials, protective
coverings, coatings, and finishings .
to all types of mechanical systems
INSULATOR/ASBESTOS WORKER 30'. 98 7.86
ASBE0005D 10/04/1999
Rates Fringes
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL HANDLER
Includes preparation, wetting,
stripping, removal, scrapping,
vacuuming, bagging and disposing
of all insulation materials from
mechnical systems, wheather they
contain asbestos or not 19.70 4.87 -------------""""""""""""""""""""~"""""
BOIL0092F 10/01/2001
Rates Fringes
BOILERMAKER 31.01 11.95 ----------"""""""""""""""""""""""""""
BRCA0004M 05/01/2002
Rates Fringes
BRICKLAYER; MARBLE SETTER 25.00 7.20
~~~"~~~~~"""""""""""""""""""""""""""
BRCA0018E 02/01/2002
Rates Fringes
TILE LAYER 23.00 ' 3.48
MARBLE AND TILE FINISHER 14.75 3.48
""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
BRCA0018F 12/01/2000
TERRAZZO WORKER
Rates Fringes 26.78 5.34
TERRAZZO FINISHER 20.53 5.34
""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
CARP0002B 07/01/2001
Rates Fringes
DIVERS :
Diver, wet
Diver, stand-by
Diver tender
486.08 per day 5.61
243.04 per day 5.61
235.04 per day 5.61
""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
CARP0002L 09/01/1998
Rates Fringes
CARPENTER:
Work meeting any of the-following criteria:
1) A residential wood frame project of any size;
2) Interior tenant improvement work, regardless of the size
3) Any wood frame project of four stories or less
of the project; and
18.32 5.18
Heavy & highway work:
Work on box culverts , catch
basins and headwalls in
residential projects 18.68 5.10
All other heavy & highway work 23.35 5.10
All other work . 22.90 5.18
Millwright 23.85 5.10
PiledrivLr 23.48 5.10
""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-,.: CARPOOO2U 07/01/2001
Rates Fringes
Work on wood framed construction
of single family residences,
apartments or condominiums
under four (4) stories:
DRYWALL INSTALLER/LATHER 19.00 5.18
DRYWALL STOCKER/SCRAPPER 9.28 5.42
All other work:
DRYWALL INSTALLER/LATHER 18.55 6.43
DRYWALL STOCKER/SCRAPPER 9.28 5.42 """""""""""""""""""""""""""~""""-
CARP0003H 07/01/2001
Rates Fringes
MODULAR FURNITURE INSTALLER 14.99 5.805
LOW WALL MODULAR TECHNICIAN 18.22 5.805
FULL WALL TECHNICIAN 21.47 5.805
~"""""""""""""""""~""""""""""""""
ELEC0569A 06/01/2002
Rates Fringes
All other residential and
building construction:
ELECTRICIAN , 29.21 3%+6.67
CABLE SPLICER 29.96 3%+6.67
""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
ELEC0569E 06/01/2001
Work on family residences,
Rates Fringes
single family homes, duplexes,
condominiums, apartments that
do not exceed three (3) stories:
ELECTRICIAN 17.00 3.73
ELEC0569F 07/01/2001
Rates Fringes
SOUND TECHNICIAN 19.98 3%+5.14
TELEPHONE INTERCONNECT
TECHNICIAN 16.59 3%+5.14
SOUNDMAN 14.98 3%+4.22
SOUND TECHNICIAN: Terminating, operating and performing
SOUNDMAN: Wire-pulling, splicing, assembling and
final check-out .
installing devices
SCOPE OF WORK
Assembly, installation, operation, service and maintenance of
components or systems as used in closed circuit television,
amplified master television distribution, CATV on private
property, intercommunication, burglar alarm, fire alarm, life
support and all security alarms, private and public telephone and
related telephone interconnect, public address, paging, audio,
language, electronic, background music system less than line
voltage or any system acceptable for class two wiring for
private, commercial, or industrial use furnished by leased wire,
frequency modulation or other recording devices, electrical
apparatus by means of which electricity is applied to the
amplification, transmission, transference, recording or
reproduction of voice, music, sound, impulses and
video. Excluded from this Scope of Work - 'transmission, service
and maintenance of background music. All of the above shall
include the installation and transmission over fiber optics.
""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
ELEC0569G 07/01/2001
Rates Fringes
Work on street lighting; traffic
signals; and underground systems
and/or established easements
outside of buildings:
Utility technician #1 16.38 3%+2.99
Utility technician #2 10.56 3%+2.49
STREET LIGHT & TRAFFIC SIGNAL WORK:
UTILITY TECHNICIAN #1: Installation of street lights and
traffic signals, including electrical circuitry, programmable
controller, pedestal-mounted electrical meter enclosures and
laying of pre-assembled cable in ducts. The layout of electrical
systems and communication installation including proper position
of trench depths, and radius at duct banks, location for
manholes, street lights and traffic signals.
UTILITY TECHNICIAN #2: Distribution of material at jobsite,
installation of underground ducts for electrical, telephone,
cable TV land communication systems. The setting, ieveling,
grounding and racking of precast manholes, handholes and
transformer pads. """"""""""""""""""""""""""""""-~"
ELEC0569H 07/01/2001
Rates Fringes
ELECTRICIAN 27.30 3% + 6.47
CABLE SPLICER 28.25 3% + 6.47
Tunnel work:
""""""""""~"""""""""""""""""""""-
ELEC1245A 06/01/2002
Rates Fringes
LINE CONSTRUCTION
Lineman; Cable splicer 33.16 4.5%+7.08
. Equipment specialist (operates
.- crawler tractors, commercial
:: motor vehicles, backhoes,
'.. . trenchers, cranes (50 tons and
. ..
below), and overhead and
underground distribution line
equipment) 28.19 4.5%+6.80
Groundman 21.56 4.5%+6.80
Powderman 31.51 4.5%+6.84
""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
ELEV0018A 09/15/2001
ELEVATOR MECHANIC
Rates Fringes 33.695 7.455
FOOTNOTE :
Vacation Pay: 8% with 5 or more years of service, 6% for 6
months to 5 years service. Paid Holidays: New Years Day,
Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and
Friday after, and Christmas Day.
""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
ENGI0012B 06/16/2002
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS:
GROUP 1
GROUP 2
GROUP 3
GROUP 4
GROUP 5
GROUP 6
GROUP 7
Rates
, 27.85
28.63
28.92
30.21
30.43
30.54
30.66
Fringes
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
GROUP 8
GROUP 9
GROUP 10
GROUP 11
GROUP 12
GROUP 13
GROUP 14
GROUP 15
GROUP 16
GROUP 17
GROUP 18
GROUP 19
GROUP 20
GROUP 21
CRANES, PILEDRIVING &
GROUP 1
GROUP 2
GROUP 3
GROUP 4
GROUP 5
GROUP 6
GROUP 7
GROUP 8
GROUP 9
GROUP 10
GROUP 11
GROUP 12
GROUP 13
30.83 11.85
30.93 11.85
30.96 11.85
31.04 11.85
31.16 11.85
31.33 11.85
31.43 11.85
31.54 11.85
31.66
31.83
31.93
32.04
32.16
32.33
HOISTING :
29.00
29.78
30.07
30.21
30.43
30.54
30.66
30.83
31.00
32.00
33.00
34.00
35.00
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS - TUNNEL:
GROUP 1 30.28 11.85
GROUP 2 30.57 11.85
GROUP 3 30.71 11.85
GROUP 4 30.93 11.85
GROUP 5 31.04 11.85
GROUP 6 31.16 11.85
GROUP 7 31.46 11.85
FOOTNOTES: Premium pay of $2.75 per hour shall be paid on all
power equipment operator work within the boundaries of Camp
Pendleton.
environment: $1.00 per hour additional.
be classified as a concrete mobile mixer operator.
Workers required to suit up and work in a hazardous material
Combination mixer and compressor operator on gunite work shall
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Bargeman; Brakeman; Compressor operator; Ditch witch,
with seat or similar type equipment; Elevator operator-inside;
Engineer oiler; Generator operator; Generator, pump or compressor
plant operator; Pump operator; Signalman; Switchman
GROUP 2: Asphalt-rubber plant operator (nurse tank operator);
Concrete mixer operator - skip type; Conveyor operator; Fireman;
Hydrostatic pump operator; Oil crusher (asphalt or
concrete plant); PJU side dump jack; Screening and Conveyor
machine operator (or similar types); Skiploader (wheel up to 3/4
yd. without attachment); Tar pot fireman; Temporary heating plant
operator; Trenching machine oiler
GROUP 3: Asphalt-rubber blend operator; Skid steer (loader;
Equipment greaser (rack); Ford Ferguson. (with dragtype
attachments); Helicopter radioman (ground); Stationary pipe
wrapping and cleaning machine operator
GROUP 4: Asphalt plant fireman; Backhoe operator (mini-max
or similar type); Boring machine operator; Boxman or mixerman
(asphalt or concrete), chip spreading machine operator;,
Cconcrete cleaning decontamination machine operator; Concrete
pump operator (small portable); Drilling machine operator, small
auger types (Texoma super economatic or similar types - Hughes
100 or 200 or similar types - drilling depth of 30' maximum);
Guard rail post driver operator; Highline cableway signalman;
Horizontal directional drilling machine; Hydra-hammer-aero
stomper; Micro Tunneling (above ground tunnel); Power concrete
curing machine operator; Power concrete saw operator; Power
-driven jumbo form setter operator; Power sweeper operator;
Roller operator (compacting); Screed operator (asphalt
or concrete); Trenching machine operator (up to 6 ft.)
Vacuum or muck truck
GROUP 5: Articulating material hauler; Asphalt plant engineer;
Batch plant operator; Bit sharpener; Concrete joint machine
operator (canal and similar type); Daridy digger; Concrete planer
operator; Deck engine operator; Derrick (oilfield type); Drilling
machine operator, bucket or auger types
cCalweld 100 bucket or similar types - Watson 1000 auger or
similar types - Texoma 330, 500 or 600 auger or similar types -
drilling depth of 45' maximum); Drilling machine operator
(including water well drilling); Equipment greaser (grease
truck), Hydrographic seeder machine operator (straw, pulp or
seed); Jackson track maintainer, or similar type; Kalamazoo
switch tamper, or similar type; Machine tool operator; Maginnis
internal full slab vibrator; Mechanical berm, curb or gutter
(concrete or asphalt), Mechanical finisher operator (concrete,
Clary-Johnson-Bidwell or similar); Pavement breaker operator
(truck mounted), Road oil mixing machine operator; Roller
operator (asphalt or finish); Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment
(single engine, up to and including 25 yds. struck), self-
propelled tar pipelining machine operator; Skiploader operator
1/2 yds". ) ; Slip form p&p operator (6wer driven hydr2ulic t
lifting device for concrete forms); Tractor operator-bulldozer,
tamper-scraper (single engine, up to 100 h.p. flywheel and
similar types, up to and including D-5 and similar types)';
I -. (Crawler and wheel tP,e, over 3/4 yd. and up to and inFluding 1-
Tugger hoist operator (1 drum); Ultra high pressure waterjet
cutting tool system operator; Vacuum blasting machine operator
GROUP 6: Asphalt or concrete spreading operator (tamping or
finishing); Asphalt paving machine operator (Barber-Greene or
similar type); Asphalt-rubber distributor operator; Backhoe
operator (up to and including 3/4 yd.), small Ford, Case or
similar; Cast-in-place pipe laying machine operator; Combination
mixer and compressor operator (gunite work); Compactor operator
(self-propelled); Concrete mixer operator (paving); Crushing
plant operator; Drill doctor; Drilling machine operator, bucket
or auger types (Calweld 150 bucket or similar types - Watson
1500, 2000, 2500 auger or similar types - Texoma.700, 800 auger
or similar types - drilling depth of 60' maximum); Elevating
grader operator; Grade checker; Gradall operator; Grouting
machine operator; Heavy-duty repairman; heavy equipment
robotics operator; Kalamazoo balliste regulator or similar type;
Kolman belt loader and similar type; Le Tourneau blob compactor
or similar typel; Loader operator (Athey, Euclid, Sierra and
similar types0; Ozzie padder or similar types; Pneumatic concrete
placing machine operator (Hackley-Presswell or similar type);
Pumpcrete gun operator; Rotary drill operator (excluding caisson
type); Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator (single
engine, Caterpillar,Euclid, Athey wagon and similar types with
any and all attachments over 25 yds. up to and including 50 cu.
yds. struck); Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator
(multiple engine up to and including 25 yds. struck); Rubber-
tired scraper operator (self-loading paddle wheel type - John
Deere, 1040 and similar single unit); Self-propelled curb and
gutter machine operator; skiploader operator (crawler and wheel
type over 1-1/2 yds. up to and including 6-1/2 yds.); Soil
remediation plant operator; Surface heaters and planer operator;
Tractor compressor drill combination operator; Tractor operator
(any type larger than D-5- 100 flywheel h.p. and over, or similar - bulldozer, tamper, scraper and push tractor, single engine);
Tractor operator (boom attachments); Traveling pipe wrapping,
cleaning and bending machine operator; Trenching machine operator
(over 6 ft. depth capacity, manufacturer's rating); Ultra High
pressure waterjet cutting tool system mechanic
GROUP 7: Drilling machine operator, bucket or auger types
(Calweld 200 B bucket or similar types - Watson 3000 or 5000
auger or similar types - Texoma 900 auger or similar types -
drilling depth of 105' maximum); Dual drum mixer; Dynamic
compactor LDC350 (or similar types); Monorail locomotive operator
(diesel, gas or electric); Motor patrol-blade operator (single-
engine); Multiple-engine tractor operator (Euclid and similar
type-except Quad 9 cat.); Pre-stressed wrapping machine operator;
Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator (single-engine, over
50 yds. struck); Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator
(multiple-engine, Euclid, caterpillar and similar over 25 yds.
and up to 50 yds.1; Tower crane repairman; Tractor loader
operator (Crawler and wheel type over .6-1/2 yds.); Woods mixer
operator (and similar Pugmill equipment)
GROUP 8: Auto grader operator; Automatic slip form operator;
Drilling machine operator, bucket or auger types (Calweld, auger
200 CA or similar types - Watson auger 6000 or similar types -
drilling depth of 175' maximum); Hoe ram or similar with
compressor; Mass excavator operator (less than 750 cu.. yds.);
Mechanical finishing machine operator; Mobile form traveler
operator; Motor patrol operator (multi-engine) ; Pipe mobile
machine operator; Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator
(multiple-engine, Euclid, caterpillar and similar type, over 50
CU. yds. struck), Rubber-tired self-loading scraper operator
(paddle-wheel auger type self-loading-two (2) or more units)
GROUP 9: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator
operating equipment with push-pull system, (single-engine, up to
and including 25 yds. struck)
GROUP 10: Canal liner operator; Canal trimmer operator; Remote-
control earth-moving equipment operator (operating a second piece
of equipment: $1.00 per hour additional); wheel excavator
operator (over 750 cu. yds.)
GROUP 11: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator,
operating equipment with push-pull system (single engine,
caterpillar, Euclid, Athey wagon, and similar types with any and
all attachments over 25 yds. and up to and including 50 yds.
struck); Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating
equipment with push-pull system (multiple-engine - up to and
including 25 yds. struck)
GROUP 12: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator,
yds. struck); Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator,
operating equipment with push-pull system (multiple-engine,
Euclid, caterpillar and similar, over 25 yds. and up to 50 yds.
struck)
,.operating equipment with push-pull system (single-engine, over 50
GROUP 13: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator,
operating equipment with push-pull system (multiple-engine,
Euclid, caterpillar and similar, over 50 cu. yds. struck); Tandem
tractor operator (operating crawler-type tractors in tandem-
Quad 9 and similar type)
GROUP 14: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator,
operating in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps and similar types in
any combination, excluding compaction units-single engine, up
to and including 25 yds. struck)
GROUP 15: Rotex concrete belt operator (or similar type); Rubber-
tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating in tandem
(scrapers, belly dumps and similar types in any combination,
excluding compaction units - single-engine, caterpillar, Euclid,
Athey wagon and similar types with any and all attachments over
25 yds. and up to and including 50 cu. yds. struck); Rubber-tired
earth-moving equipment operator, operating in tandem (scrapers,
belly dumps and similar types in any combination, excluding
compaction units - multiple-engine, up to and including 25 yds.
struck)
GROUP 16: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating
in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps and similar types in any
combination, excluding compaction units - single-engine, over
50 yds. struck), rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator,
operating in tandem (scrapers,, belly dumps, and similar types in
any combination, excluding compaction units - multiple engine,
Euclid, caterpillar and similar, over 25 yds. and up to 50 yds.
struck)
GROUP 17: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator,
operating in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps and similar types in
any combination, excluding compaction units - multiple-engine,
Euclid, caterpillar and similar, over 50 cu. yds. struck)
GROUP 18: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator,
operating equipment with the tandem push-pull system (single
engine, up to and including 25 yds. struck)
GROUP 19: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator,
operating equipment with the tandem push-pull system (sing1.e-
engine, caterpillar, Euclid, Athey wagon and similar types with
any and all attachments over 25 yds. and up to and including 50
yds. struck); Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator,
operating with the tandem push-pull system (multiple-engine, up
to and including 25 yds. struck)
GROUP 20: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator,
operating equipment with the tandem push-pull system (single-
engine, over 50 yds. struck); Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment
operator, operating equipment with the tandem push-pull system
(multiple engine, Euclid, caterpillar and similar, over 25 yds.
and up to 50 yds. struck)
GROUP 21: Concrete pump operator-truck mounted; Rubber-tired
earth-moving equipment operator, operating equipment with the '
tandem push-pull system (multiple-engine, Euclid, caterpillar and
similar type, over 50 cu. yds. struck)
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS - CRANES, PILEDRIVING AND HOISTING
EQUIPMENT CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Engineer oiler, fork lift operator (includes loed, lull
or similar types)
GROUP 2: Truck crane oiler
GROUP 3: A-frame or winch truck operator, Ross carrier operator
(jobsite)
GROUP 4: Bridge-type unloader and turntable operator, helicopter
hoist operator
GROUP 5: Stinger crane (Austin-Western or similar type), tugger
hoist operator (1 drum)
GROUP 6: Bridge crane operator, Cretor crane operator, hoist
operator (Chicago boom and similar type), lift mobile operator,
lift slab machine operator (Vagtborg and similar types), material
hoist operator, polar gantry crane operator, shovel, backhoe,
dragline, clamshell operator (over 3/4 yd. and up to 5 cu. yds.
rnrc), tugger hoist operator (2 drum)
GROUP 7: Pedestal crane operator; Shovel, backhoe, dragline,
clamshell operator (over 5 cu. yds. mrc), tower crane repair,
tugger hoist operator (3 drum)
GROUP 8: Crane operator (up to and including 25 ton capacity),
crawler transporter operator, derrick barge operator (up to and
including 25 ton capacity), hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy
derrick or similar type (up to and including 25 ton capacity),
shovel, backhoe, dragline, clamshell operator (over 7 cu. yds.
mrc 1
GROUP 9: Crane operator (over 25 tons and up to and including
50 tons mrc), derrick barge operator (over 25 tons up to and
including 50 tons rnrc), highline cableway operator, hoist
operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick or similar type (over 25 tons
up to and including 50 tons rnrc), K-crane operator, polar crane
operator
GROUP 10: Crane operator (over 50 tons and up to and including
100 tons mrc), derrick barge operator (over 50 tons up to and
including 100 tons mrc), hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick
or similar type (over 50 tons up to and including 100 tons mrc),
mobile tower crane operator (over 50 tons, up to and including
100 ton M.R.C.), tower crane operator and tower gantry
GROUP 11: Crane operator (over 100 tons and up to and including
200 tons mrc), derrick barge operator (over 100 tons up to and
including 200 tons mrc), hoist operator; stiff legs, Guy derrick
or similar type (over 100 tons up to and including 200 tons mrc),
mobile tower crane operator (over 100 tons up to and including
200 tons mrc)
GROUP 12: Crane operator (over 200 tons up to and including 300
tons mrc), derrick barge operator (over 200 tons up to and
including 300 tons mrc), hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick
or similar type (over 200 tons, up to and including 300 tons
mrc), mobile tower crane operator (over 200 tons, up to and
including 300 tons mrc)
GROUP 13: Crane operator (over 300 tons), derrick barge operator
(over 300 tons), helicopter pilot, hoist operator, stiff legs,
Guy derrick or similar type (over 300 tons), mobile tower crane
operator (over 300 tons)
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS - TUNNEL CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Skiploader (wheel type up to 3/4 yd. without attachment)
GROUP 2: Power-driven jumbo form setter operator
GROUP 3: Dinkey locomotive or motorperson (up to and including
10 tons)
GROUP 4: Bit sharpener; Equipment greaser (grease truck); Slip
form pump operator (power-driven hydraulic lifting device for
concrete forms; Tugger hoist operator (1 drum); Tunnel locomotive
operator (over 10 and up to and including 30 tons)
GROUP 5: Backhoe operator (up to and including 3/4 yd.); Small
Ford, Case or similar; Drill doctor; Grouting machine operator;
Heading shield operator; Heavy-duty repair person; Loader
operator (Athey, Euclid, Sierra and similar types); Mucking
machine operator (1/4 yd., rubber-tired, rail or track type);
Pneumatic concrete placing machine operator (Hackley-Presswell or
similar type); Pneumatic heading shield (tunnel); Pumpcrete gun
operator; Tractor compressor drill combination operator; Tugger
hoist operator (2 drum); Tunnel locomotive operator (over 30
tons)
GROUP 6: Heavy-duty repairman
GROUP 7: Tunnel mole boring machine operator
.................................
ENGI0012D 08/01/2002
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS:
Rates Fringes
DREDGING:
Leverman 34.65 11.85
Dredge dozer 31.18 11.85
Deckmate 31.07 11.85
Winch operator (stern winch on
Fireman; deckhand and
bargeman 29 98 11.85
Barge mate 30.59 11.85
dredge) 30.52 11.85
"""""""""~""""""""""""""""""""""~
IRONOOOlF 07/01/2002
IRONWORKERS :
Rates Fringes
Fence erector 25.97
Ornamental, reinforcing and
structural 26.86
15.29
15.29
FOOTNOTE: Work at San Clemente Island additional $3.00 per hour.
* LABOO089A 07/01/2002
Rates Fringes
LABORERS :
Wood or metal frame
construction of single
family residences, apartments
and condominums - excluding
(a) projects that exceed three
stories over a garage level,
(b) any utility work such as telephone,
gas, water, sewer and other utilities and
(c) any fine grading work, utility work
or paving work in the future street
and public right-of-way; but
including all rough grading work at .
~ the job site behind the existing
right of way:
Cleanup, landscaping,
fencing (chain link and wood) 18.49 5.58
Other work on such projects 19.49 5.58
OTHER RESIDENTIAL AND BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
LABORERS :
GROUP 1 20.87 7.68
GROUP 2 21.42 7.68
GROUP 3 21.97 7.68
GROUP 4 23.52 7.68
GROUP 5 23.87 7.68
LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Cleaning and handling of panel forms; Concrete Screeding
for Rought Strike-off; Concrete, water curing; Demolition
laborer; Flagman; Gas, oil and/or water pipeline laborer; General
Laborer; General clean-up laborer; Landscape laborer; .. Jetting
laborer; Temporary water and air lines laborer; Material hoseman
(walls, slabs, floors and decks); Plugging, filling of Shee-bolt
holes; Dry packing of concrete; Railroad maintenance, Repair
Trackman and road beds, Streetcar and railroad construction trac
laborers; Slip form raisers; Slurry seal crews (mixer operator,
applicator operator, squeegee man, Shuttle man, top man), filing
of cracks by any method on any surface; Tarman and mortar man;
Tool crib or tool house laborer; Window cleaner; Wire Mesh
puling-all concrete pouring operations
GROUP 2: Asphalt Shoveler; Cement Dumper (on 1 yard or larger
mixer and handling bulk cement); Cesspool digger and installer;
Chucktender; Chute man, pouring concrete, the handling of the
cute from ready mix trucks, such as walls, slabs, decks, floors,
foundations, footings, curbs, gutters and sidewalks; Concrete
curer-impervious membrane and form oiler; Cutting torch operator
(demoliton); Guinea chaser; Headboard man-asphlt; Laborer, .
packing rod steel and pans; membrane vapor barrier installer;
Power broom sweepers (small); Riiprap, stonepaver, placing stone
or wet sacked concrete; Roto scraper and tiller; Tank sealer and
cleaner; Tree climber, faller, chain saw operator, Pittsburgh
Chipper and similar type brush shredders; Underground laborers,
including caisson bellower
GROUP 3: Buggymobile; Concrete cutting torch; Concrete cutting
torch; Concrete pile cutter; Driller, jackhammer, 2 1/2 feet
drill steel or longer; Dri Pak-it machine; High sealer (including
drilling of same); Hydro seeder and similar type; Impact wrench,
mult-plate; Kettlemen, potmen and mean applying asphalt, lay-
kold, creosote, line caustic and similar type materials (applying
means applying, dipping, brushing or handling of such materials
for pipe wrapping and waterproofing); Operators of pneumatic,
gas, electric tools, vibratring machines, pavement breakers, air
blasting, come-along, and similar mechanic1 tools not separately
classified herein; Pipelayers back up man coating, grouting,
making of joints, sealing, caulking, diapering and inclduing
rubber gasket joints, pointing and any and all other services;
GROUP 4: Asphalt raker, luterman, ironer, apshalt dumpman and
asphalt spreader boxes (all types); Concrete core cutter (walls,
floors or ceilings), Grinder or sander; Concrete saw man; cutting
walls or flat work, scoring old or new concrete; Cribber, shorer,
lagging, sheeting and trench bracing, hand-guided lagging hammer;
Laser beam in connection with laborer's work; Oversize concrete
vibrator operator 70 pounds and over; Pipelayer performing all
services in the layBing, installation and all forms of connection
of pipe from the point of receiving pipe in the ditch until
completion of oepration, including any and all forms of tubular
material, whether pipe, metallic or non-metallic, conduit, and
any other stationary type of tubular device used for the
conveying of any substance or element, wheth,er water, sewage,
solid, gas, air or other product whatsoever and without regard to
the nature of material from which the tubular material is
fabricated; No' joint pipe and stripping of same; Prefabricated
manhole installer; Sandblaster (nozzleman), Porta shot-blast,
water blasting
GROUP 5: Blasters Powderman-'All work of loading holes, placing
and blasting of all pwder and explosives of whatever type,
regardless of method used for such loading and placing; Driller-
all power drills, excluding,jackhammer, whether core, diamond,
wagon, track, multiple unit, and any and all other types of
mechanical drills without regard to the form of motive power.
"""""""""""""~""""""""""""""""""~
LAB00089B 11/01/2001
Rates Fringes
BRICK TENDER 18.50 , 7.53
FOOTNOTES:
fifty cents ($0.50) per hour additional.
work: fifty ($0.50) per hour additional.
($0.50) per hour additional.
($0.35) per hour additional.
Work on refractory stack work in excess of 100 ft. in height:
Work on refractory work where extreme heat prevents continuous
Work with carbon brick, acid brick or phenolic mortar: fifty
Work on a swinging scaffold above fifty ft.: thirty-five cents
""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
LAB00089C 08/01/2001
Rates Fringes
RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCITON (excluding North
Island Naval Air Station, Cornado Naval
Amphibious Base and Imperial Beach Naval .
Air Station)
Work on single family homes,
apartments and condominiums not
exceeding three stories:
PLASTER TENDER
PLASTER CLEAN-UP TENDER LABORER
ALL OTHER RESIDENTIAL AND BUILDING
CONSTRUCTION:
PLASTER TENDER
PLASTER CLEAN-UP LABORER
North Island Naval Air Station,
Cornado Naval Amphibious Base and
Imperial Beach Naval Air Station)
Work on single family homes,
apartments and condominiums not
exceeding three stories:
PLASTER TENDER
PLASTER CLEAN-UP TENDER LABORER
ALL OTHER RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION
AND BUILDING CNSTRUCTION:
PLASTER TENDER
PLASTER CLEAN-UP TENDER LABORER
20.30
17.75
22.30
19.75
9.62
9.62
9.62
9.62
23.30 9.62
19.75 9.62
25.30 9.62
22.7s 9.62
.................................
* LAB00089D 07/01/2002
HEAVY AND HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
LABORERS :
GROUP 1
GROUP 2
GROUP 3
GROUP 4
GUNITE WORK:
GROUP 1
GROUP 2'
GROUP 3
TUNNEL WORK:
GROUP 1
GROUP 2
GROUP 3
GROUP 4
LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
Rates
20.85
21.20
21.45
21.85
18.91
19.21
19.41
19.21
19.41
19.66
Fringes
7.58
7.58
7.58
7.58
7.18
7.18
7.18
7.18
7.18
7.18
GROUP 1: Laborer (general construction); Asphalt ironer -
spreader; Boring machine tender; Carpenter tender; Caulker;
Cesspool digger and installer; Chucktender (except tunnels);
Concrete curer (impervious membrane and form oiler); Concrete
water curing (excluding use of water trucks); Cutting torch
operator (demolition); Driller's tender (caisson) including
bellowers; Dri-pak-it machine, concrete cutting torch; Dry
packing of concrete, plugging, filling of shee bolt holes; Fence
erector; Fine grader on highways, streets and airport paving
(sewer and drainage lines when employed); Flag person; Form
blower; Gas and oil pipeline laborer; Guinea chaser; Housemover;
Jet; Landscape gardener and nursery; Packing rod steel and pans;
Pipelayer's backup (coating, grouting, making of joints, sealing,
caulking, diapering and including rubber gasket joints, pointing
and any and all other service railroad work); Laborer; Rigging
and signaling; Riprap stonepaver; Sandblaster (pot tender);
Scaler; Septic tank digger and installer (lead); Tank scaler and
cleaner; Tool shed checker; Window cleaner
GROUP 2: Buggymobile; Cement dumper (on 1 yd. or larger
mixers and handling bulk cement); Concrete saw (excluding tractor
type), roto-scraper, chipping hammer, concrete core cutter,
concrete grinder and sander; Cribber - shorer, lagging and trench
bracing, hand-guided lagging hammer; Driller - all power drills,
including jackhammer, whether Core, Diamond, Wagon, Track,
multiple unit, and all types of mechanical drills without regard
to the form of motive power; Driller (all other where drilling is
for use of explosives); Gas and oil pipeline wrapper (pot tender
and form); Gas and oil pipeline wrapper 16-inch pipe and over);
Operator and tender of pneumatic, gas and electric tools,
concrete pumps, vibrating machines, multi-plate impact wrench and
similar mechanical tools not separately classified herein;
Pipelayer (excludes all pressurized and vacuum piping)
(performing all services outside the building line in the laying
and installation of pipe from the point of receiving pipe until
completion of the operation, including any and all forms of
tubular material, whether pipe, metallic or non-metallic conduit
and any other stationary type of tubular device used for the
conveying of any substance or element, whether water, sewage,
solid, gas, air or other products whatsoever and without regard
to the nature of material from which the tubular material is
fabricated); Powder blasters' tender; Prefabricated manhole
installer; Rock slinger; Sandblaster, waterblaster & nozzle
operator); Scaler (using bos'n chair, safety belt); Steel
headerboard; Tree climber, using mechanical tools; Welding in
connection with laborer's work
GROUP 3: Asphalt raker; Layton box spreader (or similar type)
GROUP 4: Blasters Powderman-All work of loading holes, placing
and blasting of all pwder and explosives of whatever type,
regardless of method used for such loading and placing
GUNITE LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Rebound man
GROUP 2: Gun man
GROUP 3: Nozzle man
TUNNEL LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Bull gang, mucker, track; Chucktender, cabletender;
Concrete crew (includes rodder and spreader); Dump; Grout crew;
Tender for steel form raisers and setters; Mucker - tunnel (hand
or machine); Nipper; Swamper (brake and switch on tunnel work);
Vibrator, jackhammer, pneumatic tools (except driller) multi-
plate impact wrench
GROUP 2: Blaster, driller, powder; Cherry picker; Grout
gun; Kemper and other pneumatic concrete placer operator; Miner
in short dry tunnels under streets, highways and similar places;
Miner - tunnel (hand or machine); Powder (tunnel work); Steel
form raiser and setter; Timber, retimber wood or steel
GROUP 3: Powder - primer house (licensed) on tunnel work;
Shaft and raise miner; Shifter; Blaster (licenssd) all work of
loading holes, placing & blasting all powder & explosives of
whatever type regardless of method used for such loading and
placing ----------------"""""""""~"""~"""~~"""""""
LAB00882A 01/01/2002
Rates Fringes
ASBESTOS REMOVAL LABORER 20.97 7.65
SCOPE OF WORK: includes site mobilization, initial site clean-up,
site preparation, removal of asbestos-containing material and
toxic waste (including lead abatement and any other toxic
materials), encapsulation, enclosure and disposal of asbestos-
containing materials and toxic waste (including lead abatement
and any other toxic materials) by hand or with equipment or
machinery; scaffolding, fabrication of temporary wooden
barriers, and assembly of decontamination stations.
""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
LAB01184A 07/01/2002
Rates Fringes
LABORERS - STRIPING:
GROUP 1
GROUP 2
GROUP 3
GROUP 4
20.65
21.50
23.82
26.02
8.42
8.42
8.42
8.42
LABORERS - STRIPING CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Protective coating, pavement sealing, including repair
and filling of cracks by any method on any surface in parking
lots, game courts and playgrounds; carstops; operation of all
related machinery and equipment; equipment repair technician
GROUP 2: Traffic surface abrasive blaster; pot tender - removal
of all traffic lines and markings by any method (sandblasting,
waterblasting, grinding, etc.) and preparation of surface for
coatings. Traffic control person: controlling and directing
traffic through both conventional and moving lane closures;
operation of all related machinery and equipment
GROUP 3: Traffic delineating device applicator: Layout and
application of pavement markers, delineating signs, rumble and
traffic bars, adhesives, guide markers, other traffic delineating
devices including traffic control. This category includes all
traffic related surface preparation (sandblasting, waterblasting,
grinding) as part of the application process.. Traffic protective
delineating system installer: removes, relocates, installs,
permanently affixed roadside and parking delineation barricades,
fencing, cable anchor, guard rail, reference signs, monument
markers; operation of all related machinery and equipment; power
broom sweeper
GROUP 4: Striper: layout and application of traffic'stripes and
markings; hot thermo plastic; tape traffic stripes and markings,
including traffic control; operation of all related machinery and
equipment
""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
* PAIN0036D 07/01/2002
Rates Fringes
BUILDING AND HEAVY CONSTRUCTION:
PAINTER (includes lead abatement) 25.02 5.89
RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION
PAINTER (includes lead abatement) 18.40 4.65 """""""-""""""""""-""""""""""""""
PAIN0036K 10/01/2001
Rates Fringes
RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION:
Applies to work performed
on exterior and interior
wood framing apartments,
single family homes and
multi-duplexes up to and
including four stories:
All other residential
work:
DRYWALL FINISHER 18.00 3.71
DRYWALL FINISHER 20.40 7.23
BUILDING AND HEAVY CONSTRUCTION:
DRYWALL FINISHER 20.40 7.23
* PAINOO36N 07/01/2002
GLAZIERS
Rates Fringes 27.55. 8.49
GLASSWORKER 16.36 3.85
""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
PAIN1399C 07/01/2002
Rates Fringes
SOFT FLOOR LAYER 19.57 6.40 -"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""-
PLAS0200E 08/07/2002
Rates Fringes .
NORTH ISLAND NAVAL AIR STATION;
COLORADO NAVAL AMPHIBIOUS BASE;
IMPERIAL BEACH NAVAL AIR STATION:
PLASTERER 29.77 6.76
REMAINDER OF COUNTY:
PLASTERER 26.77 6.76
""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
PLAS0500A 06/30/2002
-Rates Fringes
Work shall include work inside
the building line, meeting the
following criteria:
(1) a residential wood frame
(2) work classified as Type 111,
project of any size
IV or Type V construction
work regardless the size of the
project
four stories or less
(3) interior tenant improvement
(4) Any wood frame project of
CEMENT MASON 21.97 4.80
(5) work classified as type I and
CEMENT MASONS 23.62 4.80
I1 construction
-"-"------"--""""""""""""~"""""""""""~
PLAS0500E 06/16/2002
Rates Fringes
ALL OTHER WORK:
CEMENT MASONS 25.57 5.33 """-""""""""""""""""""""""""""""-
* PLUM0016F 07/01/2002
Work on strip malls, light
commercial, tenant improvement
and remodel work
PLUMBER; PIPEFITTER; STEAMFITTER
Work on new additions and
remodeling of single family homes,
bars, restaurants, stores and
commercial buildings, not to exceed
5,000 sq. ft. of floor space
PLUMBER; PIPEFITTER; STEAMFITTER
All other work:
Camp Pendleton:
PLUMBER; 'PIPEFITTER;
STEAMFITTER; AIR
Rates Fringes
23.03 8.24
28.92
CONDITIONING & REFRIGERATION 32.06
Remainder of County
PLUMBER; PIPEFITTER;
STEAMFITTER 29.81
9.44
10.01
10.01
LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION WORK
PLUMBER; PIPEFITTER 23.27 9.56
SEWER AND STORM DRAIN WORK
PLUMBER; PIPEFITTER 20.25 9.75 """""""""""""""""""""""-""""""""-
* PLUM0016K 07/01/2002
Rates WORK PERFORMED ON THE FOLLOWING
STRUCTURES:
a. One or two family dwellings '
Fringes
b. ~ll multiple family dwelling
units which are permitted to
have a single exterior up to
and including four stories;
and
c. Townhouses, condoniniums or
similar structures with units
stacked vertically up to and
including four stories
PLUMBERS AND PIPEFITTERS 24.31 7.42
""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
* PLUM0345A 07/01/2002
Rates Fringes
LANDSCAPE & IRRIGATION FITTER 23.27 9.56 """""""-""""""""""""""""""""""""-
ROOF0045B 01/01/2000
Rates Fringes ROOFER 20.20 3.88
""""""""""""""""""""""""""~"""""~
SFCA0669A 04/01/2002
SPRINKLER FITTER (FIRE)
Rates Fringes
27.05 6.10
""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
SHEE0206A 07/01/2002
Rates CAMP PENDLETON
a. Existing residetial buildings,
both single and multi-family,
where each unit is heated
and/or cooled by a separate
system
b. New single family residential
buildings including tracts.
c. New multi-family residential
buildings, not exceeding five
stories of living space in height,
provided each unit is heated or
cooled by a separate system.
Hotels and motels are excluded.
metal, heating and air conditioning work
d. LIGHT COMMERCIAL WORK: Any sheet
performed on a project where
the total construction cost,
excluding land, is under $1,000,000
e. TENANT IMPROVEMENT WORK: Any work
necessary to finish interior spaces to
conform to the occupants of commercial
buildings, after completion of the
building shell
Fringes
SHEETMETAL TECHNICIAN
All other Work
SHEETMETAL WORKER
17.83
28.16
REMAINDER OF COUNTY
both single and multi-family,
where each unit is heated
and/or cooled by a separate
system
b. New single family residential
buildings including tracts.
c. New multi-family residential
buildings, not exceeding five
stories of living space in height,
provided each unit is heated or
cooled by a separate system.
Hotels and motels are excluded.
d. LIGHT COMMERCIAL WORK
Any sheet metal, heating and
a. Existing residetial buildings,
air conditioning work
performed on a project where
the total construction cost,
excluding land, is under
$1,000,000
e. TENANT IMPROVEMENT
WORK: Any work necessary to finish
interior spaces to conform to
the occupants of commercial
buildings, after completion
of the building shell
SHEETMETAL TECHNICIAN 17.83
2.52
10.74
2.42
All other Work
SHEETMETAL WORKER 26.16 10.74 "_"""""""_"""""""""""""""""""""""
* TEAM0036A 06/01/2002
Rates Fringes
TRUCK DRIVERS:
GROUP 1
GROUP 2
GROUP 3
GROUP 4
GROUP 5
GROUP 6
GROUP 7
10.76 11.12
20.35 11.12
20.55 11.12
20.75 11.12
20.95 11.12
21.45 11.12
22.95 11.12
FOOTNOTE: HAZMAT PAY: Work on a hazmat job, where hazmat
certification is required, shall be paid, in addition to the
classification working in, as follows: Levels A, B and C - +$1.00
per hour. Workers shall be paid hazmat pay in increments of four
(4) and eight (8) hours.
TRUCK DRIVER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Swamper; fuel person (fueler without trucks)
GROUP 2: Two-axle dump trucks; two-axle flat bed; bunkerman
concrete pumping truck; industrial lift truck; forklift
under 15 , 000 lbs
GROUP 3: Two-axle water truck; three-axle dump truck; three-
axle flat bed; erosion control nozzleman; dumpcrete truck
less than 6 1/2 ydOO; forklift 15,000 lbs. and over; Prell truck;
pipeline work truck driver; road oil spreader, cement distributor
or slurry driver; bootman; Ross carrier
GROUP 4: Off-road dump trucks under 35 tons mfg rated
capacity; four axles but less than seven axles; low-bed truck and
trailer; transit mix trucks under 8 yds.; three axle water
trucks; erosion control drive; grout mixer truck; dumpcrete, 6-
1/2 yds. and over; dumpster trucks; DW lo's, 20's and over; fuel
truck and dynamite; truck greaser; truck mounted mobile sweeper;
winch truck, two axles
GROUP 5: Off-road dump trucks 35 tons and over mfg rated
capacity; 7 axles or more; transit mix trucks 8 yds. and over; A-
frame trucks or,,Swedish crane; tireman, winch truck 3 axles or
more
GROUP 6: Off-road special equipment (including but not limited
to water pull tankers, Athey wagons, DJB, B70 Euclids or like
equipment)
GROUP 7: Repairman
""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation
to which welding is incidental. """""""""""~""""""""""""""-""--"---- """"""""""""""~"""""""""""-""--------
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within
the scope of the classifications listed may be added after
award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses
(29 CFR 5.5(a) (1) (ii)).
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates
listed under that identifier do not reflect collectively
bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations
indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be
prevailing.
................................
WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS
* an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a
position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate)
ruling
On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests
for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour
Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted
because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the
Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial
contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.)
and 3.) should be followed.
With regard to -any other matter not yet ripe for the formal
process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch
of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to:
Branch of Construction Wage Determinations
Wage and Hour Division
U. S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20210
2. ) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an
interested party (those affected by the action) can request
review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator
(See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to:
Wage and Hour Administrator
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20210
The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the
interested party's position and by any information (wage payment
data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the
requestor considers relevant to the issue.
3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an
interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review
Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to:
Administrative Review Board
U. S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20210
4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final.
END OF GENERAL DECISION
SECTION 11 - STATE REQUIREMENTS FOR STATE-AID
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
11-1.01 GENERAL
The bidders attention is directed to the state requirements in the proposal section of these special
provisions for the requirements and conditions, which the bidder must observe in the preparation of the
proposal form and the submission of the bid.
This section applies specifically to the work and materials included in Bid Schedules “B” and “C”.
11-1.02 REGULATIONS AND GUIDANCE
The regulations at 43 CFR, Part 12, Subparts A - F are hereby incorporated by reference as though set
forth in full text. The following Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circulars, as applicable, and as
implemented by 43 CFR Part 12, are also incorporated by reference and made a part of this agreement.
Failure of a recipient to comply with any provision may be the basis for withholding payments for proper
charges made by the recipient and for termination of support. Copies of OMB Circulars are available on
the Internet at httD://www.whitehouse.aov/OMB/circulars/ndex.htm. The implementation of the circulars
at 43 CFR Part 12 is available at httD://www.access.aoo.aov/nara/cfr/~r-table-search.html#paael.
(1) Agreements with colleges and universities shall be in accordance with the following circulars:
Circular A-21, revised August 8, 2000, “Cost Principles For Educational Institutions”
Circular A-1 10, as amended September 30, 1999, “Uniform Administrative Requirements for
Grants and Agreements with Institutions of Higher Education, Hospitals, and Other Non-Profit
Organizations”
Circular A-133, revised June 24, 1997, “Audits of States, Local Governments, and Non-Profit
Organizations”
(2) Agreements with State and local governments shall be in accordance with the provisions of
the following circulars:
Circular A-87, as amended August 29, 1997, “Cost Principles for State, Local, and Indian Tribal
Governments”
Circular A-102, as amended August 29, 1997, “Grants and Cooperative Agreements with State
and Local Governments” (Grants Management Common Rule, Codification by Department of
Interior, 43 CFR 12)
Circular A-133, revised June 24, 1997, “Audits of States, Local Governments, and Non-Profit
Organizations”
(3) Agreements made with nonprofit organizations shall be in accordance with the following
circulars and provisions:
Circular 4-1 10, as amended September 30, 1999, “Uniform Administrative Requirements for
Grants and Agreements With Institutions of Higher Education, Hospitals, and Other Non-Profit
Organizations”
Circular A-122, revised May 19, 1998, “Cost Principles for Non-Profit Organizations”
Circular A-133, revised June 24, 1997, “Audits of States, Local Governments, and Non-Profit
Organizations”
@ 05/10100 Contract No. 31 90 Page 127 of 288 Pages
(4) All agreements with organizations other than those indicated above shall be in accordance with
the basic principles of OMB Circular A-1 10, and cost principles shall be in accordance with 48 CFR
Subpart 31.2 titled “Contracts with Commercial Organizations” which is available on the Internet at
httD://www.access.aDo.aov/nara/cfr/cfr-table-search.html#oaael.
11-1.03 ASSURANCE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The provisions of the Assurances executed by the Recipient in connection with this agreement shall
apply with full force and effect to this agreement as if fully set forth in these General Provisions. Such
Assurances include, but are not limited to, the promise to comply with all applicable Federal statutes and
orders relating to nondiscrimination in employment, assistance, and housing; the Hatch Act; Federal
wage and hour laws and regulations and work place safety standards; Federal environmental laws and
regulations and the Endangered Species Act; and Federal protection of rivers and waterways and historic
and archeological preservation.
11-1.04 COVENANT AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES
The recipient warrants that no person or agency has been employed or retained to solicit or secure this
agreement upon an agreement or understanding for a commission, percentage, brokerage, or contingent
fee, excepting bona fide employees or bona fide offices established and maintained by the recipient for
the purpose of securing agreements or business. For breach or violation of this warranty, the
Government shall have the right to annul this agreement without liability or, in its discretion, to deduct
from the agreement amount, or otherwise recover, the full amount of such commission, percentage,
brokerage, or contingent fee.
11-1.05 CONTRACTING WITH SMALL AND MINORITY FIRES, AND WOMEN’S BUSINESS
ENTERPRISE It is a national policy to award a fair share of contracts to small and minority business firms. The Department of the Interior is strongly committed to the objectives of this policy and encourages all recipients of its grants and cooperative agreements to take affirmative steps to ensure such fairness.
(1) The grantee and subgrantee shall take all necessary affirmative steps to assure that minority firms, and women’s business enterprises are used.when possible.
(2) Affirmative steps shall include:
(a) Placing qualified small and minority businesses and women’s business enterprises on solicitation lists;
(b) Assuring that small and minority businesses, and women’s business enterprises are solicited whenever they are potential sources;
(c) Dividing total requirements, when economically feasible, into smaller tasks or
quantities to permit maximum participation by small and minority business, and women’s business
enterprises;
(d) Establishing delivery schedules, where the requirement permits, which encourage
participation by small and minority business, and women’s business enterprises;
(e) Using the services and assistance of the Small Business Administration, and the
Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce as appropriate, and
(f) Requiring the prime contractor, if subcontracts are to be let, to take the affirmative
steps listed in 2.(a) through (e) above.
11-1 -06 NOTICE REGARDING BUY AMERICAN ACT In accordance with Section 502 of the Energy and Water Development Appropriations Act, 2002, Pub. L.
107-66, please be advised of the following:
v3 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 128 of 288 Pages
It is the sense of the Congress that, to the greatest extent practicable, all equipment and products
purchased with funds made available in this Act should be American-made.
11 -1.07 RESOLVING DISAGREEMENTS
When entering into a cooperative agreement with a recipient, Reclamation commits itself to working with
the recipient in a harmonious manner to achieve the objectives of the project successfully. When
disagreements arise between the parties, they must be resolved according to the procedures discussed
below:
(1) Reclamation shall attempt first to resolve disagreements with the recipient through informal
discussion among the Grants or Contract Specialist, the Program Officer, and the recipient's Project
Director.
(2) If the disagreement cannot be resolved through informal discussion between these parties,
the Grants Specialist and the Program Officer shall document the nature of the disagreement and bring it
to the attention of the Grants Officer.
(3)After reviewing the facts of the disagreement, as presented by the Grants and Program
Offices, the Grants Officer will arrange a formal meeting. If agreement still cannot be reached, the
parties will collectively decide on any varied approaches which might be used to resolve the
disagreement. The parties shall be responsible for their individual expenses related to any approach
utilized to resolve the disagreement. If attempts at resolving the disagreement fail, the Chief, Acquisition
and Assistance Management Services, or the Regional Director, whichever is applicable, shall make a
decision which shall be final and conclusive.
(4) Nothing herein shall be construed to delay or limit Reclamation's right to take immediate and
appropriate action, as set forth at 43 CFR Subpart 12.83 or 12.962, as applicable, in the event of material
noncompliance by the recipient, and no attempts at informal resolution shall be necessary.
Any post award issue will be open or resolution in accordance with the above procedures, with the
exception of disagreements regarding continuation of the agreement (termination must be in accordance
with 43 CFR 12), or other matters specifically addressed by the agreement itself.
11 -1.08 LOBBYING RESTRICTIONS
In accordance with Section 501 of the Energy and Water Development Appropriations Act, 2002, Pub. L.
107-66, please be advised of the following:
None of the funds appropriated by this Act may be used in any way, directly or indirectly, to
influence Congressional action on any legislation or appropriation matters pending before
Congress, other than to communicate to Members of Congress as described in 18 U.S.C.1913.
11 -1.09 ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER (EFT)
In accordance with the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996,31 CFR 208, effective January 2, 1999,
all Federal payments to recipients must be made by EFT unless a waiver has been granted in
accordance with 31 CFR 208.4. Upon award of a financial assistance agreement, Reclamation will
provide the recipient with further instructions for implementation of EFT payments or a certification form
to request exemption from EFT.
11-1.1 0 INCREASING SEAT BELT USE IN THE UNITED STATES
In accordance with 43 CFR 12.2(e), if you are awarded a grant or cooperative agreement, the following provision is applicable, and shall be incorporated into any grant or cooperative agreement which the recipient awards to a subrecipient:
Recipients of grants/cooperative agreements and/or sub-awards are encouraged to adopt and
enforce on-the-job seat belt use policies and programs for their employees when operating
company-owned, rented, or personally owned vehicles. These measures include, but are not
05110100 Contract No. 3190 Page 129 of 288 Pages
limited to, conducting education, awareness, and other appropriate programs for their employees about the importance of wearing seat belts and the consequences of not wearing them.
11 -1.1 1 ENDROSEMENT OF COMMERCIAL PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
In accordance with 43 CFR 12.2(d) this provision applies to grants and cooperative agreements whose
principal purpose is a partnership where the recipient contributes resources to promote agency
programs, publicize agency activities, assists in fund-raising, or provides assistance to the agency. If the
agreement is awarded to a recipient, other than a State government, a local government, or a federally-
recognized Indian tribal government, and the agreement authorizes joint dissemination of information and promotion of activities being supported, the following provision shall be made a term and condition of the
award:
Recipient shall not publicize or otherwise circulate, promotional material (such as advertisements, sales brochures, press releases, speeches, still and motion pictures, articles, manuscripts or other publications) which states or implies governmental, Departmental, bureau, or government employee endorsement of a product, service or position which the recipient represents. No release of information relating to this award may state or imply that the Government approves of the recipient’s work products, or considers the recipient’s work product
to be superior to other products or services.
All information submitted for publication or other public releases of information regarding
this project shall carry the following disclaimer:
“The views and conclusions contained in this document are those of the authors and
should not be interpreted as representing the opinions or policies of the U.S. Government.
Mention of trade names or commercial products does not constitute their endorsement by
the U.S. Government.”
Recipient must obtain prior Government approval for any public information releases
concerning this award which refer to the Department of the Interior or any bureau or employee
(by name or title). The specific text, layout photographs, etc. of the proposed release must be
submitted with the request for approval.
A recipient further agrees to include this provision in a subaward to any subrecipient,
except for a subaward to a State government, a local government, or to a federally-recognized
Indian tribal government.
11 -1.1 2 CERTIFICATIONS
The following certifications are incorporated by reference and made a part of this agreement:
Certifications Regarding Debarment, Suspension, and Other Responsibility Matters, Drug-free
Workplace Requirements and Lobbying (DI-2010)
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 130 of 288 Pages
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS
TO
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
PART 2, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
SECTION 200 - ROCK MATERIALS
200-1 ROCK PRODUCTS
Add the following section:
200-1.2.2 Permeable Material. Permeable material shall consist of hard, durable, clean sand, gravel,
or crushed stone, and shall be free from organic material, clay balls, or other deleterious substances.
Class 1 and Class 2 permeable material shall have a Durability Index of not less than 40. Class 2
Permeable material shall have a Sand Equivalent value of not less than 75. Class 1 permeable material
shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200-1.2.2(A). Class 2 permeable material
shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200-1.2.2(B). When permeable material is
required and the class or kind is not specified, Class 1 permeable material shall be used. The alternative gradings within Class 1 permeable material are identified by types. Unless otherwise shown on the plans
the Contractor will be permitted to furnish and place any one of the types provided for this class. The percentage composition by mass of permeable material in place shall conform to the gradings in Tables
200-1.2.2(A) and 200-1.2.2(8).
TABLE 200-1.2.2(A) CLASS 1 PERMEABLE MATERIAL
I Percentage Passing - - Sieve Sizes
50-mm (2)
Type B Type A
0-3 0-3 75-pm (no. 200)
0-5 0-1 0 2.36-mm (No. 8)
0-25 0-55 4.75-mm (No. 4)
15-55 70-1 00 9.5-mm ('//el)
"- 95-1 00 12.5-mm ('/$)
50-1 00 too 19-mm (d/4")
95-1 00 -" 37.5-mm (I '/*")
1 00 -"
TABLE 200-1.2.2(8)
CLASS 2 PERMEABLE MATERIAL
Sieve Sizes
2.36-mm (No. 8)
25-40 4.75-rnm (No. 4)
40- 1 00 9.5-mm ('//el)
90- 1 00 I 9-mm ('/<)
100 25-mm (1 ")
Percentage Passing
0-3 75-pm (no. 200)
0-7 300-pm (No. 50)
5-1 5 600-pm (No. 30)
18-33
a 05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 131 of 288 Pages
200-1.5 Sand.
Add the following section: 200-1 S.6 Sand for Rip-Rap Energy Dissipator. Sand for Rip Rap Energy Dissipator shall conform to the requirements of Section 200-1 5.5 of the Standard Specifications for portland cement concrete.
200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS
200-2.1 General. Delete this section and add the following: Materials for use as crushed aggregate base may consist of one of the following:
Crushed Aggregate Base per Section 200-2.2 of the SSPWC
Crushed Miscellaneous Base per Section 200-2.4 of the SSPWC
Class 2 Aggregate Base per requirements of this section
One type of aggregate base shall be used for the entire project unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
200-2.2.1 General. Add the following: Aggregate for crushed aggregate base shall be free from organic matter and other deleterious substances, and shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base. Aggregate may include or consist of material processed from reclaimed asphalt concrete, portland cement concrete, lean concrete base, cement treated base, glass or a combination of any of these materials. Aggregate base incorporating reclaimed glass shall not be placed at locations where surfacing will not be placed over the aggregate base.
Add the following section:
200-2.7 Class 2 Aggregate Base. Aggregate for Class 2 aggregate base shall be free from organic matter and other deleterious substances, and shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base. Aggregate may include material processed from reclaimed asphalt concrete, portland cement concrete, lean concrete base, cement treated base or a combination of any of these materials. The amount of reclaimed material shall not exceed 50 percent of the total volume of the aggregate used.
Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements shown in the following tables. At the option of the Contractor, the grading for either the 11/2-inch maximum or 3/4 inch maximum shall be used, except that once a grading is selected it shall not be changed without the Engineer's written ap- p roval .
AGGREGATE GRADING REQUIREMENTS
Percentage Passing
1 1/2' Maximum 3/4' Maximum
Sieve Sizes Operating Range 2" ................................ 100
1 112" ............................ 90-1 00 1 "
314" .............................. 50-85 No. 4 ........................... 25-45 No. 30 .......................... 10-25 No. 200 ....................... 2- 9
- ................................
Operating Range -
100 90-1 00
35-60 10-30 2-9
-
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
Tests Range Resistance (R-value) 78 Min. Sand Equivalent 25 Min. Durability index 35 Min.
Operating
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 132 of 288 Pages
The aggregate shall not be treated with lime, cement or other chemical material before the Durability
Index test is performed.
If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Operating Range" but meet the '.'Contract Compliance" requirements, placement of the aggregate base may be continued for the remainder of that day. However, another day's work may not be started until tests, or other information, indicate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the next material to be used in the work will comply with the requirements specified for "Operating Range."
If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Contract Compliance," the aggregate base which is represented by these tests shall be removed. However, if requested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the aggregate base may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $2.25 per cubic yard for such aggregate base left in place. The City may deduct this amount from any moneys due, or that
may become due, the Contractor under the contract. If both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent do not conform to the "Contract Compliance" requirements, only one adjustment shall
apply.
No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than 500 cubic yards or one day's production, whichever is smaller.
-. SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED
MATERIALS
201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
TABLE 201 -1.1.2(A) Modify as follows:
TABLE 201-1 .1.2(A)
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE .. Type of Construction Maximum Concrete
Class Metric Units (US Standard Units) Slump mm (inches)
m I Trench Backfill Slurry I 1 15-E-3 I 200 (8") I I .. (1 90-E-400)
Street Light Foundations and Survey Monuments 330-C-23 100 (4")
(560-C-3250)
(590-C-3750)
.,
Traffic Signal Foundations
per Table 300-1 1.3.1 31 0-C-17 Concreted-Rock Erosion Protection
100 (4") 350-C-27
I (520-C-25OOP) I'
(1) Except that concrete required to be of higher strength by Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC shall be as per Table 201 -1.1.2(A) SSPWC. (2) As per Table 201 -1.1.2(A) SSPWC. (3) Portions of Table 201-1.1.2(A) of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction not shown herein as changed are not affected by this table.
201 -1.2.4 Chemical Admixtures. (e) Air-entraining Admixtures. Substitute the following: The air content shall not deviate from the percentage specified or permitted by more than 1-1/2 percentage points. The air content of freshly mixed concrete will be determined by California Test Method No. 504.
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 133 of 288 Pages
SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE
203-6.2 Materials. Add the following: Asphalt concrete shall be class C2-AR-4000 for surface
course, and 6-AR 4000 for base course. Asphalt concrete shall be class E-AR-8000 for dikes and class
E-AR-8000 ditches.
203-6.3 Asphalt Concrete Mixtures.
203-6.3.2 Composition and Grading. Add the following: The amount of asphalt binder used in asphalt
concrete placed in dikes, gutters, gutter flares, overside drains and aprons at the ends of drainage
structures shall be increased one percent by mass of the aggregate over the amount of asphalt binder
determined for use in asphalt concrete placed on the traveled way.
203-6.6.1, Batch Plant Method, modify as follows: Third paragraph, last sentence, delete “and from
the Engineer’s field laboratory“. Last paragraph, add after D 21 72: “method A or 6.”
203-6.7 Asphalt Concrete Storage. add the following: Open graded asphalt concrete stored in
excess of 2 hours, and any other asphalt concrete stored in excess of 18 hours, shall not be used in the
work.
SECTION 204 - LUMBER AND TREATMENT WITH
PRESERVATIVES
204-1 LUMBER AND PLYWOOD
TABLE 204-1.2(A) add the following:
TABLE 204-1.2(A)
USES GRADES
Headers for bituminous pavement up to 50 mm x 100 Construction grade Redwood or preservative
rnm (2”x4”) Number 1 grade Redwood, or preservative treated Headers for bituminous pavement larger than 50 mm
treated construction grade Douglas Fir
x 100 mm (Z”x4”) I number 1 grade Douglas Fir .
SECTION 206 - MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS
Add the following section:
206-7 TRAFFIC SIGNS
Add the following section: 206-7.1 Permanent Traffic Signs Permanent traffic signs shall consist of 10-gage and 12-gage cold- rolled steel perforated tubing. This includes all signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic upon the completion of the Work unless otherwise shown on the plans.
Add the following section:
206-7.1.1 General. Materials, legend, proportion, size, and fabrication of all signs used for the direction,
warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic shall conform to the
requirements of “SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIGNS, October 1993”, Sheets 1
through 5 that accompany “SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFLECTIVE SHEtrlNG SIGNS, October 1993” of
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 134 of 288 Pages
dimensions and details, dated April 1987, and “OPAQUE COLOR CHART”, dated February 1980, all
published by the State of California, Department of Transportation, Division of Procurement Services,
Office of Material Operations, 1900 Royal Oaks Drive,.Sacramento, CA 95819 and as modified herein.
Where the “SPECIFICATION FOR REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIGNS, October 1993” require the
Contractor or supplier to notify the Department of Transportation or to certify compliance to said
SPECIFICATIONS, to provide a quality control program or to allow testing, approval, observation of
manufacturing or assembly operations by the State of California, Department of Transportation and/or its
employees or officials, such rights shall be vested in the Engineer.
Add the following section: 206-7.1.2 Sign Identification. Modify the “SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIGNS,
October 1993” as follows: Sign identification shall be as per “SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIGNS, October 1993”, except that the notation shall be “PROPERTY OF THE CITY OF
CARLSBAD.
Add the following section:
206-7.1.3 Drawings, Modify the “Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993” as follows:
Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved “Approved Sign Specification Sheets” of the
State of California, Department of Transportation. The date of approval shall be the date most closely
preceding the date of manufacture of the sign@) or the date of the “Notice to Proceed of this contract,
whichever is most recent.
Add the following section:
206-7.1.4 Reflective Sheeting. Modify the “Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993”
as follows: All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type 111
encapsulated lens .sheeting conforming to the requirements of this specification. All sign designations
shall be as per the “Traffic Manual”, 1996 (Revision 2), as published by the California Department of Transportation.
Add the following section:
206-7.1.5 Substrate. Modify the “Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993” as“ follows: All permanent traffic signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic shall use aluminum substrate.
Add the following section:
206-7.1.6 Mounting Traffic Signs. Traffic signs shallhe installed on 1 O-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled
steel perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing “45 or, when the sign
area exceeds the maximum area allowed for on that drawing, on multiple 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled
steel perforated tubing posts. The number of posts shall be determined by the parameters in SDRS
drawing ”45 or as approved by the Engineer. Traffic signs will be provided with back braces and
mounting blocks as approved by the Engineer consisting of 1 O-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel
perforated tubing when multiple posts are used.
Add the following section:
206-7.1.7 Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be constructed of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel
perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing “45.
Add the following section:
206-7.2 Temporary Traffic Signs. Temporary traffic signs shall consist of all signs used for the
direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic during the
Contractor’s performance of the Work. Temporary traffic signs include both stationary and portable
signs.
Add the following section:
05/10100 Contract No. 31 80 Page 135 of 288 Pages
206-7.2.1 General. Materials, legend, proportion, size, and fabrication of all temporary traffic signs used
for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic shall conform
to the requirements of "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993", Sheets 1 through 5
that accompany "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993" of dimensions and details,
dated April 1987, and "OPAQUE COLOR CHART', dated February 1980, all published by the State of California, Department of Transportation, Division of Procurement Services, Office of Material
Operations, 1900 Royal Oaks Drive, Sacramento, CA 95819 and as modified herein. Where The
"Specification For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993" require the. Contractor or supplier to notify
the Department of Transportation or to certify compliance to said "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting
Signs, October 1993, to provide a quality control program or to allow testing, approval, observation of
manufacturing or assembly operations by the State of California, Department of Transportation and/or its employees or officials, such rights shall be vested in the Engineer.
Add the following section:
206-7.2.2 Drawings. Modify the "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993 as follows:
Standard temporary traffic signs shall be as per the most recently approved "Approved Sign Specification
Sheets" of the State of California, Department of Transportation. The date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manufacture of the sign@) or the date of the "Notice to Proceed" of this contract, whichever is most recent.
Add the following section:
206-7.2.3 Reflective Sheeting. Modify the "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993"
as follows: All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type Ill
encapsulated lens sheeting conforming to the requirements of this specification. All sign designations
shall be as per the "Traffic Manual", 1996 (Revision 2), as .published by the California Department of
Transportation.
Add the following section:
206-7.2.4 Substrate. Modify the "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993" as
follows: Excepting only construction warning signs used at a single location during daylight hours for not more than five (5) consecutive days, all signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of
vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic shall be stationary mounted and shall use aluminum
substrate.
Add the following section:
206-7.2.5 Stationary Mounted Temporary Traffic Signs. Stationary mounted temporary traffic signs
shall be installed on 1 O-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts in the same manner
shown on the State of California, Department of Transportation "Standard Plans" 1995 edition standard
plans numbers RSl , RS2, RS3 and RS4 for installation of roadside signs, except as follows:
a) Wood posts shall not be used.
b) Back braces and blocks for sign panels will not be required.
c) The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least
2.1 m (7'). d) Unless otherwise shown on the plans traffic sign posts shall conform in materials and
installation to SDRS drawing "45 and shall have one post provided for each 0.48 m2 (5 ft2)of sign area, or the signs may be installed on existing lighting standards when approved by the
Engineer. '
e) Sign panels mounted on temporary traffic sign posts shall conform to the requirements
specified for aluminum signs in the "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October
1993".
..
Add the following section:
206-7.2.6 Temporary Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be 1 O-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel
perforated tubing used for the support and stabilization of stationary mounted temporary signs. Post size
05110100 Contract No. 3190 Page 136 of 288 Pages
and number of posts shall be as shown on the plans, except that when stationary mounted signs are
installed and the type of sign installation is not shown on the plans, post size and the number of posts will
be determined by the Engineer. Sign panels for stationary mounted signs shall consist of reflective
sheeting applied to a sign substrate.
Add the following section:
206-7.2.7 Portable Temporary Traffic Signs. Each portable temporary traffic sign shall consist of a
base, standard or framework and a sign panel. The units shall be capable of being delivered to the site
of use and placed in immediate operation. Sign panels for portable signs shall conform to the
requirements of sign panels for stationary mounted signs in the "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting
Signs, October 1993, or shall be cotton drill fabric, flexible industrial nylon fabric, or other approved
fabric. Fabric signs shall not be used during the hours of darkness. Size, color, and legend requirements for portable signs shall be as described for stationary mounted sign panels in section 206-7.2 of these
Supplemental Provisions. The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way
shall be at least 0.3-m (12). All parts of the sign standard or framework shall be finished with 2
applications of an orange enamel which will match the color of the sign panel background. Testing of
paint will not be required..
Add the following section:
206-8 LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING AND CONNECTORS
Add the following section:
206-8.1 General. This Section pertains to 10-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing
used for the support and stabilization of signs. All shapes shall have a galvanized finish and shall be
cold-roll-formed steel conforming to ASTM Designation A-446, Grade A. Galvanizing shall conform to
ASTM A-525, Designation G-90. Galvanizing shall be performed after all forming and punching
operations have been completed. Cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be perforated on all four faces
with 1 1 mm (7/16") holes on 25 mm (1 ") centers.
Add the following section: 206-8.2 Tolerances. Wall thickness tolerance shall not exceed +0.28 mm, -0.13 mm (10.01 l", -0.005"). Convexity and concavity measured in the center of the flat side shall not exceed a tolerance of
+0.25 mm (+0.010) applied to the specific size determined at the corner. Straightness tolerance variation
shall not exceed 1.6 mm in 1 m (1/16 ' in 3'). Tolerance for corner radius is 4.0mm (5/32"), plus or minus
0.40 mm (1/64"). Weld flash on corner-welded square tubing shall permit 3.60 mm (9/64") radius gage to
be placed in the corner. Using 10-gage or 12-gage square tube, consecutive size tubes shall telescope
freely for 3.lm (10'). Tolerance on hole size is plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64") on a size. Tolerance on
hole spacing is plus or minus 3.2 mm in 6.1 m (1/8" in 20'). In addition, for the following specific sizes of
light gage steel tubing, dimensional tolerances shall not exceed those listed in tables 206-8.2 (A) and
206-8.2(B).
TABLE 206-8.2(A)
LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SIZE TOLERANCE
Nominal Outside Dimensions I Outside Tolerance for All Sides at Corners
mm (inches) mm (inches)
25 x 25
0.006 0.1 5 (1 l/2 x 1'12) 38 x 38
0.006 0.15 (1 '/4 x 1 Vg) 32 x 32
0.005 0.1 3 (1 x 1)
51 x 51 (2 x 2) 0.20 0.008
56 x 56
0.01 0 0.25 (2 x 3) 51 x 76
0.01 0 0.25 (2V2 x 2'/2) 64 x 64
0.01 0 0.25 (2% 6 x 2% 6)
44 x 44
0.01 0 0.25 (Z1/4 X 2'/4) 57 x 57
0.008 0.20 (1 "/4 x 1 Y4)
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 137 of 288 Pages
TABLE 206-8.2(8)
(') Tubing may have its sides failing to be 90 degrees to each other by the tolerance listed.
(') Twist is measured by holding down the edge of one end of a square tube on a surface plate with
the bottom side of the tube parallel to the surface plate, and noting the height that either corner on the opposite end of the bottom side is above the surface plate.
Add the following section: 206-8.3 Fasteners. Fasteners used to assemble cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be steel "pull-
through'' electrogalvanized rivets with 9.5 mm (3W) diameter shank, 22 mm (7/8") diameter head, and a
grip range of from 5 mm (0.200) to 0.90 rnm (0.356). The fasteners shall conform to ASTM 8-633,
Type Ill
Add the following Section:
206-9 ACCESS CONTROL GATES
206-9.1 General. Access control gates shall be supplied and installed as shown on the plans. The
Contractor shall provide shop drawings of the access control gates for approval by the Engineer in accordance with Section 2-5.3, "Shop Drawings and Submittals," of the Standard Specifications.
206-9.2 Measurement and Payment. The contract price paid for access control gate shall include full
compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work
involved in constructing the access control gate, complete in place, as shown on the plans, and as
specified in these special provisions and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefore.
Add the following Section:
206-10 SIDEWALK PLANTING GRATE
206-10.1 General. Sidewalk planting grate shall consist of furnishing and installing 30" x 15" tree grates
and frames at locations shown in the plans.
206-10.2 Planting Grates and Frames. Planting grates shall be Model No. R-8704, 30".Square Tree
Grate (Half), with corresponding frame, as manufactured by NEENAH Foundry Company, 2121 Brooks
Ave., P.O. BOX 729, Neenah, Wisconsin, 54957, (920) 725-7000, or equal.
206-10.3 Measurement and Payment. The quantities of Sidewalk Planting Grate will be paid for as units
determined from actual count. The 30 x 15" grate and frame shall be considered as one unit. The
contract unit price paid for Sidewalk Planting Grate shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor,
materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in constructing the frames
and grates, complete in place, as shown on the plans, and as specified in these special provisions, and
as directed by the Engineer.
05110/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 138 of 288 Pages
SECTION 207 - PIPE
207-2 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
207-2.1 General. Add the following: The concrete design strength in ttiese reaches shall be f'c=5,000 psi
for velocities exceeding 20 fps and fc=6,000 psi for velocities exceeding 30 fps.
207-2.4.2 Location of Reinforcement. Add the following: The concrete cover on the inside of all
reinforced concrete pipe must be increased to provide a minimum of 1%" over the reinforcing when the
design velocities exceed 20 fps.
207-2.5 Joints. Add the following: When watertight joints are indicated on the plans they shall be of
the rubber-gasketed type meeting the requirements of ASTM Standard. Specification designations C 361
and C 443.
Pipe designated in the plans as "pressure pipe" or with a 100-year hydraulic grade line at or above the
soffit shall be bell and groove spigot joint with "0" rings conforming to ASTM C-443 and C-361 for the
limits shown on the plans.
207-9 IRON PIPE AND FllTlNGS
207-9.2.2 Pipe Joints Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, all joints shall be the push-on type joint.
Joints and accessories shall conform to the requirements and dimensions specified in ANSI A21.11, AWWA C1 11. Rubber gasket material shall conform to 208-1.2 and AWWA C11 1 and ANSI A21.11-90
207-9.2.3 Fittings. Add the following: Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in accordance
with ANSI 21 SO, AWWA C150 and ANSI 21 51 I AWWA C151, and shall be of the sizes and thickness
classes shown on the Plans. Unless otherwise specified, size four inch (4") through six inch (6") DIP
shall be thickness Class 52, while size eight inch (87 and larger shall be thickness Class 50.
Unless otherwise specified, Pressure class pipe may be substituted for thickness class pipe in
accordance with the pressure class shown on the plans.
207-9.2.4 . Lining and Coating. Add the following: Unless otherwise specified, all iron pipe and fittings
shall be lined with double thickness, cement mortar lining with cement conforming to ASTM C150 Type II, AWWA C104/A21.4.90 and outside coating of bituminous coating a minimum of 2 mils. thick in accordance with AWWA C151 or C100.
Delete paragraph 207-9.3 and replace in its entirety with:
207-9.3 Fittings. All materials for installation of Carlsbad Municipal Water District recycled water mains
for Bid Schedule C shall conform in all respects to these specifications and the Carlsbad Municipal Water
District's Reclamation Rules and Regulations for Construction of Reclaimed Water Mains, latest edition.
All materials for installation of Vallecitos Water District recycled water mains for Bid Schedule C shall conform in all respects to these specifications and the Vallecitos Water District Standard Specification for
Construction of Water and Sewer Facilities and Approved Materials List, latest edition.
Add the following section:
207-9.4 Pipe Lengths. Pipe lengths shall be as specified in ANSI A21.51, AWWA C151, except where
shorter lengths are required to fit horizontal and vertical alignment. Combined horizontal and vertical
deflections at any rubber gasket or flexible coupling joints shall not exceed eighty percent (80%) of the
maximum deflection recommended by the manufacturer.
Add the following section:
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 139 of 288 Pages
207-9.5 flanges. Flanges shall be ductile iron, Class 125, unless otherwise shown on the Plans,
screwed-on type in accordance with ANSI A21.15, AWWA (2115, for pipe, and integrally cast for fittings in
accordance with ANSI A21 .lo, AWWA C110. Gaskets shall be 1/8-inch thick minimum in accordance
with AWWA C115 and shall have a minimum rated working pressure equal to 350 psi at 180'F. Drop-in
face type with holes pre-punched shall be used where both flanges are flat face. Where adjoining flange
is steel, the steel flange shall be flat face.
207-10 STEEL PIPE
Add the following:
207-10.1 General. All materials for installation of Olivenhain Municipal Water District potable water
mains shall conform in all respects to the Olivenhain Municipal Water District Standard Specifications and
Drawings for the Construction of Water Mains and Facilities, latest edition, and these special provisions,
for Bid Schedule D.
Fabricated -Steel Pipe and Fittings shall conform in all respects to Par II, Materials, Section A, of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Reclamation Rules and Regulations for Construction of Reclaimed Water Mains, latest edition, for Bid Schedule 6.
207-10.4 Protective Lining and Coatlng for Steel Pipe.
Add the following section: 207-10.4.7 Cement Mortar Lining and Plastic Tape Coating with Mortar, Related to Potable Water
Improvements.
General. The steel water pipe shall be cement mortar lined and coated with a cold-applied plastic
tape and have a protective mortar overcoat. Cement mortar lining shall comply with the requirements
of 207-10.4.2. Cold-applied plastic tape coating shall comply with the requirements of AWWA C 209
and C 214, as modified herein, and with a protective mortar overcoat. The plant and field applied
primer and plastic tape, and plant and field applied repair tape shall be by a single manufacturer. The
exterior tape coating system shall consist of a primer on the blast cleaned bare metal surface of steel
pipe, a three-layer cold-applied plastic tape system and a protective cement-mortar coating applied
over the tape system. This system shall be applicable to:
1) Plant applications on straight run of pipe.
2) Plant applications on special sections, connections and, fittings, and plant repairs of cold-applied
3) Field applications to pipe joints, field coated fittings and repair of field cold-applied tape.
tape.
Primer. Primer shall be comprised of 100 percent butyl rubber with resins for adhesion, cathodic
disbonding, and stress corrosion cracking inhibitors. The primer shall be Polyken No. 1039 or
approved equal.
Storage Primer. Storage primer on the exposed steel at the tape cutbacks shall be Polyken No. 924 or approved equal. Color is black.
Plant Cold-Applied Plastic Tape System for Straight Run Pipe.
1) Anti-corrosion inner layer tape shall be Polyken No. 989 or approved equal with the following
properties.
Tape Color: Black.
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 140 of 288 Pages
Backing: Consist of a minimum of 98% blend of high and low density polyethylene with the
remaining portion of blend of colorants and stabilizers.
Adhesive: Consist of a 100% butyl based elastomers with resins for adhesion, cathodic
disbonding, and long-term inground perform'ance.
Thickness: Total thickness 20 mil: Backing, 9 mil; Adhesive, 11 Mil. Tolerance: -5%, + 10%.
2) First mechanical outer layer shall be Polyken No. 955 or' approved equal, with the following
'properties:
Color: Black.
Thickness: Total thickness 30 mil: Backing, 25 mil; Adhesive, 5 Mil. Tolerance: -5%, + 10%.
3) Second mechanical outer layer, shall be Polyken No. 956 UV1 or approved equal, having ultraviolet radiation protection properties as follows:
Color: White .
Thickness: Total thickness 30 mil: Backing, 25 mil; Adhesive, 5 Mil. Tolerance: -5%, + 10%.
4) Total system shall be Polyken YGIII or approved equal.
(e) Plant Cold-Applied Plastic Tape Coatings for Specials and Fittings, and Plant Repair of Cold-
Applied Tape.
1) Anti-corrosion inner layer shall be Polyken No. 932-50 or approved equal. Total thickness 50 mil,
2) Mechanical layer outer tape shall be Polyken No. 955 or approved equal. Total thickness 30 mil.
(f) Field Joint, Field Coated Fittings, and Field Repair of Cold-applied Material.
1) Joint filler tape to be Polyken No. 939 or approved equal. Color: black. Thickness 125 mil.
2) Field joint, field fitting and field repair outer layer shall be Polyken No. 932-50 or approved equal.
(9) Mortar Overcoat.
1) Cement shall be Type II, low alkali conforming to ASTM C 150. Mortar overcoat thickness shall
be 3/4 inch.
2) Sand shall conform to ASTM C 33 with 100 percent of the sand passing through a No. 4 sieve.
3) Water shall be free of organic materials and shall have a pH of 7.0 to 9.0, a maximum chloride
concentration of 500 mgA (Caltrans 422) and a maximum sulfate concentration of 500 mgA
(Caltrans 417).
4) Reinforcement shall be welded wire fabric 2- by 4-inch mesh, ungalvanized conforming to ASTM
A 185. Wire with excessive rusting shall not be used.
207-1 1 CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE AND PIPE ARCHES
207-1 1.2 Materiais.
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 141 of 288 Pages
207-1 1.2.1 General. Add the following: Pipe designated in the plans as "pressure pipe" or with a 100-
year hydraulic grade line at or above the soffit shall be watertight attained by the use of approved
durable, high quality, resilient joint material designed to perform the intended function.
207-1 1.2.2 General. Add the following: Hot-applied bituminous coating shall be applied to all corrugated
steel pipe, perforated corrugated steel pipe, coupling bands, and fittings in accordance with Section 207-
11.5 of the SSPWC, Coatings, Linings and Pavings.
207-12 STRUCTURAL STEEL PLATE PIPE AND ARCHES
Add the following section:
207-12.5 WILDLIFE CROSSING
Add the following section:
The Contractor shall provide manufacturer's assembly instructions or working drawings with supporting data in sufficient detail to perform a structural review and in accordance with Section 2-5.3, "Shop
Drawings and Submittals."
207-12.5.1 WORKING DRAWINGS
Add the following section:
Plates at longitudinal and circumferential seams shall be connected by bolts with the seams staggered so
that not more than three plates come together at any one point. Welding of steel, if required, shall
conform to the ANSI/AASHTO/AWS Bridge Welding Code Dl .5. All welding of steel plates, other than
fittings, shall be performed prior to galvanizing.
207-1 2.5.2 FABRICATION
Add the following section:
Structural steel plate shall be assembled and installed in accordance with the plans and detailed erection
instructions. Pipe or plates shall not be rolled or dragged over gravel or rock and shall be prevented from
striking rock or other hard objects during placement in trench or on bedding.
207-12.5.3 ASSEMBLY
Bolted longitudinal seams shall be well fitted with the lapping plates parallel to each other. The applied
torque for % inch diameter high-strength steel bolts (A449) for the assembly of steel structural plate shall
be a minimum of 100 ft-lbs and a maximum of 150 ft-lbs. When seam sealant tape or a shop applied
asphalt coating is used, bolts shall be retightened no more than once. Retightening shall be performed
within 24 hours.
Add the following section:
For trench conditions, the trench shall be excavated to the width, depth, and grade shown on the Plans and as approved by the Engineer.
207-1 2.5.4 INSTALLATION
Proper preparation of foundation and placement of foundation material where required shall precede the
installation of all culvert pipe. This shall include necessary leveling of the native trench bottom or the top
of the foundation material as well as placement and compaction of suitable backfill material to a uniform
grade so that the entire length of the pipe will be supported on a uniform base.
Materials used for structure backfill must have gradations compatible with adjacent soils to avoid
migration. Where material gradations can not be properly controlled, adjacent materials shall be
separated with a suitable geotextile.
Add the following section:
207-12.5.5 FOUNDATION
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 142 of 288 Pages
The foundation shall provide uniform support for the culvert invert slab. Foundations for the culvert are
expected to be in or near hard volcanic rock. The Contractor shall remove any colluvial soils remaining following excavation to planned foundation elevations shown on the plans to expose volcanic rock, Any
excavation beyond the limits shown on the plans shall be backfilled as structure backfill or lean concrete.
Add the following section:
Structure Backfill material shall meet the requirements as specified in the Plans, the Standard
Specifications, and these Special Provisions.
207-12.5.6 STRUCTURE BACKFILL
In addition to the grading requirements specified in Table 300-3.5.1 (A) of Section 300-3 of the Standard
Specifications, the maximum percentage of particle sizes passing the #200 sieve size is not to exceed 25
percent.
Structure backfill material shall be placed in horizontal uniform layers not exceed 8 inch loose lift thickness and shall be brought up uniformly on both sides of the structure. Each layer shall be
compacted to a density not less than 95% relative compaction based on the ASTM D 1557-00 laboratory
test procedure.
Equipment used to compact backfill within 3 feet from the sides of arches or from edge of footing shall be approved by the Engineer prior to use. Structure Backfill shall continue to not less than 2 feet above the top for the full length of the structure. Fill above this elevation may be material for embankment fill or other materials as specified to support the pavement. Ponding or jetting backfill shall not be permitted except upon written permission from the Engineer.
The structure shape shall be checked regularly during backfilling operations to verify acceptability of the construction methods used. The manufacturer shall provide a qualified shape control inspector during the placement of all structure backfill to the minimum cover level over the structure. The inspector shall advise the Engineer on the acceptability of all backfill and construction methods and the proper monitoring of the shape. Structure backfill shall be constructed to the minimum lines and grades as shown on the Plans. During structure backfill operations the backfill material shall remain at or below the level of adjacent soil or embankment. Where single or multiple structures are installed at a skew to the embankment, proper support for the structural steel plate must be provided.
Add the following section:
When shown on the plans, temporary bracing shall be installed and shall remain in place as long as necessary to protect workmen and to maintain structure shape during erection and backfill operations. The Contractor shall not install the temporary bracing until the bearing pad sizes proposed by the Contractor are approved by the Engineer.
__
207-12.5.7 STRUlTiNG
Add the following section:
The ends of the corrugated metal arch shall rest in a keyway formed into continuous concrete footings, or shall rest on a metal bearing surface, either an angle or channel shape, which is securely anchored to or embedded in the concrete footing.
207-12.5.8 ARCH SUBSTRUCTURES AND HEADWALLS
The metal bearing when specified may be a hot rolled or cold-formed galvanized steel angle or channel. These shapes shall be not less than 3/16 inch in thickness and shall be securely anchored to the footing at a maximum spacing of 24 inches. When the metal bearing member is not completely embedded in a groove in the footing, one vertical leg shall be punched to allow the corrugated plates to be bolted to this leg of the bearing member.
Add the following section: 207-12.5.9 CONSTRUCTION
G 05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 143 of 288 Pages
Additional may be required for heavier construction loads. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer the
dimensions and maximum axle loadings of any construction equipment proposed for use which exceeds
the HS-20 Live Loading above minimum cover prior to using said equipment to cross the metal culvert.
The structure shall be protected from hydraulic forces during construction, prior to the completion of
permanent erosion control and end protection.
Add the following section:
Reinforced concrete for shall be of class 565-C-3250 and reinforcing steel shall be of Grade 60 (ASTM
706). Reinforced Concrete work shall conform to Section 201-1, "Portland Cement Concrete" and
Section 303-1, "Concrete Structures" and these Special Provisions.
207-12.5.10 CONCRETE
Add the following section:
Miscellaneous iron and steel items shall conform to the dimensions and details shown on the plans and
as specified in these special provisions.
207 -12.5.1 1 STEEL GRATE
At the option of the Contractor, grates shall be fabricated from either structural steel conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designations: A 36/A 36M or A 576 Grades 1021, 1022, 1026, 1029 or 1030,
ductile iron castings, or carbon-steel castings.
Welding shall conform to the requirements in AWS Dl .1
Fabrication shall be performed in a workmanlike manner in conformance with the practice in modern
commercial shops. Burrs, rough and sharp edges, and other flaws shall be removed. Warped pieces
shall be straightened after all fabrication and galvanizing.
Add the following section:
The lump sum price paid for Wildlife Crossing shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor,
materials, tools, and equipment and performing all work necessary to construct the wildlife crossing as
shown on the plans and as specified herein including structure excavation, structure backfill, structure
concrete, bar reinforcing steel, steel grate, miscellaneous metal, strutting, shape inspector, working drawings, and any excavation and backfill beyond the vertical limits shown on the plans to meet
foundation requirements.
207 -12.5.12 PAYMENT
207-15 ABS SOLID WALL PIPE
207-15.1 General. Pipe used for canyon subdrain shall be ABS SDR 35 for up to 30' fill cover and ABS
SDR 23.5 for up to 100' fill cover. ABS SDR 23.5 may be substituted with PVC schedule 40. Perforated
pipe shall conform to SSPWC Section 207-1.7 Perforated pipe.
207-17 PVC PLASTIC PIPE
207-17.1 General. Add the following: All materials for installation of Leucadia County Water District
gravity sewer mains shall conform in all respects to the Leucadia County Water District Standard
Specifications and Drawings, latest edition, for Bid Schedule F.
All materials for installation of Vallecitos Water District gravity sewer mains shall conform in all respects
to the Vallecitos Water District Standard Specification for Construction of Water and Sewer Facilities and
Approved Material List, latest edition, for Bid Schedule E.
Add the following section:
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 144 of 288 Pages
207-25 UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE
Add the following section:
Marking Tape shall have a minimum 0.13 mm (0.005”) overall thickness, with no less than a 35 gauge
(AWG), 0.14 mm aluminum foil core. The foil must be visible from both sides. The layers shall be
laminated together with the extrusion lamination process, not adhesives. No inks or printing shall extend
to the edges of the tape. All printing shall be encased to avoid ink ruboff. Detectable Underground Utility
Marking Tape shall conform to the properties listed in Tables 207-25(A) and 207-25(B).
207-25.1 Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape: Detectable Underground Utility
TABLE 207-25.1 (A)
DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE PROPERTIES
TABLE 207-25.1(8)
DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE COLORS
Color I Utility Marked
Red I Electric Dower. distribution. transmission. and municiDal electric svstems.
Yellow
Telephone and telegraph systems, police and fire communications, and cable television. Orange
Gas and oil distribution and transmission, dangerous materials, product and steam.
Blue Water svstems.
Green I Sanitary and storm sewer systems, non-potable. 1
Brown [ Force mains.
Purple I Reclaimed water lines.
Add the following section:
requirements of each of the following agency/association publications. 207-25.2 Materials Approvals. Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall meet the
A. Department of Transportation, Materials Transportation Bureau, Office of Pipeline Safety.
USAS code for pressure piping 831.8, paragraph 192.321 (e).
B. National Transportation Safety Board, Washington, DC, Special Study Prevention of Damage
to Pipelines. Adopted June 7, 1974. Report NTSB-PSS-73-1.
C. American Petroleum Institute (API). Recommended practice for marking buried liquid
petroleum pipelines - APR RP 1109. D. General Services Administration, Washington, DC, Public Buildings Service Guide
Specification for Mechanical and Electrical Equipment - PBS 4-1501, Amendment 2, Page
501-14, Paragraph 18, Subparagraph 18.1, Clause 18.1.1.
@ 05110fOO Contract No. 31 90 Page 145 of 288 Pages
E. Rural Electrification Authority (REA), U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC,
National Electrical Safety Code for Underground Construction for remote and immediate
’ hazards.
Add the following section:
207-26 PVC PRESSURE PIPE
207-26.1 General. All materials for Olivenhain Municipal Water District recycled water mains shall
conform in all respects to the Olivenhain Municipal Water District Standard Specifications and Drawings
for Construction of Water Mains and Facilities, latest editions, for Bid Schedule 6.
All PVC recycled water piping for Vallecitos Water District recycled water mains shall be in accordance
with AWWA C900 and these specifications.
All materials for Olivenhain Municipal Water District potable water mains shall conform in all respects to
the Olivenhain Municipal Water District Standard Specifications and Drawings for the Construction of
Water Mains and Facilities, latest edition, for Bid Schedule D.
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe used for 12” storm drain shall conform to the requirements of AWWA
C900, Section 4.3 (Pipe Requirements). Joints shall be in accordance with Section 207-26.3 of these
Special Provisions.
207-26.2 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Water Pipe. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) recycled water
pressure pipe less than 12-inches in diameter for Bid Schedule B shall conform in all respects to
Olivenhain Municipal Water District Standard Specifications and Drawings for Construction of Water
Mains and Facilities and Approved Material Lists, latest editions.
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Recycled Water Pipe (less than 12-inche in diameter) for Bid
Schedule C shall conform in all respects to the Vallecitos Water District Standard Specification for
Construction of Water and Sewer Facilities and Approved Material List, latest edition, and to AWWA
C980 and C905.
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pressure recycled water pipe for Carlsbad Municipal Water District Bid
Schedule C shall conform in all respects to Part II, Public Water System Supplemental Standard Specifications of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Reclamation Rules and Regulations for Construction of Reclaimed Water Mains, latest edition.
Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) distribution potable water pipe for Bid Schedule D shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C905 and shall conform in all respects to the Olivenhain Municipal Water District Standard Specification for Construction of Water and Sewer Facilities and Approved Material List, latest edition.
207-26.3 Joints. PVC pressure pipe shall be integral bell and spigot joints with elastomeric gaskets in accordance with AWWA C900 Section 4.3 (Pipe Requirements). The pipe shall conform to the outside
diameter of cast-iron pipe unless otherwise specified and shall conform to the wall thickness of DR series
14, 18, Or25
207-26.4 Testing of‘ PVC Pressure Pipe. All testing of PVC pipe and its material shall be in
accordance with District Standards and AWWA C900.
Add the following section:
207-27 AWWA C905 PVC PRESSURE PIPE
207-27.1 General. Material used to produce the pipe shall be made from Class 12454-A or B rigid
polyvinyl chloride compounds in accordance with AWWA C905 Section 2.1 (Basic Materials), with an a 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 146 of 288 Pages
established hydrostatic design basis (HDB) equal to or greater than 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F
(23°C). Elastomeric gaskets shall comply with the requirements of AWWA C905 Sections 2.1.3
(Elastomeric Gaskets) and 2.1.4 (Gaskets and Lubricants).
207-27.2 Pipe. PVC water transmission pipe, 14-inch through 48-inch, shall be manufactured in
accordance with AWWA C905, and shall be of the sizes and dimension ratios (DR) shown on the Plans.
If a pressure class is called for on the Plans, it shall mean the pressure rating (PR) as defined in
AWWA C905. The pipe shall have integral bell and spigot joints with elastomeric gaskets in accordance
with AWWA C905 Section 3 (Pipe Requirements). The pipe shall conform to the outside diameter of
cast-iron pipe unless otherwise specified and shall conform to the wall thickness of DR series 18 or 25.
The pipe shall be manufactured by J.M. Manufacturing Company, Certainteed Corporation, Pacific
Western Extruded Plastics Company, IPEX or approved equal.
207-27.3 Fittings. All fittings for PVC water transmission pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with
ANSI A21 .lo, AWWA C110 or C153. All fittings shall be made of ductile iron and the letters "Dl" or
"DUCTILE" shall be cast .on them, unless otherwise specified. Bell size shall be for Class 165 and Class
235 cast-iron equivalent PVC water transmission pipe, including the rubber-ring retaining groove.
207-27.4 Service Saddles Service saddles for AWWA C905 PVC water transmission pipe shall not be
allowed.
Add. the following section:
207-28 APPURTENANCES FOR PRESSURE PIPE
207-28.1 General. This section pertains to all appurtenances required for the installation, operation and
maintenance of buried pressure pipe systems.
207-28.2 Valves for Recycled Water Mains. All valves for the Olivenhain Municipal Water District
recycled water mains in Bid Schedule B shall conform in. all respects to the Olivenhain
Municipal Water District Standard Specifications and Drawings for the Construction of Water
Mains and Facilities, latest edition.
All valves for Carlsbad Municipal Water District recycled water mains in Bid Schedule C shall conform in
all respects to Part II, Public Water System Supplemental Standard Specifications, Materials, Section C
of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Reclamation Rules and Regulations for Construction of
Reclaimed Water Mains, latest edition.
All valves for Vallecitos Water District recycled water mains in Bid Schedule C shall conform in all
respects to Vallecitos Water District Standard Specifications for Construction of Water and Sewer
Facilities and Approved Materials List, latest edition.
207-28.3 Combination Air Valves. All combination air release and vacuum relief valves for Olivenhain
Municipal Water District recycled water mains in Bid Schedule B shall conform in all respects to
Olivenhain Municipal Water District Standard Specifications and Drawings for the Construction
of Water Mains and Facilities, latest edition, except that all combination air release and vacuum
relief valves shall be Vent-o-Mat (or OMWD approved equal).
Air release and vacuum relief valves for recycled water mains in Schedule C shall be of the combination
type and shall conform to the Approved Materials Lists and Standard Drawings for Vallecitos Water
District and Carlsbad Municipal Water District for their respective facilities. The combination unit shall
serve the function of allowing air to enter or exit the pipe to alleviate excess air or vacuum conditions in
the pipe. The tap for the valve shall be made in a level section of pipe ng closer the 18-inches to a bell,
coupling, joint, or fitting. No tap shall be permitted in any machined section of A.C.P. The Buna-N seat
must be fastened to the valve cover, without distortion, for drip-tight shutoff. The floats shall be heavy
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 147 of 288 Pages
stainless steel, hermetically sealed; designed to withstand 1,000 psi. The top plug or float shall be center
guided through hex bushings for positive shutoff. All materials of construction shall be in writing to
conform to ASTM Specifications as follows:
Bodv & Cover Cast Iron ASTM A126 GR.B
Float Stainless Steel ASTM A240
Needle & Seat Buna-N
Leverage Frame DelriniCast Iron ASTM D2133/ASTM A126 GR.6 Plug Bronze ASTM B124
Combination air valves shall be APCO Models 143'2, 145C, 147C, 149C, 150C, 151 C, or approved
equal.
207-28.4 Cathodic Protection and Joint Bonding for Recycled Water Mains.
All cathodic protection and joint bonding for Vallecitos Water District recycled water mains in Schedule C
shall conform in all respects to the cathodic protection notes and details referenced on the Plans and to
the Olivenhain Municipal Water District Standard Specifications and Drawings for the Construction of
Water Mains and Facilities, latest edition.
207-28.5 Metering Facility.
The materials for the recycled water metering facility shall be as indicated on the plans and shall conform in all respects to Part II, Public Water System Supplemental Standard Specifications, Materials, Section
C of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Reclamation Rules and Regulations for Construction of Reclaimed Water Mains, latest edition.
207-28.5.1 Magnetic Flow Meter.
The flanged magnetic flow meter for the metering facility shall be microprocessor-based and shall
indicate the totalized flow and instantaneous flow through the piping. The meter shall have a turndown
ratio of not less than 30:l. A certified calibration from a flow laboratory should be performed. The
electronics shall be remotely mounted in a NEMA 4X enclosure box with 3/8" characters, 2-line 16-digit
backlit display and 50 feet of cable. The flow meter shall incorporate programmable features allowing
menu selection and changes to be made from outside the housing via wall-effect sensors. The meter
and related equipment shall also have the following features:
Electrodes - Stainless Steel Liner - Tefzel
Available Outputs - 4-20mA into 800 ohms
Under Outputs Still
0-1 000 HZ frequency for 0-100% flow rate two flow alarms
fault with open collector
RS232 communication
flow direction with open collector
Power Consumption - Less than 20 watts
Sensor Tube - Stainless Steel Flange Rating - 150 Ib. Power Supply - 77-265 VAC Power
The magnetic flow meter shall be as indicated on the plans for the metering facility.
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 148 of 288 Pages
207-28.5.2 Vault Access Hatch.
The double leaf access hatch for the metering facility shall be furnished in accordance with the
dimensions shown on the plans, unless modified by the shop drawings for the pre-cast concrete vault.
The hatch shall be pre-assembled from the manufacturer. The cover shall be reinforced to provide an H-
20 wheel load with a maximum deflection of 1/50th of the span and shall be made of aluminum. The
channel frame shall be 1/4” extruded aluminum with bend down anchor tabs around the perimeter. A
continuous EPDM gasket shall be mechanically attached to the aluminum frame to create a barrier
around the entire perimeter of the cover. A drain coupling shall be provided in the channel frame.
The hinges shall be specifically designed for horizontal installation and shall be through bolted to the
cover with temper proof Type 316 stainless steel bolts and locknuts. The required number and size of
compression spring operators enclosed in telescopic tubes to provide easy and controlled cover
operation throughout the entire arc of opening and to act as a check in retarding downward motion of the
cover when closing shall be provided by the manufacturer. The upper tube shall be the outer tube to
prevent accumulation of moisture, grit and debris inside the lower tube assembly. The lower tube will
interlock with a flanged support shoe fastened to a formed 1/4” gusset support plate.
A removable exterior turn/lift handle with a spring loaded ball detent shall be provided to open cover and the latch release shall be protected by a flush, gasketed, removable screw plug. The cover shall be equipped with a hold open arm, which automatically locks the cover in the open position. A Type 316
stainless steel snap lock with a fixed handle shall be mounted on the underside of the cover. Hardware
shall be anti-corrosion throughout. Factory finish shall be mill finish aluminum. Access hatch shall be
supplied with a minimum 1 O-year warranty. s
The access hatch shall be type J-AL H-20 as manufactured by Bilco or equal.
207-28.5.3 Pre-Cast Concrete Vault.
The vault for the metering facility shall be a pre-cast vault constructed from aggregates conforming to
ASTM C-33-64 and lightweight aggregate conforming to ASTMC-330. Cement shall be ASTM C-150,
manufactured by Quikset or equal.
Add the following section:
. .. Type II with a maximum design strength of 4,500psi. The vault shall be a custom-sized vault as
207-29 APPURTENANCES FOR POTABLE WATER MAINS
207-29.1 General. This section pertains to all appurtenances required for the installation, operation, and
maintenance for Olivenhain Municipal Water District potable water mains in Bid Schedule D.
207-29.2 Valves for Potable Water Mains. All valves for Olivenhain Municipal Water District potable
water mains in Bid Schedule D shall conform in all respects to the Olivenhain Municipal Water District
Standard Specifications and Drawings for the Construction of Water Mains and Facilities,’ latest edition.
Resilient seated gate valves, 4 inches through 18 inches, shall be resilient seated, non-rising stem and
conform to AWWA C509, except as modified herein. Provide valves with resilient wedge disc,
unobstructed waterway, counter-clockwise opening and designed for a working pressure of 250 psi.
Construct valves of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395 or A 536. Bronze for internal working parts,
including stems, shall not contain more than 2% aluminum nor more than 7% zinc, bronze shall be ASTM
B 62 (85-5-5-5) bronze, except that stem bronze shall have a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi, a
minimum yield strength of 30,000 psi, and a minimum of 10% elongation in 2-inches. Provide O-ring
seals. Provide Type 304 or 316 stainless steel body bolts conforming to ASTM F 593. Provide 2-inch
AWWA operating nut for buried installations. Provide handwheel for aboveground or in vault installations.
Gate valves shall be American Flow Control Series 2500, U.S. Pipe Metroseal 250, or approved equal.
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 149 of 288 Pages
207-29.3 Blow-Off Assemblies for Potable Water Mains. All blow-off assemblies for Olivenhain
Municipal Water District potable water mains in Bid Schedule D shall conform in all respects to the Olivenhain Municipal Water District Standard Specifications and Drawings for the Construction of Water
Mains and Facilities, latest edition.
207-29.4 Combination Air Valve Assemblies for Potable Water Mains. All combination air valve
assemblies for Olivenhain Municipal Water District potable water mains in Bid Schedule D shall conform
in all respects to the Olivenhain Municipal Water District Standard Specifications and Drawings for the
Construction of Water Mains and Facilities, latest edition, except that all combination air release and
vacuum valves shall be Vent-O-Mat (or OMWD approved equal).
207-29.6 Cathodic Protection and Joint Bonding for Potable Water Mains. All cathodic protection
and joint bonding for Olivenhain Municipal Water District potable water mains in Bid Schedule D shall
conform in all respects to the Olivenhain Municipal Water District Standard Specifications and Drawings
for the Construction of Water Mains and Facilities, latest edition, and details shown on the plans
207-30 PLASTIC CORRUGATED PIPE
207-30.1 General. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing corrugated ew#&& plastic pipe
for culverts, with all necessary fittings and coupling systems, as shown on the plans or as determined by
the Engineer in accordance with the provisions in these specifications. Plastic pipe shall be Type C
corrugated polyethylene pipe. Where designated on the plans plastic corrugated pipe shall be Type C
corrugated interior polyethylene pipe.
207-30.2 Materlals. The materials for plastic pipe shall conform to the following:
Type C corrugated polyethylene pipe shall be as specified in AASHTO Designation: M 294, except as
otherwise specified in these specifications. Corrugated polyethylene pipe shall be manufactured from
high density polyethylene (HDPE) virgin compounds.
HDPE compounds used in the manufacture of plastic pipe culverts shall conform to the following cell
classifications as provided in ASTM Designation: D 3350:
Propertv Cell Classification
Density ............................................................... 3
Melt index .......................................................... 2a30r4
Flexural modulus ............................................... 4,5 or 6
Tensile strength ................................................. 4, 5 or 6. Environmental stress crack resistance .............. 1,2or3
Hydrostatic design basis ................................... 0, 1,2,3or4
U~traviolet stabilizer ........................................... Cb
a The Melt Index for cell classification 2 material used to manufacture pipe shall not be greater than 0.6. Rotationally molded couplings and end fittings may be produced from material compounds having a melt index cell classification of 1.
HDPE resin shall contain not less than 2 percent carbon black ultraviolet stabilizer. '
PVC compounds used in the manufacture of plastic pipe culverts shall conform to the following cell
classifications as provided in ASTM Designation: D 1784:
Property Cell Classification
@ 05110/00 Contract No. 31 90 * Page 150 of 288 Pages
The residue from ignition of the HDPE and PVC compounds shall not exceed 30 percent as determined
by ASTM Designation: D 2584, except that the muffle furnace temperature shall be 450 f 25" C. (840 -c
45" F.).
207-30.3 Pipe Thickness, Stiffness and Unit Weight. Wall thickness of Type C corrugated interior
polyethylene pipe shall be measured at the inside valley of the corrugation. The wall thickness of
polyethylene pipe, measured as specified above, shall equal or exceed the minimum wall thickness
values in Table 1. The pipe stiffness shall be determined in accordance with ASTM Designation: D 2412
at 5 percent deflection. Average pipe stiffness shall be determined for each manufactured run from three
test specimens. The length of each test specimen shall equal the nominal pipe diameter, except that the
specimen length shall not exceed 36 inches for pipe larger than 36 inches in nominal diameter. The
average pipe stiffness shall equal or exceed the minimum pipe stiffness value for each individual kind
and size of plastic pipe listed in Tables 1.
The pipe unit weight shall be computed as the average weight per foot of length determined from three
test specimens, taken from each manufactured run. Each test specimen for pipes 24 inches in diameter
and less shall be a minimum length of two diameters. The length of each test specimen for pipes larger
than 24 inches in diameter shall be one diameter or a maximum of 36 inches, whichever.is less. The
weight of pipe specimens shall be determined with any suitable weighing device accurate to 0.1 0-pound.
The pipe unit weight for each individual kind and size of plastic pipe shall equal or exceed the minimum
unit weight value for each individual kind and size of plastic pipe listed in Tables 2.
TABLE 1
HDPE Pipe
Nominal Minimum Minimum Diameter Wall Thickness (inches) Pipe Stiffness (inches) (m
12 ................................... 0.035 ................................... 50 15 ................................... 0.035 ................................... 42 18 ................................... 0.050 ................................... 40 21 ................................... 0.050 ................................... 38 24 .................................... 0.050 ... ; ............................... 34 27 ................................... 0.050 ................................... 31 30 ................................... 0.050 ................................... 28 33 ................................... 0.050 ................................... 25 36 ................................... 0.050 ................................... 22
Nominal Diameter (inches)
TABLE 2
HDPE Pipe
Minimum Unit Weight
Type c Corrugated (Pounds per linear foot)
12 ............................. 2.8 15 ............................. 4.0 18 ............................. 5.8 24 ............................. 9.6
207-30.4 Joints. Plastic pipe culvert joints shall conform to manufacturer's recommendations for water tight joints.
207-30.5 Earthwork. Structure backfill for plastic corrugated pipe culverts shall conform to Section 306-
1.2.1 Bedding and Section 306-1.3 Backfill and Densification except backfill shall conform to grading and quality requirements of crushed aggregate base. Plastic pipe shall be laid in a trench excavated to the
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 151 of 288 Pages
lines and grades established by the Engineer. The bottom of the trench shall be graded and prepared to
provide a firm and uniform bearing throughout the entire length of the pipe.
207-30.6 Measurement. The pipe work to be performed under these specifications will be listed in the
contract item by size, type, or whatever information is necessary for identification.
The length of pipe to be paid for will be the slope length designated by the Engineer. Pipe placed in
excess of the length designated will not be paid for, unless pipes are cut to fit a structure or slope. When pipes are cut to fit a structure or slope, the quantity to be paid for will be the length of pipe necessary to be placed before cutting, measured in 2-foot increments.
Plastic pipe elbows, yes, tees and other branches will be measured by the linear foot for the size of pipe
involved. Elbows will be measured along centerlines. Wyes, tees, and other branches will be measured
along centerlines to the point of intersection of said centerlines.
207-30.7 Payment. Plastic corrugated pipe will be paid for at the contract price per linear foot. The
above prices and payments shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools,
equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in installing the different sizes, or types of
plastic pipe, complete in place, including structure excavation and structure backfill and connecting new
pipe to existing or new facilities, including concrete collars or concrete tees and reinforcement, as shown
on the plans, and as specified in these specifications and the special provisions, and as directed by the
Engineer.
Contract No. 31 90 Page 152 of 288 Pages
SECTION 208 - PIPE JOINT TYPES AND MATERIALS
Add the following section:
PIPE
208-7 BENDS, TEES, ADAPTERS, SADDLES, AND FLANGE GASKETS FOR PRESSURE
208.7.1 General. All bends, tees, adapters, saddles, and flange gaskets for Carlsbad Municipal Water
District recycled water mains in Bid Schedule C shall conform in all respects to Part II of the Carlsbad
Municipal Water District Reclamation Rules and Regulations for Construction of Reclaimed Water Mains,
latest edition.
All bends, tees, adapters and flange gaskets for Vallecitos Water District recycled water mains in Bid
Schedule C shall conform in all respects to the Vallecitos Water District Standard Specification for
Construction of Reclaimed Water Mains and Approved Materials List, latest edition.
208-7.2 Flexible Couplings. Joints for which flexible couplings are required, shall be made with
Baker, Smith-Blair, or approved equal recycled water pipe, flexible couplings. Gaskets shall be plain rubber gaskets. Threads on bolts or compression collars shall be stainless steel, Type 316 and shall be lubricated with suitable thread lubricant before assembling the coupling. For cast-iron, ductile-iron or asbestos cement pipe sizes 2-inches through 16-inches, use Baker Series 228, Smith-Blair Series 413, or approved equal. Transition couplings shall be Baker Series 212, Smith-Blair Series 413, or approved
equal. Flanged coupling adapters for cast iron or ductile iron pipe sizes 3-inches through 12-inches shall
be Baker Series 601 , Smith-Blair Series 912, or approved equal.
SECTION 209 - ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
209 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. Modify as follows: Section 209, “Signals, Lighting and Traffic
Electrical Systems”, herein, shall replace Section 209, “Electrical Components”, of the SSPWC in all
matters pertaining to the specifications for measurement, payment, warranty, and materials and
methods of construction for all elements of street lighting and traffic signals. For electrical
components provided and installed in systems not including street lighting and traffic signals section
209 SSPWC is unmodified except as specified in sections other than section 209, “Signals, Lighting
and Electrical Systems”, herein. For section 209, “Signals, Lighting and Electrical Systems”, for all
elements of street lighting and traffic signals both construction materials and construction methods
have been combined into a single section.
SECTION 209 - SIGNALS, LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
209-1 GENERAL
209-1.01 Description. Signals, lighting and electrical systems work shall consist of furnishing and
installing, modifying or removing one or more traffic signals, traffic signal master controller
assemblies and interconnection facilities, ramp metering systems, flashing beacon systems, lighting
systems, sign illumination systems, traffic monitoring stations, communication systems, electrical
equipment in structures, falsework lighting, provisions for future systems, or combinations thereof, all
as shown on the plans, and as specified in these specifications and the special provisions.
The locations of signals, beacons, standards, lighting fixtures, signs, COntrOIs, sewices and
appurtenances shown on the plans are-approximate and the exact locations will be established by
the Engineer in the field. All systems shall be complete and in operating condition at the time of acceptance of the contract.
Q 05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 153 of 288 Pages
2081.015 Definitions. The following definitions pertain only to Section 209, “Signals, Lighting
and Electrical Systems.’’
Actuation.- The operation of any type of detector.
Burn-In Procedure. - The procedure by which each LED signal module is energized for a
minimum of 24 hours at operating voltage at a 100% duty cycle, and in an ambient temperature of
60QC (1 40QF).
Candlepower Values. - Luminous intensity expressed in candelas (cd).
Channel.- A discrete information path.
Chromaticity (Color). - The color of the light emitted by a signal module, specified as x-y
chromaticity coordinates on the chromaticity diagram according to the 1931 Commission
lntemationale d’Eclairage standard observer and coordinate system. The measured chromaticity
coordinates shall fall within the limits specified in VTCSH Section 8.04 “Limits of Chromaticity
Coordinates.’’
Controller Assembly.- The complete assembly for controlling the operation of a traffic signal or
other system, consisting of a controller unit, and all auxiliary equipment housed in a rainproof cabi-
net.
Controller Unit.- That part of the controller assembly which performs the basic timing and logic
functions.
Detector,- A device for indicating the passage or presence of vehicles or pedestrians.
Duty Cycle. - The amount of illuminated on-time a signal module is energized, expressed as a
percent of signal cycle time period.
Electro1ier.- The complete assembly of lighting standard, luminaire, ballast and lamp.
Flasher.- A device used to open and close signal circuits at a repetitive rate.
Flashing Beacon Control Assembly.- A complete electrical mechanism for operating a warning
beacon or intersection control beacon.
Inductive Loop Vehicle Detector.- A detector capable of being actuated by the change of
inductance caused by a vehicle passing over or standing over the loop.
Integrating Photometer. - An instrument used in measuring the intensity of light that enables total
luminous flux to be determined by a single measurement.
LED Light Source. - An individual light emitting diode.
LED Signal Module. - A sealed circular ball or arrow that includes the lens and utilizes LED
devices as the light source. An LED signal module may directly replace an existing traffic signal
lamp and lens combination.
Lighting Standard.- The pole and mast arm which support the luminaire.
Luminaire.- The assembly which houses the light source and controls the light emitted from the
light source.
Magnetic Vehicle Detector.- A detector capable of being actuated by the induced voltage caused
by the passage of a vehicle through the earth’s magnetic field.
Magnetometer Vehicle Detector.- A detector capable of being actuated by the magnetic
disturbance caused by the passage or presence of a vehicle.
Major Street.- The roadway approach or approaches at an intersection normally carrying the major
volume of vehicular traffic.
Minimum Intensity. - In accordance with the values in Table 1 of the existing “Vehicle Traffic
Control Signal Heads”, herknafter VTCSH standard, the minimum intensity values below which no
LED signal modules will be released from the supplier.
Minor Street.- The roadway approach or approaches at an intersection normally carrying the
minor volume of vehicular traffic.
Pedestrian Detector.- A detector, usually of the push button type, capable of being operated by
hand.
Plans. - For this Section (Section 209) plans shall include all documents listed in Section 2.5,
“Plans and Specifications”, et seq. as well as the “STANDARD PLANS”, 1995 edition as
promulgated by the State of California, Department of Transportation.
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 154 of 288 Pages
Power Consumption. - The rms electrical power (watts) consumed by an LED signal module
when operated at rated voltage.
Pre-timed Controller Assembly.- A controller assembly for operating traffic signals in accordance
with a pre-determined cycle length.
Rated Initial Intensity. - The light intenstty of a new LED signal module, operated at rated voltage,
measured after the burn-in procedure with an integrating photometer.
Rated Voltage. - The ac rms voltage at which light output performance and power consumption
are specified (1 1 7 VAC at 60 Hz).
Signal Face.- That part of a signal head provided for controlling traffic in a single direction and
consisting of one or more signal sections.
Signal Head.- An assembly containing one or more signal faces.
Signal Indication.- The illumination of a signal section or other device, or of a combination of
sections or other devices at the same time.
Signal Section.- A complete unit for providing a signal indication consisting of a housing, lens,
reflector, lamp receptacle and lamp.
Sun Phantom. - The effect of an outside light source entering the signal assembly and being
returned in such a manner as to present the appearance of the signal assembly being illuminated.
Traffic-Actuated Controller Assembly.- A controller assembly for operating traffic signals in
accordance with the varying demands of traffic as registered with the controller unit by detectors.
Traffic Phase.- The right of way, change and clearance intervals assigned to a traffic movement or
combination of movements.
Vehicle.- Any motor vehicle normally licensed for highway use.
VTCSH Standard. - The definitions and practices described in “Vehicle Traffic Control Signal
Heads” published in the “Equipment and Materials Standards” of the Institute of Transportation
Engineers.
209-1.02 Regulations and Code. All electrical equipment shall conform to the standards of the
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), the Underwriters’ Laboratories Inc. (UL), the
Electrical Testing Laboratories (ETL), the National Electrical Testing Association, Inc. (NETA), or the
Electronic Industries Association (EIA), wherever applicable. In addition to the requirements of the..
plans, these specifications, and the special provisions, all materials and workmanship shall conform
to the requirements of the National Electrical Code 1996 edition, hereinafter referred to as the Code;
California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Chapter 4, Subchapter 5, Electrical Safety Orders; Rules for
Overhead Electrical Line Construction, General Order No. 95 of the Public Utilities Commission;
Standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM); American National Standards
Institute (ANSI); and any local ordinances which may apply. Wherever reference is made to any of
the standards mentioned above, the reference shall be construed to mean the code, order, or
standard that is in effect on the day the Notice to Contractors for the work is dated.
209-1.03 Equipment List and Drawings. Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Engineer,
the Contractor shall, within 15 days following award approval of the contract, submit to the Engineer
for review a list of equipment and materials which the Contractor proposes to install as specified in
Section 2-5.3, “Shop Drawings and Submittals.” The list shall be complete as to name of
manufacturer, size and identifying number of each item. The list shall be supplemented by such
other data as may be required, including schematic wiring diagrams and scale drawings of cabinets
showing location and spacing of shelves, terminal blocks and equipment, including dimensioning.
All of the above data shall be submitted, install as specified in Section 2-5.3, “Shop Drawings and
Submittals”, for review. Where electrical equipment is constructed as detailed on the plans, the
submission of detailed drawings and diagrams will not be required.
The Contractor shall furnish 5 sets of controller cabinet schematic wiring diagrams made by (1) wet
blueprint, white background process using iron-sensitized paper, (2) the offset lithograph process, or
(3) the electrostatic process. The diagrams shall show the location of the installation and shall list all
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 155 of 288 Pages
equipment installed in each controller cabinet. In addition, for each signal installation, the Contractor
shall furnish an intersection sketch showing poles, detectors, field wire connection terminals and
phasing as shown on the plans. All schematic wiring diagrams of the controller units and auxiliary
equipment, all cabinet diagrams, and all operation manuals shall be submitted at the time the
.controller assemblies are delivered for testing. The schematic wiring diagram shall show in detail all
circuits and parts. All parts shown thereon shall be identified by name or number and in such
manner as to be readily interpreted. All diagrams, plans and drawings shall be prepared using
graphic symbols shown in ANSI publication Y32.2, entitled “IEEE Standard and American National
Standard Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronic Diagrams.”
209-1.04 Warranties, Guaranties and Instruction Sheets. Manufacturers’ warranties and
guaranties furnished for materials used in the work and instruction sheets and parts lists supplied
.with materials shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to acceptance of the project.
209-1.05 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical Systems. Existing electrical systems
(traffic signal, street lighting, flashing beacon, traffic monitoring, sign illumination and other facilities),
or approved temporary replacements thereof, shall be kept in effective operation for the benefit of
the traveling public during the progress of the work, except when shutdown is permitted, to allow for
alterations or final removal of the systems. The traffic signal shutdowns shall be limited to normal
working hours. Lighting system shutdowns shall not interfere with the regular lighting schedule,
unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to
performing any work on existing systems. The Contractor shall notify the local traffic enforcement
agency prior to any operational shutdown of a traffic signal.
Where an existing system or temporary system is being modified, work not shown on the plans or
specified in these special provisions and which is considered by the Engineer as necessary to keep
all or any part of the system in effective operation will be paid for as extra work as provided in
Section 3-3 “Extra Work.”.
The Agency will:
1) Continue the operation and maintenance of existing electrical facilities.
2) Continue to provide for electrical energy for the operation of existing electrical facilities.
3) Repair or replace existing facilities damaged by public traffic.
4) Pay the cost of electrical energy for the operation of existing or new facilities that are undergoing
the functional tests described in Section 209-2.1 4C, “Functional Testing.”
The Contractor shall ascertain the exact location and depth of existing detectors, conduits, pull
boxes and other electrical facilities before using any tools or equipment that may damage those
facilities or interfere with any electrical system. Where damage is caused by the Contractor’s
operations, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s expense, repair or replace damaged facilities
promptly in accordance with these specifications. If any existing loop conductor, including the
portion leading to the detector hand hole or termination pull box, is damaged by the Contractor’s
operations, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer. The affected detectors shall be
replaced at the Contractor’s expense and as directed by the Engineer within 24 hours. If the
Contractor fails to complete the repairs within this period, the repairs will be made by Agency forces
at the Contractor’s expense. Should the Contractor fail to petform the required repairs or replace-
ments, the cost of performing the repairs or replacements will be deducted from any moneys due or
to become due the Contractor.
Where roadways are to remain open to traffic and existing lighting systems are to be modified, the
lighting systems shall remain in operation and the final connection to the modified circuit shall be
made so that the modified circuit will be in operation by nightfall of the same day. Temporary
electrical installations shall be kept in effective operation until the temporary installations are no
longer required for the traveling public. Removal of temporary installations shall conform to the
provisions in Section 209-7, “Removing, Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment.” These
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 156 of 288 Pages
provisions will not relieve the Contractor in any manner of the Contractor‘s responsibilities as
provided in Sections 4-1.1 , ”General” and 4-1.2, “Protection of Work and Materials.”
During traffic signal system shutdown the Contractor shall place “STOP AHEAD” and ‘STOP” signs
to direct vehicle and pedestrian traffic through the intersection. All signal faces shall be covered
when the system is shut down overnight. Temporary “STOP AHEAD and “STOP signs shall be
either covered or removed when the system is turned on. “STOP AHEAD and “STOP signs shall
be furnished by the Contractor and shall conform to the provisions in Section 7-10.3, “Street
Closures, Detours, Barricades.” Minimum size of “STOP” signs shall be 750 mm (30”). One “STOP
AHEAD” sign and one “STOP” sign shall be placed for each direction of traffic. For two, or more,
lane approaches, two “STOP“ signs shall be placed for each direction of traffic. Location of the
signs shall be as directed by the Engineer.
209-1.06 Scheduling of Work. No above ground work, except service equipment, shall be
performed until the Contractor has all materials on hand to complete that particular signal location or
lighting circuit. Work shall be so scheduled that each traffic signal, lighting and sign illumination
system shall be completed and ready for operation prior to opening the corresponding section of the
roadway to traffic.
Traffic signals shall not be placed in operation for use by public traffic without the written approval of
the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer no less than three
days prior to placing any traffic signal in operation. Traffic signals shall not be placed in operation
for use by public traffic without the energizing of street lighting at the intersection to be controlled if
street lighting exists or is being installed in conjunction with the traffic signals. Traffic signals shall
not be placed in operation until the roadways to be controlled are open to public traffic, unless
otherwise directed by the Engineer. Lighting and traffic signals shall not be placed in operation,
including flashing operation, prior to commencement of the functional test period specified in Section
209-2.14, ‘Testing,” unless ordered otherwise by the Engineer.
Conductors shall not be pulled into conduit until pull boxes are set to grade, crushed rock sumps
installed, mortar placed around conduit, concrete bottom of pull boxes placed, and metallic conduit
bonded. In vehicular undercrossings, soffit lights shall be placed in operation as soon as practicable
after falsework has been removed from the structure. Lighting for pedestrian structures shall be
placed in operation prior to opening the structure to pedestrian traffic. If the Engineer orders soffit
lights or lighting for pedestrian structures placed in operation before permanent power service is
available, the cost of installing and removing temporary power service will be paid for as extra work
as provided in Section 3-3, “Extra Work.”
The initial turn-on shall be made only between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 2:OO p.m. and Tuesday
through Thursday unless specified otherwise approved, in writing, by the Engineerin the special
provisions. Prior to turn-on, all equipment as shown on the plans shall be installed and operable
including pedestrian signals, pedestrian push buttons, vehicle detectors, lighting, signs and
pavement delineation. All louvers, visors, and signal faces shall be directed to provide maximum
visibility. Functional tests shall start on any working day except Friday, or the day preceding a legal
holiday.
209-1.07 Safety Precautions. Attention is directed to Section 7-10.4.1 , “Safety Orders.” Before
starting work on existing series street lighting circuits, the Contractor shall obtain daily a safety
circuit clearance from the serving utility. By-pass switch plugs shall be pulled and “Men at Work”
signs posted at switch boxes before any work is done.
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 157 of 288 Pages
209-2 MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION
209-2.01 Excavating and Backfilling. The excavations required for the installation of conduit,
foundations, and other appurtenances shall be performed in such a manner as to avoid any
unnecessary damage to streets, sidewalks, landscaping, and other improvements. The trenches
shall not be excavated wider than necessary for the proper installation of the electrical
appurtenances and foundations. Excavation shall not be performed until immediately before
installation of conduit and other appurtenances. The material from the excavation shall be placed in
a position that will not cause damage or obstruction to vehicular and pedestrian traffic nor interfere
with surface drainage.
Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Engineer, all surplus excavated material shall be
removed and disposed of, within 48 hours, outside the public right of way in accordance with the
provisions in Sections 7-8.1 , “Cleanup and Dust Control”, 300-1.3, “Removal and Disposal of
Materials” and 302-6, “Surplus Material”, depending on the origin and nature of the materials to be
removed and disposed.
The excavations shall be backfilled in conformance with the provisions in Sections 300-3.5,
“Structure Backfill” or 306-1.3, “Backfill and Densification,” depending on the nature of the structure
or conduit that the excavation being backfilled accommodates. Excavations after backfilling shall be
kept well filled and maintained in a smooth and well-drained condition until permanent repairs are
made. All excavations shall be filled, and sidewalks, pavement, and landscaping restored at each
intersection prior to excavating at any other intersection, unless otherwise permitted by the
Engineer. Excavations in the street or highway shall be performed in such a manner that not more
than one traffic lane is restricted at any time, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
209-2.02 Removing and Replacing improvements. In addition to the requirements of sections
7-9, “Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements” and 306-1 .5, “Trench Resurfacing”
Improvements such as sidewalks, curbs, gutters, portland cement concrete and asphalt concrete
pavement, underlying material, lawns and plants, and any other improvements removed, broken or
damaged by the Contractor’s operations, shall be replaced or reconstructed with the same kind of
material as found on the work or with materials of equal quality. The new work shall be left in a
serviceable condition.
Whenever a part of a square or slab of existing concrete sidewalk, curb, gutter, or driveway is
broken or damaged, the entire square, section or slab shall be removed and the concrete
reconstructed as above specified. The outline of all areas to be removed in portland cement
concrete sidewalks and driveways and in pavements shall be cut to a minimum depth of 50 mm (2)
with an abrasive type saw prior to removing the sidewalk, driveways and pavement material. Cuts
shall be neat and true along score lines, with no shatter outside the removal area.
209-2.03 Foundations. Portland cement materials and construction methods shall conform to
Section 201 , “Concrete, Mortar and Related concrete Materials,” for Materials and Section 303,
“Concrete and Masonry Construction,” for construction methods. Concrete foundations shall rest on
firm ground.
Except when located on structures, foundations for posts, standards, and pedestals, not shown on
the plans to have mortar pads, shall be placed “in the solid and monolithic except for the top 50 mm
(2”) which shall be placed after the post, standard or pedestal is in proper position. After each post,
standard, or pedestal on structures, and each standard shown on the plans to have mortar pads, is
in proper position, mortar shall be placed under the base plate as shown on the plans. The exposed
portions shall be formed to present a neat appearance. Mortar shall consist of one part by volume of
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 158 of 288 Pages
portland cement and 3 parts of clean sand, shall contain only sufficient moisture to permit packing
and shall be cured by keeping it damp for 3 days.
Reinforced cast-in-drilled-hole concrete pile foundations for traffic signal and lighting standards shall
conform to the provisions in Section 205-3.3, “Cast-in-Place Concrete Piles,” except that material
resulting from drilling holes shall be disposed of as provided in Section 209-2.01 , “Excavating and
Backfilling.” The exposed portions of the foundation shall be formed to present a neat appearance.
Forms shall be true to line and grade. Tops of foundations for posts and standards, except special
foundations, shall be finished to curb or sidewalk grade or as directed by the Engineer. Forms shall
be rigid and securely braced in place. Conduit ends and anchor bolts shall be placed in proper
position and to proper height, and shall be held in place by means of a template until the concrete
sets.
Anchor bars or studs and nuts, except for Type 30 and Type 31 lighting standards, shall conform to
ASTM Designation: A 307. Headed anchor bolts for foundations shall conform to the specifications
of ASTM Designation: A 307, Grade B with S1 supplementary requirements. At the option of the
Contractor, nonheaded anchor bolts for foundations shall conform either to the specifications of
ASTM Designation: A 307, Grade C or to the provisions in AASHTO Designation: M 31 4, Grade 36
or 55 with S1 supplementary requirements. When nonheaded anchor bolts conforming to the
specifications of ASTM Designation: A 307, Grade C are furnished, the end of each fabricated
anchor bolt shall be either coded by end stamping as required in ASTM Designation: A 307 or the
end that projects from the concrete shall be permanently coded with a green color by the
manufacturer. High strength anchor bolts, bars, or studs for Type 30 and Type 31 lighting standards
shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 325, A 325M or A 449 and shall comply with the mechanical
requirements of ASTM Designation: A 325 or A 325M after galvanizing. Nuts and washers for high
strength anchor bolts shall conform to ASTM Designations: A 563 or A 563M, and F 476 or F 476M,
respectively. In addition to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 449, studs shall be marked on
either end as required for bolt heads. All steel parts shall be galvanized in accordance with the
provisions in Section 21 0-3.6, “Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities.’’
The upper threaded portion of all anchor bolts shall be provided with 2 nuts and 2 washers each.
Anchor bars or studs shall be provided with 3 nuts and washers each. Welding shall not be
performed on any portion of the body of high-strength anchor bolts, anchor bars, or studs.
Plumbing of the standards shall be accomplished by adjusting the leveling nuts before placing
mortar or before the foundation is finished to final grade. Shims, or other similar devices shall not be
used for plumbing or raking of posts, standards or pedestals.
Both forms and ground which will be in contact with the concrete shall be thoroughly moistened
before placing concrete. Forms shall not be removed until the concrete has thoroughly set.
Ordinary surface finish, as specified in Section 303-1.9.2, “Ordinary Surface Finish,” shall be applied
to exposed surfaces of concrete. Where obstructions prevent the construction of a planned
foundation, the Contractor shall construct an effective foundation as directed by the Engineer. The
foundations shown on the plans shall be extended if conditions require additional depth, and the
additional work, if ordered by the Engineer, will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 3-2,
“Changes Initiated By The Agency.”
Unless otherwise specified or shown on the plans, foundations not to be reused shall be removed.
When a foundation is shown on the plans to be abandoned, the top of foundation, anchor bolts, and
conduits shall be removed to a depth of not less than 1 .O m (3‘) below surface of sidewalk or
unimproved ground. The resulting hole shall be backfilled with material equivalent to the
surrounding material. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, all standards to be relocated shall be
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 159 of 288 Pages
provided with new foundations and anchor bolts of the proper type and size. Posts, poles,
standards, pedestals, and cabinets shall not be erected until the foundation has set at least 7 days,
and shall be plumbed or raked, as directed by the Engineer. In unpaved areas, a 1.0 m (3‘) square,
100 mm (4”) thick or of the size shown on the plans, whichever is the larger, raised pad of portland
cement concrete shall be placed in front of each controller cabinet.
209-2.04 Standards, Steel Pedestals and Posts. Standards for traffic signals and lighting, and
steel pedestals for cabinets and other similar equipment shall be located as shown on the plans.
Workmanship and finish shall be equal to the best general practice of metal fabrication shops. All
welding shall conform to AWS Dl .1, “Structural Welding Code,” and to the requirements in this
Section 209-2.04. All welds joining the shafts of the standards and mast arms to their base plates
shall be as shown on the plans, however, alternative weld joint details may be approved by the
Engineer. Approval of alternative weld joint details will be contingent upon the proposed weld joint
passing both weld procedure and nondestructive testing as deemed necessary by the Engineer. All
costs of the supplemental testing shall be borne by the Contractor.
All standards except Type 1, and all signal mast arms, shall have an aluminum identification plate,
as noted on the plans, attached with stainless steel rivets or screws. Type 1 standards and steel
pedestals for controller cabinets shall be constructed of 3 mm (.125”) or thicker galvanized steel; or
100 mm (4“) standard weight galvanized, steel pipe or Size 103, Type 1 conduit, with the top
designed for post-top slip-fitter. Standard weight galvanized, steel pipe shall conform to the
specifications of ASTM Designation: A 53. Materials and construction methods for all ferrous metal
parts of standards, with shaft length of 4.6 rn (15‘) and longer, shall conform to the details shown on
the plans, the requirements of Sections 206, “Miscellaneous Metal Items,” for Materials and Section
304, “Metals Fabrication. and Construction,” for construction methods except as otherwise noted,
and the following requirements:
1) Except as otherwise specified, standards shall be fabricated from sheet steel of weldable grade
having a minimum yield strength, after fabrication, of 276 Mpa (40,000 psi). Certified test reports
which verify conformance to the minimum yield strength requirements shall be submitted to the
Engineer. The test reports may be the mill test reports for the as-received steel or, when the as-
received steel has a lower yield strength than required, the Contractor shall provide supportive test
data which provides assurance that the Contractor’s method of cold forming will consistently
increase the tensile properties of the steel to meet the specified minimum yield strength. The
supportive test data shall include tensile properties of the steel both before and after cold forming for
specific heats and thicknesses.
2) When a single-ply 8 mm (0.3125”) thick pole is specified, a 2-ply pole with equivalent section
modulus may be substituted. Standards may be fabricated of full-length sheets or shorter sections.
Each section shall be fabricated from not more than 2 pieces of sheet steel. Where 2 pieces are
used, the longitudinal welded seams shall be directly opposite one another. When the sections are
butt-welded together, the longitudinal welded seams on adjacent sections shall be placed to form
continuous straight seams from base to top of standard.
3) Butt-welded transverse joints shall be strengthened by inserting a metal sleeve at each joint. The
sleeve shall be 3 mm (0.120) nominal thickness, or thicker, steel having the same chemical
composition as the steel in the standard. When the sections to be joined have different specified
minimum yield strengths, the steel in the sleeve shall have the same chemical composition as the
higher minimum yield strength steel to be joined. The metal sleeve shall have a minimum length of
25 mm. The sleeve shall be centered at the joint and have the same taper as the standard with the
outside of the sleeve in full contact with the inside of the standard throughout the sleeve length and
circumference. All welds shall be continuous. The weld metal at the transverse joint shall extend to
the sleeve, making the sleeve an integral part of the joint. Longitudinal welds in steel tubular
sections will be tested in accordance with California Test 664. The sampling frequency shall be as
c$ 05/1 O/OO Contract No. 31 90 Page 160 of 288 Pages
determined by the Engineer. The welds may be made by the electric resistance welding process.
All exposed welds, except fillet and fatigue resistant welds and welds on top of mast arms, shall be
ground flush with the base metal.
4) All exposed edges of the plates which make up the base assembly shall be finished smooth and
all exposed corners of the plates shall be neatly rounded unless otherwise shown on the plans.
Shafts shall be provided with slip-fitter shaft caps. Standards shall be straight, with a ‘permissive
variation not to exceed 25 mm (1“) measured at the midpoint of a.9 m (30’) or 1 1 m (36’) standard
and not to exceed 20 mm (3/4u) measured at the midpoint of a 5 ,m (17’) through 6 m (20’) standard.
Variation shall not exceed 25 mm (1“) at a point 4.5 m (15‘) above the base plate for Type 35 and
Type 36 standards.
5) All galvanized nuts, used on assemblies with a specified preload or torque, shall be lubricated in
accordance with the requirements specified for galvanized Grade DH nuts in ASTM Designation:
A 563 or A 563M.
6) Standards with an outside diameter of 300 mm (12”) or less shall be round. Standards with an
outside diameter greater than 300 mm (12“) shall be round or multisided. Multisided standards shall
have a minimum of 10 sides which shall be convex and shall have a minimum bend radius of
100 mm (4”).
7) Mast arms for standards, shall be fabricated from material as specified for standards and shall
conform to the dimensions shown on the plans.
8) The cast steel option for slip bases shall be fabricated from material conforming to the
requirements of ASTM Designation: A 27/A 27M, Grade 70-40. Other comparable material may be
used if written permission is given by the Engineer. The casting tolerances shall be in accordance
with the Steel Founder’s Society of America recommendations (green sand molding). One casting
from each lot of 50 castings or less shall be subject to radiographic inspection, in accordance with
the provisions in ASTM Designation: E 94. The castings shall comply with the acceptance criteria
severity level 3 or better for all types and categories of discontinuities as specified in ASTM
Designations: E 186 and E 446. If the one casting fails to pass the inspection, 2 additional castings
shall be radiographed. Both of these castings shall pass the inspection or the entire lot of 50 will be
rejected. Material certifications consisting of physical and chemical properties, and radiographic
films of the castings shall be filed at the manufacturer’s office. These certifications and films shall be
available for inspection upon request.
9) High-strength bolts, nuts and flat washers used to connect slip base plates shall conform to
ASTM Designation: A 325 or A 325M and shall be galvanized as specified in Section 210-3.6,
“Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities.”
10) Plate washers shall be fabricated by saw cutting and drilling steel plate conforming to AIS1
Designation: 1018, and be galvanized as specified in Section 210-3.6, “Galvanizing for Traffic
Signal Facilities.”
11) Prior to galvanizing, all burrs and sharp edges shall be removed and holes shall be chamfered
sufficiently on each side to allow the bolt head to make full contact with the washer without tension
on the bolt.
12) High-strength cap screws shown on the plans for attaching mast arms to standards shall
conform to ASTM Designation: A 325, A 325M or ASTM Designation: A 449 and shall comply with
the mechanical requirements of ASTM Designation: A 325 or A 325M after galvanizing. The cap
screws shall be galvanized as specified in Section 21 0-3.6, “Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities.”
The threads of the cap screws shall be coated with a lubricant which is clean and dry to the touch.
13) The galvanized faying surfaces of the connections between signal or lighting mast arms and
poles shall be free of surface imperfections, such as lumps, runs, and scum, which would prevent
intimate, uniform contact between the faying surfaces.
14) Handholes in the base of standards shall conform to the details shown on the plans. All
handholes shall be provided with covers.
15) Changes in configuration of mast arms will be permitted, provided the mounting height and
stability are maintained. Fabricators .electing .to use larger than minimum arm diameters shall adjust
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 161 of 288 Pages
the details as required to permit solid seating of the cap screws. All arms shall be bent to the
approximate configuration shown on the plans. A smooth curving arm is required.
16) Pedestrian push button posts shall be constructed of 65 mm (2 ’1;) standard pipe conforming to
the dimensions shown on the plans. Guard posts shall be constructed of 100 mm (4“) nominal
dimension galvanized standard pipe 1.7 m (66”) long. Posts shall be set 900 mm (3’) in a block of
portland cement concrete, as shown on the plans, and the pipe shall be filled with portland cement
concrete. Push button posts and guard posts shall be pipe conforming to the specifications of ASTM
Designation: A 53.
17) Slip bases shall be assembled and tightened when the pole is on the ground prior to erection.
The threads of the heavy hex nuts for the slip base bolts shall be coated with an additional lubricant
which is clean and dry to the touch. Each high strength slip base bolt shall be tightened to within
10 N-m (1 0 foot-pounds), plus or minus, of values in Table 209-2.04(A):
TABLE 209-2.04 (A)
HIGH STRENGTH SLIP BASE BOLT TORQUE VALUES
Standard Type $1 Torque (Newton-meters) I Torque Foot- Pounds
15-SB I 200 I 150
30 I 200 I 150
31 I 275 I 200
36-20A I 225 I 1 65
Holes left in the shafts of existing standards, due to removal of equipment or mast arms, shall be
repaired by welding in a suitable disk, grinding smooth, and painting as provided for repairing
damaged galvanized surfaces in Section 210-3.6, “Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities.” When
directed by the Engineer, existing standards to be relocated or reused in place shall be repaired.
Large dents shall be removed, shafts shall be straightened, and portions which are in poor condition
due to corrosion or damage, shall be replaced. Extent of repairs or replacements will be determined
by the Engineer and the repairs or replacements ordered by the Engineer will be paid for as extra
work as provided in Section 3-2, “Changes Initiated By The Agency.”
Anchor bolts or bars and nuts required for relocating existing standards shall be furnished by the
Contractor. When a standard or mast arm is relocated, or when a used standard or mast arm is
Agency-fu’rnished, new nuts, bolts, cap screws and washers shall be provided and, if the standard
has a slip base, a new keeper plate shall be provided. New hardware shall conform to the
requirements for hardware used with new standards. New standards, mast arms, posts and other
ferrous materials shall be galvanized as provided in Section 210-3.6, “Galvanizing for Traffic Signal
Facilities.”
209-2.05 Conduit. All conductors shall be run in conduit, except overhead and temporary
installations, and where conductors are run inside poles. Conduit shall be of the sizes shown on the
plans and as specified in this Section 209-2.05. In addition, the Contractor may, as an option at the
Contractor’s expense, use conduit of a larger size than that shown or specified, provided the larger
size is used for the entire length of the run from outlet to outlet. Reducing couplings will not be
permitted. New conduit shall not pass through foundations for standards.
209-2.05A Material. Conduit and conduit fittings shall be UL or ETL listed and shall conform to
the following be Hot-dip galvanized rigid steel conduit conforming to the requirements in UL
Publication UL 6 for Rigid Metallic Conduit. The zlnc coating will be tested in accordance with ASTM
Designation: A 239:. Type 1. Hot-dip galvanized rigid steel conduit conforming to the requirements
in UL Publication UL 6 for Rigid Metallic Conduit. The zinc coating will .be tested in accordance with
ASTM Designation: A 239.
2) Type 2. Hot-dip galvanized rigid steel conduit conforming to Type 1 above and coated with
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 162 of 288 Pages
polyvinyl chloride or polyethylene. The exterior thermoplastic coating shall have a minimum
thickness of 0.9 mm (35 mils).
3) Type 3. Rigid non-metallic conduit conforming to the requirements in the UL Standard for Rigid
Non-Metallic Conduit (Publication UL 651). Type 3 conduit shall be installed at all underground
locations.
4) Type 4. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit shall consist of conduit with a liquid tight, non-metallic,
sunlight-resistant jacket over an inner flexible metal core. Type 4 conduit shall be UL listed for use
as the grounding conductor.
5) Type 5. Intermediate steel conduit (IMC) conforming to the requirements in UL Publication 1242
for Intermediate Metallic Conduit. Type 5 conduit shall only be used when specified.
Bonding bushings to be installed on metal conduit shall be insulated and shall be the galvanized or
zinc alloy type. All conduit installed underground shall be Type 3, rigid non-metallic conduit. Type 3
conduit shall be installed at underground locations only.
209-2.056 Use. Exposed conduit installed on a painted structure shall be painted the same color
as the structure. Unless otherwise indicated, the minimum metric trade size of conduit shall be:
1 ) From an electrolier to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 41 (1 ’1211 dia).
2) From a pedestrian push button post to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 27 (1” dia).
3) From a signal standard to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 53 (2” dia).
4) From a controller cabinet to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 78 (3” dia).
5) For detector runs shall be Size 41 (1 ’/< dia).
6) Not otherwise specified shall be Size 41 (1’/; dia).
209-2.05C Installation. Conduit shall be installed in conformance with the codes and regulations
listed in Section 209-1.02, “Regulations and Code.”
.<
Conduit runs shown on the plans may be changed to avoid underground obstructions with written
approval by the Engineer. The ends of all conduits, whether shop or field cut, shall be reamed to
remove burrs and rough edges. Cuts shall be made square and true. Slip joints or running threads
will not be permitted for coupling conduit. When a standard coupling cannot be used for coupling
metal type conduit, a UL or ETL listed threaded union coupling shall be used. All couplings for metal
type conduit shall be tightened to provide a good electrical connection throughout the entire length of
the conduit run. Conduit shall be tightened into couplings or fittings using strap wrenches or
approved groove joint pliers. Conduit threads and damaged surfaces on metal conduit shall be
painted with 2 applications of approved unthinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) conforming
to the requirements in Section 210-3.6, “Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities.” Aerosol cans shall
not be used.
The ends of conduit shall be threaded and shall be capped with standard pipe caps or “pennies” to
protect the raceway against dirt and concrete until wiring is started. When caps or “pennies” are
removed, the ends of conduit and conduit fittings shall be provided with conduit bushings. Conduit
terminating in pull boxes or foundations shall be provided with insulated bonding bushings
Conduit bends, except factory bends, shall have a radius of not less than 6 times the inside diameter
of the conduit. Where factory bends are not used, conduit shall be bent, without crimping or
flattening, using the longest radius practicable.
A No. 12 copper pull wire or a pull rope shall be installed in all conduits which are to receive future
conductors. The pull rope shall be nylon or polypropylene with a minimum tensile strength of
2225 N (500 pounds). At least 0.6 m (2‘) of pull wire or rope shall be doubled back into the conduit
at each termination. Existing underground conduit to be incorporated into a new system shall be
cleaned with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and blown .out with compressed air.
G 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 163 of 288 Pages
Conduit shall be laid to a depth of not less than 460 mm (18") below grade in portland cement
concrete sidewalk areas and curbed paved median areas, and not less than 750 mm (30") below
finished grade in all other areas, Conduit may be laid on top of the existing pavement within new
curbed medians being constructed on top of the existing pavement. Conduit couplings shall be
located at least 150 mm (6) from face of foundation.
Unless 'Trenching In Pavement Method" is specifically allowed or required on the plans or in these
special provisions, conduit shall be placed under existing pavement by jacking or drilling methods.
Pavement shall not be disturbed without permission from the Engineer. In the event obstructions
are encountered, upon approval of the Engineer, small holes may be cut in the pavement to locate
or remove obstructions. Jacking or drilling pits shall be kept 0.6 m (2') clear of the edge of any type
of pavement wherever possible. Excessive use of water, such that pavement might be undermined
or subgrade softened, will not be permitted. Conduit to be placed as part of the completed work
shall not be used for drilling or jacking. When "Trenching in Pavement Method" is specifically
allowed or required on the plans or in these special provisions, installation of conduit under pave-
ment shall conform to the following:
1) Conduit shall be placed under existing pavement in a trench approximately 50 mm (2") wider than
the outside diameter of the conduit to be installed.
2) Trench shall not exceed 150 mm (6") in width.
3) Trench depth shall not exceed 300 mm (12") or conduit metric trade size plus 250 mm (1 On),
whichever is greater, except that at pull boxes the trench may be hand dug to required depth.
4) The top of the installed conduit shall be a minimum of 230 mm (9") below finished grade. In
areas where additional pavement is to be placed, trenching installation shall be completed prior to
placing the final pavement layer.
5) The outline of all areas of pavement to be removed shall be cut to a minimum depth of 75 mm
(3") with a rock cutting excavator specifically designed for this purpose.
6) Cuts shall be neat and true with no shatter outside the removal area.
7) The conduit shall be placed in the bottom of the trench and the trench shall be backfilled with
trench backfill slurry concrete.
8) Concrete backfill shall be placed to the pavement surface except, when the trench is in asphalt
concrete pavement and additional pavement is not being placed, the top 30 mm (0.10') of the trench
shall be backfilled with asphalt concrete produced from commercial quality paving asphalt and
aggregates.
Prior to spreading asphalt concrete, paint binder (tack coat) shall be applied as specified in Section
302-5.4, 'Tack Coat." Spreading and compacting of asphalt concrete shall be performed by any
method which will produce an asphalt concrete surfacing of uniform smoothness, texture, and
density.
All excavated areas in the pavement shall be backfilled, except for the top 30 mm (O.lO'), by the end
of each work period. The top 30 mm (0.10') shall be placed within 3 calendar days after trenching.
Conduit to be placed beneath railroad tracks shall comply with the following:
1) The conduit shall be Size 41 (11/2" dia.) minimum, and shall be placed to a minimum depth of 900
mm (3') below bottom of tie. The near side of each conduit jacking pit shall be constructed not less
than 4 m (12') from the centerline of track. When the jacking pit is to be left overnight, it shall be
covered with substantial planking.
2) Conduit terminating in standards or pedestals shall extend not more than 50 mm (2") vertically
above the foundation and shall be sloped towards the handhole opening.
3) Conduit entering through the side of non-metallic pull boxes shall terminate not more than 50 mm
(2") inside the box wall and not less than 50 mm (2") above the bottom, and shall be sloped toward
top of box to facilitate pulling of conductors. Conduit entering through the bottom of a pull box shall
terminate 50 mm (2") above the bottom and shall be located near the end walls to leave the major
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 164 of 288 Pages
portion of the box clear.
4) At all outlets, conduits shall enter from the direction of the run.
Conduit runs from underground, including under sidewalks, which are adjacent to gasoline service
stations or other installations of underground gasoline or diesel storage, piping, or pumps, and which
lead to a controller cabinet, circuit breaker panel, service, or any enclosure where an arc may occur
during normal operations, shall be sealed if the conduit is within the limits specified in the National
Electrical Code for Class 1 , Division 1, Hazardous Locations. Type 1 or Type 2 conduit shall be
used for these runs.
Conduit for future use in structures shall be threaded and capped. Conduit leading to soffit, wall or
other lights or fixtures below the grade of the pull box shall be sealed by means of a sealing fitting
and sealing compound, except that sealing fitting and sealing compound will not be required where
conduit terminates in a No. 9 or No. 9A pull box.
Conduits in or on walls or bridge superstructures shall be supported as shown on the plans, in
conformance with the following:
1) Steel hangers, steel brackets, and other fittings shall conform to the materials and construction
methods provisions in Sections 206-1 , “Structural Steel, Rivets, Bolts, pins and Anchor Bolts”, for
materials and 304-1 , “Structural Steel” for construction methods.
2) Cast-in-place metal inserts for hangers or brackets shall be capable of developing 135 Mpa
(20,000 pounds per square inch) in tension on the net section of the bolt or threaded rod.
3) Precast concrete conduit cradles shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plans and shall
be constructed of commercial quality concrete containing not less than 350 kg of portland cement
per cubic meter (564 Ibs. per cubic yard) and commercial quality welded wire fabric. The cradles
shall be moist cured for not less than 3 days.
4) Precast concrete cradles shall be bonded to the structure with epoxy adhesive conforming to the
provisions in Section 214-6.2.2, “Standard Set Epoxy Adhesive for Pavement Markers,’’ or Section
’- 214-6.2.1 , “Rapid Set Epoxy Adhesive for Pavement Markers” or conforming to State of California
specification 8040-21 “08, Type I when cure temperatures are above 15QC (59~F) or to State of
California specification 8040-21 ”08, Type 1 when cure temperatures are below 15QC (59-F).
5) Openings for conduits through bridge superstructure concrete shall be formed or may consist of -
pipe sleeves.
6) Where conduits pass through the abutment concrete, the conduits shall be wrapped with 2 layers
of asphalt-felt building paper, securely taped or wired in place.
7) The space around conduits through bridge abutment walls shall be filled with portland cement
mortar conforming to the provisions in Section 201-5, “Cement Mortar,” except that the proportion of
cement to sand shall be one to 3.
8) When the bridge superstructure is to be prestressed, the space around conduits through
abutments shall not be filled until the prestressing has been completed.
9) Conduit which is surface mounted shall be run straight and true, horizontal or vertical on the walls
and parallel to walls on ceilings or other similar surfaces. Conduit shall be supported at intervals of
not more than 1.5 m (57, and closer where necessary to prevent vibration or unsightly deflection.
The supports shall consist of galvanized mallt?able iron conduit clamps and clamp backs secured
with expansion anchorage devices conforming to the requirements for concrete anchorage devices
in Sections 206-1, “Structural Steel, Rivets, Bolts, pins and Anchor Bolts”, for materials and 304-1,
“Structural Steel” for construction methods. Threaded studs shall be galvanized and shall be of the
largest diameter that will pass through the mounting hole in conduit clamp.
Attention is directed to Section 209-2.10, “Bonding and Grounding.” Where pull boxes are placed in
conduit runs, the conduit shall be fitted with threaded bushings and bonded. The location of ends of
all conduits in structures, or terminating at curbs, shall be marked by a “Y at least 75 mm (3”) high
cut into the face of curb, gutter, or wall, directly above the conduit and above grade line.
209-2.05D Expansion Fittings. Expansion fittings shall be installed where the conduit crosses
..
..
05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 165 of 288 Pages
any expansion joint in the structure. Each expansion fitting for metal conduit shall be provided with a
copper bonding jumper having the ampacity required by the Code.
Each expansion-deflection fitting for expansion joints of 38 mm (ll/Z") movement rating shall be
watertight and shall consist of a molded neoprene sleeve, a bonding jumper and 2 silicon bronze or
zinc-plated iron hubs. Each fitting shall permit a minimum of 19 mm (?/) expansion and contraction
and a minimum of 19 mm (3/q(L) lateral deflection.
Details of expansion-deflection fittings for joints of movement rating of more than 38 mm (1'/$)
shall be as shown on the plans and specified in these special provisions.
209-2.06 Pull Boxes. Pull boxes shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans or as
specified. The Contractor may, as an option, at the Contractor's expense, use pull boxes of a larger
standard size than that shown or specified.
l 209-2.06A Materials. Pull boxes, covers and extensions for installation in the ground or in
sidewalk areas shall be of the sizes and details shown on the plans and shall be precast of
reinforced portland cement concrete (PCC) or of non-PCC material. Non-PCC material shall be fire
resistant and shall not burn at a rate greater than 8 mm (0.3") per minute per 2.5 mm (0.1") of
thickness when tested in accordance with ASTM Designation: D 635. The non-PCC material shall
show no appreciable change in physical properties with exposure to the weather. Non-PCC material
shall be dense and free of voids or porosity, and shall be a gray or brown color.
Top dimensions of non-PCC pull boxes shall not exceed the bottom dimensions by more than
25 mm (1"). Extensions for non-PCC pull boxes shall be of the same material as the pull boxes, and
shall be attached to the pull boxes in a manner that will maintain the minimum combined depths
shown on the plans.
Non-PCC pull boxes shall be of sufficient rigidity that when a designated concentrated force is
applied perpendicularly to the midpoint of one of the long sides at the top while the opposite long
side is supported by a rigid surface, it shall be possible to remove the cover without the use of tools.
The designated concentrated force shall be 650 N (150 Ibs.) for a No. 31/2 pull box and shall be
450 N (100 Ibs.) for a No. 5 or No. 6 pull box. When a vertical force of 6500 N (1,500 Ibs.) is
applied, through a 13 mm ('I;) x 75 mm (3") x 150 mm (6) steel plate, to a non-PCC cover in place
on a pull box, the cover shall not fail and shall not deflect more than 6 mm (I/:). The steel plate
shall be centered on the cover with its longitudinal axis coinciding with the longitudinal axis of the
cover. Where a ballast or transformer or other device is to be placed in a non-metallic pull box, the
box shall be provided with recesses for a hanger. Pull boxes and covers for installation in structures
shall be of the sizes and details shown on the plans. Each No. 7 ceiling pull box located near a flush
soffit fixture and to be used to house the ballast for the fixture shall be provided with mounting
brackets for the ballast and any required capacitors.
Covers, except covers for ceiling pull boxes, shall be secured with 9 mm (3/() bolts, cap screws, or
studs, and nuts which shall be of brass, stainless steel or other non-corroding metal material.
Stainless steel holddown bolts, cap screws or studs, and nuts and washers shall have a chromium
content of not less than 18 percent and a nickel content of not less than 8 percent.
All ferrous metal parts shall be galvanized in accordance with the provisions in Section 210-3.6,
"Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities."
209-2.06B Cover Marking. Covers for pull boxes, except covers for ceiling pull boxes, shall be
marked as shown on the plans.
Marking shall be clearly defined and uniform in depth and may be placed parallel to either the long
or short sides of the cover.
Marking letters shall be between 25 mm (1'') and 75 mm (3") high.
Marking shall be applied to each steel or cast iron cover prior to galvanizing by one of the following
methods:
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 166 of 288 Pages
(a) Cast iron strips, at least 6 mm ('/g(I) thick, with the letters raised a minimum of 1.5 mm (l/l;).
Strips shall be fastened to covers with 6 mm ('/4u) flathead stainless steel machine bolts and nuts.
Bolts shall be peened after tightening.
(b) Sheet steel strips at least 0.7 mm (22 sa.) with the letters raised a minimum of 1.5 mm (l/,<)
above the surrounding surface of the strips. Strips shall be fastened to covers by spot welding, tack
welding or brazing, with 6 mm .(1/4") stainless steel rivets, or with 6 mm (l/g(I) roundhead stainless
steel machine bolts and nuts. Bolts shall be peened after tightening.
(c) Bead welding the letters on the covers. The letters shall be raised at least 2 mm (3/x'1).
209-2.06C Installation and Use. Pull boxes shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans
and, in conduit runs exceeding 60 m(200'), shall be spaced at not over 60 m (200') intervals. The
Contractor may, at the Contractor's expense, install additional pull boxes to facilitate the work. The
bottoms of pull boxes installed in the ground or in sidewalk areas, shall be bedded in crushed rock
as shown on the plans.
209-2.08 Conductors.. Conductors shall be copper of the gage shown on the plans, unless
specified otherwise. Copper wire shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designations: B 3
and B 8.
Wire sizes, other than conductors used in loop detector lead-in cable, shall be based on American
Wire Gage (AWG), except that conductor diameter shall be not less than 98 percent of the specified
AWG diameter. Conductors for branch circuits shall be sized to prevent a voltage drop exceeding 3
percent at the furthest connected load, while drawing the combination of all connected loads capable
of simultaneous operation. The maximum voltage drop for both feeders and branch circuits shall not
exceed 5 percent at the furthest connected load, while drawing the combination of all connected
loads capable of simultaneous operation. Conductors used in loop detector lead-in cable shall
conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: B 286.
A Certificate of Compliance conforming to the provisions in Section 4-1 5, "Certification," shall be
submitted by the manufacturer with each type of cable to be used on a project.
209-2.08A Conductor Identification. All single conductors in cables, except detector lead-in
cables, shall have clear, distinctive and permanent markings on the outer surface throughout the
entire length showing the manufacturer's name or trademark, insulation type letter designation,
conductor size, voltage rating and the number of conductors if a cable.. Conductor insulation shatl
be of a solid color or of basic colors with a permanent colored stripe as detailed in the following table
unless otherwise specified. Solid or basic colors shall be homogeneous through the full depth of
insulation. Identification stripes shall be continuous over the entire length of the conductor. For
conductor sizes No. 2 and larger, the insulation may be black and the ends of the conductors shall
be taped with electrical insulating tape of the required color for a minimum of 500 mm (20"). All
single conductors in cables shall be marked as shown in Table 209-2.08A (A):
TABLE 209-2.08D(A)
NINE-CONDUCTOR CABLE SIG-NAL CABLE
Insulation Colors
red
white/black striDe red/black striDe
black brown
brown/black stripe yellow
yellow/black stripe
Twelve-Conductor Cable (12CSC). The 12-conductor signal cable shall consjst of eleven No. 14 conductors
and one No. 12 conductor. The cable jacket shall have a minimum average thickness of 1.5 mm (60 mils) and shall have a minimum thickness at any point of 1.2 mm (48 mils). The nominal outside diameter of the cable e 05JlOJOO Contract No. 31 90 Page 167 of 288 Pages
shall not exceed 17 rnm (0.70”). The color code for the No. 12 conductor shall be white. The color code and functional connections for the No. 14 conductors shall be as Table 209-2.08D(B), unless otherwise approved
by the Engineer:
TABLE 209-2.08D(B) TWELVE -CONDUCTOR CABLE SIGNAL CABLE
The 12-conductor cable shall be used for vehicle signals, pedestrian signals, spares and the signal common.
Twenty Eight-Conductor Cable (28CSC). The 28-conductor signal cable shall consist of 27 No. 14
conductors and one No. 10 conductor. The cable jacket shall have a minimum average thickness of 2 mrn (80 mils) and shall have a minimum thickness at any point of 1.6 rnm (64 mils). The nominal outside diameter of
the cable shall not exceed 23 mrn (0.90”). The color code for the No. 10 conductor shall be white. The color code and functional connections for the No. 14 conductors shall be as Table 209-2.08D(C)
1 ) The signal commons in each 28-conductor cable shall be kept separate except at the signal
controller.
2) Each 28-conductor cable shall be labeled in each pull box “Cl” or “C2”,. The cable identified “Cl” shall be used for signal Phases 1 , 2,3 and 4. The cable identified “C2” shall be used for
signal Phases 5, 6, 7 and 8.
a 05/10100 Contract No. 31 90 Page 168 of 288 Pages
TABLE 20%2.08D(C)
TWENTY EIGHT - CONDUCTOR CABLE SIGNAL CABLE
controller.
2) Each 28-conductor cable shall be labeled in each pull box “Cl” or “C2”,. 3) The cable identified “Cl” shall be used for signal Phases 1 , 2, 3 and 4. The cable identified “C2” shall be used for signal Phases 5, 6,7 and 8. 4) Each signal cable, except 28-conductorI shall be marked, in each pull box, showing the signal standard to which it is connected.
209-2.08E Signal Interconnect Cable (SIC). Signal Interconnect Cable shall consist of Six or twelve No. 20, minimum, stranded tinned copper conductors as shown on the plans or required herein. Each conductor shall be insulated with 0.33 mm (0.013”), minimum nominal thickness, color coded, polypropylene material. Conductors shall be in twisted pairs. Color coding shall distinguish each pair. Each pair shall be wrapped with an aluminum polyester shield and shall have a No. 22 or larger, stranded, tinned copper drain wire inside the shielded pair. The cable jacket shall be black, high density polyethylene, rated for a minimum of 300- volts and 60°C, and shall have a nominal wall thickness of 1 .O mm (40 mils), minimum. The cable jacket or the moisture-resistant tape directly under the outer jacket shall be marked with the manufacturer’s name, insulation type designation, number of conductors and conductor size, and voltage and temperature ratings. Splices shall be made only where shown on the plans or in controller cabinets. A minimum of one meter (3’) of slack shall be provided at each splice and 2 m (6‘) at each controller cabinet. Splices of conductors shall be insulated with heat-shrink tubing of the appropriate size and shall overlap the conductor insulation at least 15 mm (0.5”). The overall cable splice shall be covered with heat-shrink tubing, with at least 40 mm (11/2”) of overlap of the cable jacket.
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 169 of 288 Pages
209-2.09 Wiring. All conductors shall be run in conduit, except overhead and temporary
installations and where conductors are run inside poles. Wiring shall be done in conformance with
the regulations and code listed in Section 209-1.02, “Regulations and Code,” and the following
additional requirements:
209-2.09A Circuitry. Sufficient traffic signal light conductors shall be provided to perform the functional
operation of the signal and, in addition thereto, 3 spare conductors shall be provided in all conduits containing traffic signal light conductors, unless shown otherwise on the plans. Traffic signal light conductors shall not run to a terminal block on a standard unless they are to be connected to a signal head that is mounted thereon. Connection to each terminal of a pedestrian push button shall be by a single conductor. The
common for pedestrian push button circuits shall be separate from the traffic signal light circuit grounded
conductors. Where ballasts or transformers are used, series conductors shall be run from ballast to ballast, transformer to transformer, and from ballast or transformer to service.
209-2.096 installation. A UL or ETL listed inert lubricant shall be used in placing conductors in conduit. Conductors shall be pulled into conduit by hand and the use of winches or other power actuated pulling equipment will not be permitted. All conductors shall be Dulled directlv from the s~ool into the conduit and
shall not be draoaed on the around as to cause damaae to the conductors. When new conducto’rs are to be added to existing conductors in a conduit, all conductors shall be removed; the conduit shall be cleaned as provided in Section 209-2.05C, “Installation”; and both old and new conductors shall be pulled into the conduit as a unit. Where traffic signal light conductors are run in lighting standards containing street lighting conductors from a different service point, either the traffic signal light conductors or the lighting conductors
shall be encased in flexible or rigid metal conduit, to a point where the 2 types of conductors are no longer in the same raceway. Temporary conductors less than 3 m (lo’) above grade shall be enclosed in flexible or
rigid metal conduit.
At least 0.3 m (1 ‘) of slack shall be left for each conductor at each signal or lighting standard, or combined
standard, and at least one meter (3’) of slack at each pull box. At least one meter (3’) of slack shall be left for each conductor at each splice. Ends of spare conductors or conductors terminated in pull boxes shall be taped to provide a watertight seal.
Conductors within fixtures or service cabinets shall be neatly arranged and shall be cabled together with self- clinching nylon cable ties, or other method approved by the Engineer. Traffic signal light conductors, interconnect conductors, service conductors, detector conductors and cables in controller cabinets and flashing beacon cabinets shall be neatly arranged, and shall be cabled together with self-clinching nylon cable ties, or enclosed in plastic tubing or raceway. Conductor identification shall be provided under the following conditions:
1) Where signal phase or circuit are not clearly indicated by conductor insulation color and stripe .
as detailed in the conductor table in Section 209-2.08, “Conductors,” or when identification stripes
are not available, marking shall be as detailed in the conductor table for special and overlap
phases.
2) Where metered and unmetered conductors occupy the same pull box, the unmetered circuit
conductors shall be identified, “UNMETERED-STREET LTG,” “UNMETERED-COUNT
STATION,” or as appropriate to describe the unmetered circuit.
Conductors shall be permanently identified as to function. Identification shall be placed on each
conductor, or each group of conductors comprising a signal phase, in each pull box and near the
end of terminated conductors. Identification shall be by direct labeling, tags or bands fastened to the
conductors in such a manner that they will not move along the conductors. Labeling shall be by
mechanical methods.
209-2.09C Connectors and Terminals. Conductors shall be joined by the use of UL or ETL listed
crimp type connectors as shown on the plans. Connectors and terminals shall be applied with the proper type tool as recommended by the manufacturer of the connector or terminal being used. Finished connections and terminals shall comply with the requirements of Military Specification MIL- T-7928. All stranded conductors smaller than No. 14 shall be terminated in crimp style terminal lugs.
G 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 170 of 288 Pages
All connectors and terminal lugs for conductor sizes No. 8 and smaller shall be soldered by the hot iron, pouring or dipping method. Open flame soldering will not be permitted.
209-2.09D Splicing and Terminations. Unless specified otherwise or permitted by the Engineer,
splices shall conform to the details shown on the plans and will be permitted only in the following
types of circuits at the following locations: 1 ) Grounded conductors in pull boxes. 2) Pedestrian push button conductors in pull boxes. 3) Multiple or series lighting conductors in the pull box adjacent to each electrolier or luminaire location or in the bases of Type 21 standards. Where electroliers are more than 120 m (400') apart, splices will be permitted in pull boxes at 120 m (400'), or greater, intervals. 4) When traffic signallocations shown on the plans.
5) Ungrounded traffic signal light cs are being modified, ungrounded traffic signal light conductors may be spliced in pull boxes at onductors to a terminal compartment or signal head on a standard may be spliced to through conductors of the same phase in the pull box adjacent to the standard. 6) All splices and terminal lugs for conductor sizes No. 8 and smaller shall be soldered by the
hot iron, pouring or dipping method. Open flame soldering will not be permitted.
209-2.09E Splice Insulation. All splices shall be capable of satisfactory operation under continuous submersion in water. MuIti-conductor cables shall be spliced and insulated to provide a watertight joint and to prevent absorption of moisture by the cable. Where more than one conductor enters the sleeve of a ballast installed in a pull box, the insulation and taping shall be applied between the conductors in such a manner as to provide a watertight joint.
Splice insulation shall conform to the details shown on the plans. Low-voltage tape shall be UL or ETL listed and shall be the following types: 1 ) Self-fusing, oil and flame-resistant, synthetic rubber. 2) Pressure-sensitive, adhesive, polyvinyl chloride, 0.1 5 mm (0.007") minimum thickness.
Tape for insulating splices in high-voltage (over 600 V) circuits shall be designed for use on 5-kvolt
circuits and shall be resistant to ozone, corona and water. Insulating pad shall be composed of a laminate of 2 mm (0.085") thickness of electrical grade polyvinyl chloride and a 3 mm (0.125") thickness of butyl splicing compound with removable liner. . Heat-shrink tubing shall be medium or heavy wall thickness, irradiated polyolefin tubing containing an adhesive mastic inner wall. Minimum wall thickness prior to contraction shall be one millimeter (39 mils).
When heated, the inner wall shall melt and fill all crevices and interstices of the object being covered while the outer wall shrinks to form a waterproof insulation. Each end of the heat shrink tube or the open end of the end cap of heat-shrink tubing shall, after contraction, overlap the conductor insulation at least 38 mm (lM").. Heat- shrink tubing shall conform to the requirements of UL Standard 468D and ANSI C119.1, for extruded insulated tubing at 600-V. All heat-shrink tubing shall also meet the requirements of Table 209-2.09E(A):
TABLE 209-2.09E(A) HEAT-SHRINK TUBING
Property Requirement
Shrinkage Ratio 33 percent, maximum, of supplied diameter when heated to 125°C and allowed to cool to 25°C.
Dielectric Strength 140 kV per 10 mm, minimum.
Resistivity
0.5 percent, maximum. Water Absorption -40°C to 90°C (1 35°C Emergency). Operating Temperature
14 MPa, minimum. Tensile Strength
101 3 6 mm, minimum.
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 171 of 288 Pages
When three or more conductors are to be enclosed within a single splice using heat-shrink tubing, mastic shall
be placed around each conductor, prior to being placed inside the heat-shrink tubing. The mastic shall be the
type recommended by the manufacturer of the heat-shrink tubing. After contraction, the ends and seams of heat-shrink tubing shall be painted with electrical insulating coating. Heat-shrink tubing shall not be heated
with an open flame. A heating device designed for the purpose is required.
The Contractor may, at the Contractor’s option, use either of the following splice insulation methods:
1) “Method B as shown on the plans. A minimum of 2 thicknesses of electrical insulating pad
shall be used. Pads shall be applied to the splice in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
2) Heat-shrink tubing as provided above.
209-2.095 Fused Splice Connectors. In the pull box adjacent to each luminaire a fused
disconnect splice connector shall be installed in each ungrounded conductor between the line and
the ballast. The connector shall be readily accessible in the pull box regardless of whether the
ballast is remote or is integral. with the luminaire.
For 240-volt and 480-volt circuits, each connector shall be designed so that both ungrounded
conductors are disconnected simultaneously. The connector shall have no exposed metal parts,
except the head of a stainless steel assembly screw ma be exposed. The head of the metal as-
sembly screw shall be recessed a minimum of 0.8 mm ( /3$) below the top of a plastic boss which
surrounds the head.
Y
The splice connector shall completely enclose the fuse and shall protect the fuse against damage
from water and weather. The contact between the fuse and fuse holder shall be by spring pressure.
The terminals of the splice connector shall be rigidly crimped, using a tool of the type recommended
by the manufacturer of the fused splice connector, onto the line conductors and the conductors to
the ballasts and shall be insulated and made waterproof in accordance with the splice connector
manufacturer’s recommendations. Fused splice connectors shall not be used in series circuits.
209-2.10 Bonding and Grounding. Metallic cable sheaths, metal pull box covers, metal conduit,
equipment grounding conductors, ballast and transformer cases, service equipment, sign switches,
and metal poles and pedestals shall be made mechanically and electrically secure to form a
continuous system, and shall be effectively grounded. Bonding jumpers shall be copper wire or
copper braid of the same cross sectional area as No. 6 for series lighting systems and No. 8 or
larger for all other systems. The jumper size shall be increased to match the toad or the circuit
breaker size, or shall be as shown on the plans. Equipment grounding conductors shall be color
coded to Code requirements or shall be bare.
The bonding jumper in standards with handholes shall be attached by a 4.5 mm (3/1J or larger
brass bolt and shall be run to the conduit or bonding wire in the adjacent pull box. Standards without
handholes shall be bonded by a jumper attached to all anchor bolts, and shall be run to the conduit
or bonding wire in the adjacent. pull box. Grounding jumper shall be visible after cap has been
placed on foundation. Where slip base standards or slip base inserts are installed, the bonding
jumper shall not intrude into the slip plane. Bonding shall be accomplished by a bonding strap to all
anchor bolts or a 4.5 mm (3/1glr) or larger brass bolt installed in the bottom slip base plate.
One side of the secondary circuit of series-multiple and step-down transformers shall be grounded.
Grounding of metal conduit, service equipment and the grounded conductor at service point shall be accomplished as required by the Code and the serving utility, except that grounding electrode
05110fOO Contract No. 3190 Page 172 of 288 Pages
conductor shall be No. 6, or larger. For equipment grounding purposes in Type 3 conduit, a No. 6 copper wire shall be run continuously in circuits used for series lighting, and a No. 8, minimum, copper wire shall be run continuously in all other circuits. The bonding wire size shall be increased to match the circuit breaker size, or shall be as shown on the plans. Where Type 3 conduit is to be
installed for future conductors, the copper wire may be omitted, Equipment bonding and grounding conductors are not required in conduits which contain only loop lead-in cable or signal interconnect
cable or both.
At each multiple service disconnect location, a ground electrode shall be furnished and .installed. Ground electrodes shall be one-piece lengths of galvanized steel rod or5pipe not less than 19 mm
(3/4p) in diameter, or of copper clad steel rod not less than 15 mm ( /8(0 ‘in diameter. Ground electrodes shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of the Code. The service equipment
shall be bonded to the ground electrode by use of a ground clamp or exothermic weld and No. 6 or larger copper wire, enclosed in a size 16 or larger diameter conduit.
Ground clamp for service grounding and for grounding of equipment on wood poles. shall be Size 16 galvanized, malleable iron conduit hub with swivel feature. On wood poles, all metallic equipment mounted less than 2.4 rn (8‘) above ground surface shall be grounded. Bonding of metallic conduit in non-metallic pull boxes shall be by means of bonding bushings and bonding jumpers. Bonding of metallic conduit in metal pull boxes shall be by means of locknuts, one inside and one outside of the box.
209-2.11 Service. Electrical service installation and materials shall conform to the requirements of
the serving utility. When the service equipment is to be installed on a utilrty-owned pole, the Contractor shall furnish and install conduit, conductors and all other necessary material to complete
the installation of the service. The position of the riser and equipment will be determined by the utility. Service conduit shall conform to the requirements of the serving utility and shall be not less
than Size 41 (l‘/T dia.).
Where a kilowatt-hour meter is required, a meter socket with sealing ring, as approved by the serving utility, shall be furnished and installed. Where a meter socket is installed, the meter
enclosure shall be provided with factory installed test bypass facilities as required by the serving utility. Service equipment shall be installed as soon as possible to enable the utility to schedule its
work well in advance of the completion of the project.
Each service shall be provided with a circuit breaker which shall simultaneously disconnect all ungrounded service entrance conductors. All circuit breakers shall be quick-break on either automatic or manual operation. The operating mechanism shall be enclosed and shall be trip-free from the operating handle on overload. Circuit breakers shall be trip-indicating, shall have frame
size plainly marked and shall have trip rating clearly indicated on the operating handle. Overload tripping of breakers shall not be influenced by an ambient temperature range of from -1 8°C to 50°C. Multiple-pole breakers shall be the internal trip type. All circuit breakers shall be listed by UL or ETL. Current rating of breakers shall be as shown on the plans. Circuit breakers used as service
disconnect equipment shall have a minimum interrupting capacity of 10 000 A, rms. Circuit breakers shall be enclosed in a NEMA raintight enclosure with dead-front panel and hasp with a 11 mm (7/16’‘) hole for a padlock. The padlock will be furnished by others. Service equipment enclosures, except Types II and Ill, shall be galvanized. Types II and Ill service equipment enclosures shall be fabricated from galvanized sheet steel or fabricated from sheet steel and zinc or cadmium plated after fabrication, or shall be fabricated from aluminum. Fabrication of service equipment enclosures shall conform to the requirements of Section 209-3.04AI ”Cabinet Construction.” Steel enclosures shall be painted in accordance with the provisions in Section 209-2.16, “Painting.” All overlapping exterior seams and doors shall meet the requirements for Type 3R enclosures specified in the NEMA Enclosure Standards.
G 05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 173 of 288 Pages
Except for falsework lighting and power for the Contractor’s operations, upon written request by the
Contractor, the Engineer will arrange with the serving utility to complete service connections for both
temporary and permanent installations and the Agency will pay all costs and fees required by the
utility, The request shall be submitted not less than 15 days before service connections are required.
Except for falsework lighting and power for the Contractor’s operations, upon written request by the
Contractor, the Engineer will arrange for furnishing electrical energy. Energy used prior to
completion of the contract will be charged to the Contractor, except that the cost of energy used for
public benefit, when an operation is ordered by the Engineer, will be at the expense of the Agency.
Full compensation for furnishing and installing Agency-owned or permanent service poles, service
equipment, conduit, conductors and pull boxes (including equipment, conduit, and conductors
placed on utility-owned poles) shall be considered as included in the contract item of electrical work
involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Where the service point is
indeterminate and is shown on the plans as an “approximate location” or “service point not yet
established‘, the labor and materials required for making the connection between the service point,
when established, and the nearest pull box shown on the plans will be ‘paid for as extra work as
provided in Section 3-3, “Extra Work.’’
209-2.12 Wood Poles. Wood poles for service or temporary installations shall be ANSI Class 5,
or larger. Poles shall not have more than 180 degrees twist in grain over the full length. Sweep
shall be no more than 100 mm (4”). Tops of poles shall be beveled. Poles shall be placed in the
ground to a depth of at least 1.8 m (6’). The lengths of poles shall be 7.6 m (25‘) for service poles
and 10.7 m (35‘) for other poles, unless otherwise specified.
After each wood pole is set in the ground, the space around the pole shall be backfilled with selected
earth or sand, free of rocks and other deleterious material, placed in layers approximately 100 mm
(4“) thick. Each layer shall be moistened and thoroughly compacted.
Mast arms for wood pole installations shall be fabricated from standard pipe, free from burrs. Each
mast arm shall be provided with an insulated wire inlet and wood pole mounting brackets for mast
arm and tie-rod cross arm. Tie rods shall be of structural steel and pipe. Mast arms for luminaires
shall be mounted to provide a mounting height of 9.1 m (30’). Mast arms for traffic signals and
flashing beacons shall provide a minimum vertical clearance of 5.2 m (17‘) from bottom of equipment
to the pavement.
Wood poles, not to be painted, shall be pressure treated after fabrication with creosote,
pentachlorophenol (oil borne) or copper naphthenate as provided in Section 204-2, “Treatment With
Preservatives.” All wood poles, when specified in the special provisions to be painted, shall be
pressure treated after fabrication with ammoniacal copper arsenate, chromated copper arsenate or
ammoniacal copper zinc arsenate as provided in Section 204-2, ‘Treatment With Preservatives.”
The minimum retention for water borne preservatives shall be that specified for posts.
209-2.13 Sign Control. Each sign illumination installation shall be provided with a disconnect
circuit breaker mounted on the sign standard or structure, as shown on the plans. Where the sign
lighting is served from a series lighting circuit through a series-multiple transformer, the circuit
breaker shall be installed in the secondary circuit. Where the sign lighting is served through a
multiple-multiple transformer, the circuit breaker shall be installed in the primary circuit. Circuit
breakers shall meet the requirements for circuit breakers in Section 209-2.1 1, ‘Service.” Enclosure
for the circuit breaker shall be NEMA Type 3R, shall be galvanized or shall be cadmium plated, and
shall be provided with dead front panel and a hasp with a 11 mm (’/,6(r) diameter hole for a padlock.
Padlocks will be furnished by others. When the sign structure is to be painted, the circuit breaker or
sign switch enclosure shall be painted the same color as the sign structure on which it is mounted.
@ 05/10100 Contract No. 31 90 Page 174 of 288 Pages
209-2.14 Testing. Attention is directed to Section 4-1.4, 'Test of Materials." Testing shall conform
to the following:
209-2.14A Materials Testing. Material and equipment to be tested shall be delivered to a testing location
designated by the Engineer. Testing will be performed by the Agency. Testing and quality control procedures for Model 170 and Model 2070 controller assemblies shall conform to the requirements in 'Transportation
Electrical Equipment Specifications," and 'Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications," issued by the State of California, Department of Transportation, and to all addendums thereto current at the time of project advertising. Testing and quality control procedures for all other traffic signal controller assemblies shall
conform to the requirements in the NEMA TS Standards for Traffic Control Systems.
In the event equipment submitted for testing does not comply with specifications, the Contractor shall remove
the equipment for repair within 5 working days after notification that the equipment is rejected. In the event the equipment is not removed within that period, it may be shipped to the Contractor at the Contractor's expense.
The Contractor shall allow 30 days for Agency testing from the time the material or equipment is delivered to the Agency test site. When equipment being tested has been rejected for failure to comply with the specifications, the Contractor shall allow 30 days for Agency retesting. The retesting period shall begin when the corrected equipment is made available at the test site.
All testing subsequent to rejection of the equipment for failure to comply with specification requirements will be
at the expense of the Contractor. Deductions to cover the cost of that testing will be made from any moneys due or which may become due the Contractor under the contract. The Contractw will be notified when testing
of the equipment has been completed and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to deliver the equipment to the site of the-work or, at the Contractor's request and the Agency's convenience, the Agency will pack and
ship the equipment to the Contractor or to the site of work. The sum of $100 or the actual cost of packing and shipping, whichever amount is greater, will be deducted, for each unit of equipment shipped by the Agency,
from any moneys due to the Contractor under the contract.
209-2.148 Field Testing. Prior to start of functional testing, the Contractor shall perform the following tests
on all circuits, in the presence of the Engineer.
209-2.146(1) Continuity. Each circuit shall be tested for continuity.
209-2.148(2) Ground. Each circuit shall be tested for grounds.
209-2.146(3) Insulation Resistance. An insulation resistance test at 500 volts DC shall be made on each
circuit between the circuit and a ground. The insulation resistance shall not be less than 10 MQ on all circuits,
except for inductive loop detector circuits which shall have an insulation resistance value of not less than
100 MQ. The insulation resistance test shall not be performed on magnetometer sensing elements. Splices in the pull box adjacent to the magnetometer sensing elements shall not be made prior to performing the test on the lead-in conductors between the pull box and the controller cabinet field terminals.
209-2.14C Functional Testing. Attention is directed to Section 209-1.06, "Scheduling of Work," regarding
requirements for test periods. A functional test shall be made in which it is demonstrated that each and every part of the system functions as specified. The functional test for each new or modified system shall consist of not less than 5 days of continuous, satisfactory operqttion. If unsatisfactory performance of the system
develops, the condition shall be corrected and the test shall be repeated until the 5 days of continuous, satisfactory operation is obtained.
Turn-on of new or modified traffic signals shall be made only after all traffic signal circuits have been thoroughly tested as specified above.
Except for new or modified portions of existing lighting circuits and sign illumination systems, the Agency will maintain the system or systems during the test period and will pay the cost of electrical energy for the
v3 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 99 Page 175 of 288 Pages
operation of all of the facilities that are undergoing testing. The cost of any necessary maintenance performed by the Agency on new circuits or on the portions of existing circuits modified under the contract, except electrical energy, shall be at the Contractor’s expense and will be deducted from any moneys due, or to become due, the Contractor.
A shutdown of the electrical system resulting from damage caused by public traffic, from a power interruption or from unsatisfactory performance of Agency-furnished materials shall not constitute discontinuity of the functional test.
209-2.15 Galvanizing. Galvanizing shall be in accordance with the provisions in Section 210-3.6, “Galvanizing for Traffic Control Facilities,” except that cabinets may be constructed of material
galvanized prior to fabrication in conformance with the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 525 or A 525M, Coating Designation G 90, in which case all cut or damaged edges shall be painted with
at least 2 applications of approved unthinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) conforming to the requirements in Section 210-3.5, “Repair of Damaged Zinc Coating.” Aerosol cans shall not be used. Other types of protective coating shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation. Iron or steel pipe standards and pipe mast arms shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in conformance with the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 53. Galvanized surfaces shall have
spurs removed.
Tie-rods, bolts, nuts, washers, clamps and other miscellaneous ferrous parts shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with the provisions in Section 210-3.6, ‘Galvanizing for Traffic Control Facilities.” Not less than 250 mm (lo“) of the upper end of the anchor bolts, anchor bars, or studs, and all nuts and washers shall be galvanized in accordance with the provisions in Section 210-3.6, “Galvanizing for Traffic Control Facilities.” After galvanizing, the bolt threads shall accept galvanized standard nuts without requiring tools or causing removal of protective coatings.
Galvanizing of existing materials in an electrical installation-will not be required.
209-2.16 Painting. Painting of electrical equipment and materials shall conform to the provisions in Section 310, “Painting,” with the following additions and modifications. Paint materials for electrical installations, unless otherwise specified, shall conform to the provisions in Section 210, “Paint and Protective Coatings.” Factory or shop cleaning methods for metals will be acceptable if equal to the methods specified herein. In lieu of the temperature and seasonal restrictions for painting as provided in Section 31 0, “Painting,” paint may be applied to equipment and materials for
electrical installations at any time permitted by the Engineer.
All ungalvanized ferrous surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned prior to applying the prime coat. Blast cleaning will not be required. If an approved prime coat has been applied by the manufacturer, and it is in good condition, the first primer application by the Contractor will not be required.
Existing equipment to be painted in the field, including Agency-furnished equipment, shall be washed with a stiff bristle brush using a solution of water containing 7.5 ml. of heavy duty detergent powder per liter (2 tablespoons per gallon). After rinsing, all surfaces shall be wire brushed with a coarse, cup shaped, power-driven brush to remove all poorly bonded paint, rust, scale, corrosion, grease or dirt. Any dust or residue remaining after wire brushing shall also be removed prior to priming. Immediately after cleaning, all galvanized surfaces and all non-ferrous metal surfaces shall be coated with one application of Primer (Wash) Pre-Treatment, Section 210-1.5 or wash primer conforming to the requirements of Military Specification MIL-P-15328D. The wash primer shall be applied by spraying or brushing to produce a uniform wet film on the surface. Galvanized equipment and wood poles for traffic signal or flashing beacon installations shall not be painted unless specified in the special provisions or shown on the plans painted.
New galvanized metal surfaces to be painted in the field shall be cleaned as specified for existing
equipment before applying the prime coats specified. Wire brushing of new galvanized surfaces will
not be required. After erection, all exterior surfaces shall be examined for damaged primer and the
damaged surfaces shall be cleaned and spot. coated with primer. Galvanized metal guard posts
shall not be painted. Painting of Agency-furnished controller cabinets will not be required.
05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 176 of 288 Pages
Types I1 and Ill steel service equipment enclosures shall be painted with a polymeric or an enamel
coating system conforming to Color No. 14672 (light green) of Federal Standard 595B. All coatings
shall be commercially smooth, substantially free of flow lines, paint washout, streaks, blisters, and
other defects that would impair serviceability or detract from general appearance. The coatings shall
comply with the following requirements:
1) Coating Hardness - The finish shall have a pencil lead hardness of HB minimum using an
Eagle Turquoise pencil.
2) Salt Spray Resistance - The undercutting of the film of the coating system shall not exceed
3 mm ('/B(L) average, from lines scored diagonally and deep enough to expose the base metal,
after 250 hours exposure in a satt spray cabinet in accordance with ASTM Designation: B 117.
3) Adherence - There shall be no coating loss when tested by California Test 645.
Compliance of the coating system to the above requirements may be determined by the
application of the coating, to 100 mm (4") x 200 mm (8") x 0.6 mm (0.0236") test specimens of
the same material as the cabinets, in the same manner as applied to the cabinets.
A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished in accordance with the provisions of Section 4-1.5,
"Certification," certifying that the coating system furnished complies in all respects with these re-
quirements. Interior of metal signal visors, louvers and front faces of back plates shall be finished
with 2 applications of lusterless black exterior grade latex paint formulated for application to properly
prepared metal surfaces, except that factory finish in good condition will be acceptable.
Metal signal sections, signal head mountings, brackets and fittings, outside of visors, pedestrian
push button housings, pedestrian signal sections and visors, and back faces of back plates, shall be
finished with 2 applications of lusterless black or dark olive green exterior grade latex paint
formulated for application to properly prepared metal surfaces. Dark olive green color shall match
Color Chip No. 68 on file at the CALTRANS Transportation Laboratory.
"2
Conduit and conduit fittings above ground shall be prepared and finished in the same manner as the
adjacent standard or post. Relocated, reset or modified equipment previously finished as specified
in this Section 209-2.1 6, except for galvanized standards previously finished with traffic signal yellow
enamel, shall be given a spot finishing application on newly primed areas, followed by one finishing
application over the entire surface. If any signal faces or mounting brackets are required to be
painted under this Section, all signal faces and mounting brackets on the same mounting shall be
repainted.
Small rusted or repaired areas of relocated or reset galvanized equipment shall be cleaned and
painted as provided in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Control Facilities, "for repairing
damaged galvanized surfaces. Equipment number shall be neatly stenciled on the standard or adja-
cent structure. The number designation will be determined by the Engineer. All paint shall be
applied either by hand brushing or by spraying machines in the hands of skilled operators. The work
shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner. The Engineer reserves the right to require the use
of brushes for the application of paint, should the work done by the paint spraying machine prove
unsatisfactory or.objectionable, as determined by the Engineer.
209-3 CONTROLLER ASSEMBLIES
209-3.01 Controller Assembly, A controller assembly shall consist of a complete mechanism for
controlling the operation of traffic signals or other systems, including the controller unit and all
necessary auxiliary equipment, mounted in a cabinet. All equipment required to provide the
operation shown on the plans and as specified shall be provided. All field conductors No. 12 and
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 177 of 288 Pages
smaller shall terminate with spade type terminals. All field conductors No. 10 and larger shall
terminate in spade type or ring type terminals.
209-3.02 Type 90 Controller Assembly. Deleted
209-3.03 Model 170 and Model 2070 Controller Assemblies. Model 170 and Model 2070
(Model 170/2070) controller assemblies shall consist of a Model 170, 170E or 2070 controller unit, a
wired cabinet and all auxiliary equipment required to control the system as shown on the plans, and
as specified in these special provisions. Model 170/2070 controller assemblies shall conform to the
requirements in Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications,” (TEES) and “Traffic Signal
Control Equipment Specifications” (TSCES), issued by the State of California, Department of
Transportation, and to all addendurns thereto current at the time of project advertising.
Unless otherwise specified or shown on the plans, controller assembly cabinets (housing) shall be
Type 1 as shown in the TSCES. In addition to the requirements found in TEES and TSCES, Model
170/2070 controller assemblies shall conform to the following:
209-3.04 Controller Cabinets. Unless otherwise specified, controller cabinets for Model 170/2070
controllers shall conform to the following:
1) Controller cabinets shall be fabricated from aluminum sheet per the TSCES.
2) Controller cabinets shall have a single front door equipped with a Best Company lock
core and lock. No other manufacturers shall be accepted.
209-3.05 Cabinet Accessories. The following accessories shall be furnish with each cabinet
assembly for Model 170/2070 controllers:
1) Controller cabinets shall have a pull-out type document tray.
2) Each cabinet shall be provided with a fluorescent lighting fixture mounted on the inside
top of the cabinet near the front edge. Fixture shall be provided with an F15T8, cool
white lamp operated from a normal power factor UL or ETL listed ballast. The “on-off”
switch for the lighting fixture shall be either of the following:
a) A toggle switch mounted on the inside door panel.
b) A door-actuated switch that turns the light on when the door is open and off when
the door is closed.
3) An uninterruptible power system (UPS) shall be installed in each cabinet using a swing-
away type mounting. The UPS shall be Clary SP 1000 series or approved equal and
shall provide a minimum of eight (8) hours of continuous red flash operation at
intersections using red LED signal indications and provide power conditioning to the
controller.
209-4 TRAFFIC SIGNAL FACES AND FITTINGS
209-4.01 Vehicle Signal Faces. Each vehicle signal face shall be of the adjustable type
conforming to the provisions in Institute of Traffic Engineers (ITE) Publication: ST-O08B, “Vehicle
Traffic Control Signal Heads.’’ Plastic signal sections shall meet the requirements of California Test
605. Any fracture within the housing assembly, or a deflection of more than 10 degrees in either the
vertical or horizontal plane after the wind load has been removed from the front of the signal face, or a 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 178 of 288 Pages
a deflection of more than 6 degrees in either the vertical or horizontal plane after the wind load has
been removed from the back of the signal face will be considered structural failure. Vehicle signal
faces, except arrow and "X faces, shall meet the requirements of California Test 604. Adjustment
shall permit rotation of 360 degrees about a vertical axis.
The number and type of sections shall be as specified herein or as shown on the plans. Each
vehicle signal face shall be installed at the location and mounted in the manner shown on the plans.
Unless otherwise shown on the plans, all vehicle signal faces shall contain 3 sections arranged
vertically; red-top, yellow-center, green-bottom. All new vehicle signal faces, except programmed
visibility type, installed at any one intersection shall be of the same manufacture and of the same
material.
209-4.01A Optical Units. Each optical unit for green, yellow and red sections, circular ball or
arrow, shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-4.02, "Light Emitting Diode Signal Module".
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
209-4.018 Signal Sections. Each signal section housing shall be structural plastic. Signal sections shall conform to the following: .
Maximum height of a signal section shall be 375 mm (1 43/4(0 for each 300 mm (1 2") section.
The housing of each signal section shall be provided with a one-piece, hinged, square-shaped door designed to permifaccess to the section for relamping without the use of tools.
The door shall be secured by a method that will hold the door closed during the loading tests
specified in this Section.
The lens shall be mounted in the door in a watertight manner.
All exposed hardware, such as hinge pins and door latching devices, shall be Type 304 or 305
stainless steel.
All interior screws and fittings shall be stainless steel.
An opening shall be provided in the top and bottom of each signal section to receive 40 mm
(1 '1;) pipe.
The 300 mm (12'3 signal sections of an individual manufacturer shall be capable of joining to
form a signal face in any combination. This interchangeability is not required between metal
and plastic signal sections.
All gaskets, including those for the door, lens, reflector and lamp holder, shall be made of a
material that is not affected when installed in, a signal section with a metal or plastic housing
that is operated continuously for 336 hours.
209-4.01B(2) Plastic Signal Sections. Housings shall be either molded in one piece or shall be fabricated
from 2 or more pieces joined into a single piece. The plastic shall have ultraviolet stability, shall be unaffected by the heat of the lamp used and shall be self-extinguishing. Housings and doors shall be colored throughout
and shall be black matching Color No. 17038, 27038 or 37038 of Federal Standard 5958. Each section in a face shall be joined to the adjacent section by one of the following methods:
1. A minimum of 4 machine screws for 300 mm (12") sections, installed through holes near the
front and rear of the housings. Machine screws shall be No. 10 and each shall be provided with
a nut, flat washer and lock washer.
2. Two machine screws (each with a nut, flat washer and lock washer) installed through holes
near the front of the housings, plus a fastening through the 40 mm (1'/;) pipe openings. The
fastening shall consist. of two large flat washers to distribute the load around the pipe opening
and three carriage bolts, each with a nut and lock washer. Minimum size of machine screws
shall be No. 10. Minimum size of carriage bolt shall be 6 mm ('/4"-20).
The supporting section of each signal face supported solely at the top or bottom shall be provided with reinforcement. Reinforcement plates shall be either sheet aluminum, galvanized steel, or cast aluminum.
Each plate shall be not less than 2.7 mm (0.1 10) thick and shall have a hole concentric with the 40 mm (11/2u) pipe mounting hole in the housing. Sheet aluminum reinforcement plates*shall be placed both inside and outside the housing; galvanized steel reinforcement plates shall be placed inside only; and cast aluminum
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 179 of 288 Pages
reinforcement plates shall be placed outside only. Reinforcement plates placed outside of the housing shall be
finished to match the color of the signal housing and shall be designed to permit the proper serrated coupling between signal face and mounting hardware. A minimum of three No. 10 machine screws shall be installed
through holes in the plates and matching holes in the housing. Each screw shall have a round or binder head and shall be provided with a nut and lock washer.
Where a signal face is to be supported by a Type MAS side attachment slip-fitter inserted between 2 sections, a spacer or spacers shall be placed between the 2 sections. The vertical dimension of spacers shall permit
proper seating of the serrations between the slip-fitter and the 2 sections. Holes in spacers shall align with the front holes in the section housings. In addition to the faqtening through the large openings in the housings, the
2 sections shall be joined with at least 2 machine screws through holes near the front of the housings and the spacers, and through matching holes in a reinforcing plate installed in each housing. Machine screws shall be
No. 10 minimum size. Spacers shall be made of the same material as the signal housings. Reinforcing plates and machine screws shall be as specified above. Reinforcing plates will not be required where the housing is
provided with reinforcing webs connecting the rear of the housing with the top, bottom and sides.
Holes for machine screws svall be either cast or drilled during fabrication of the signal section. Each hole shall be surrounded by a 3 mm ( /e") minimum width boss to permit contact between signal sections about the axis
of the hole. Each plastic signal face shall be provided with plastic or metal visors. Plastic signal faces which
require backplates shall be provided with plastic backplates. A serrated nylon washer shall be inserted between each plastic signal section and a metal mounting assembly. Each washer shall be not less than 4 mm (3/,() nor more than 6 mm (1/4") thick. Serrations shall match those on the signal section and the mounting assembly.
209-4.01C Electrical Components. Lamp receptacles and wiring shall conform to ITE Publications:
ST-0086. The metal portion of the medium base lamp socket shall be brass, copper or phosphor
bronze.
Each lamp receptacle shall be wired with a conductor, connected to the shell of the receptacle, with
black insulation or with insulation color-coded.
These conductors shall, in turn, be connected to a terminal block mounted inside at the back of the
housing. The terminal block shall have sufficient screw type terminals or NEMA type tab connectors .
to terminate all field conductors and lamp conductors independently. The terminals to which field
conductors are attached shall be permanently identified or conductors shall be color coded to
facilitate field wiring.
Lamp receptacle conductors shall be No. 18 or larger, 600-VI appliance wiring material (AWM), with
0.75 mm (30 mil) thickness insulation rated 105°C or 'with insulation that conforms to the
requirements in Military Specification MIL-W-l6878D, Type 6, with vinyl nylon jacket rated 11 5°C.
The manufacturer's name or trademark, conductor size, insulation type letter designation and
temperature rating shall be marked on the insulation or a Certificate of Compliance conforming to
the provisions in Section 6-1.07, "Certification of Compliance", shall be submitted by the
manufacturer with each shipment of traffic signal faces.
209-4.01D Visors. Each signal section shall be provided with a removable visor conforming to ITE
Publication: ST-008B. Visors are classified, on the basis of lens enclosure, as full circle, tunnel
(bottom open), or cap (bottom and lower sides open). Unless otherwise specified, visors shall be
the full circle type. The visor shall be a minimum of 240 mm (9'/2(1) in length for nominal 300 mm
(12") round lenses, with a downward tilt between 3 degrees and 7 degrees. Plastic visors shall
conform to the following:
1. Visors shall be either formed from sheet plastic or assembled from one or more injection,
2. Sections shall be joined using thermal, chemical or ultrasonic bonding or with aluminurn rivets
3. Visors shall be of black homogeneous colored material with a lusterless finish.
rotational or blow molded plastic sections.
and washers permanently colored to match the visor.
e 05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 * Page 180 of 288 Pages
4. Each visor shall be secured to its door in a manner that will prevent its removal or permanent
deformation when the wind load specified in California Test 605 for plastic visors is applied to
the side of the visor for 24 hours.
209-4.02 Light Emitting Diode Signal Modules. Each light emitting diode (LED) signal module
shall be Type 2 and consist of an assembly that utilizes light emitting diodes as the ligtit source in
lieu of an incandescent lamp for use in traffic signal sections and conform to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Each Type 2 LED signal module shall be designed to mount in the standard lamp socket
normally used with an incandescent lamp. When a Type 2 LED signal module is used, a
standard traffic signal lens in the doorframe shall be used or, at the option of the Contractor,
the standard lens may be replaced with a translucent or clear lens to seal the signal section
from weather. The installation of a Type 2 LED signal module shall not require any
modification to the standard lamp socket or reflector.
LED signal modules shall be from the same manufacturer, and each size shall be the same
model.
Type 2 LED signal modules shall be a sealed unit containing all components necessary for
operation except, at the option of the Contractor, use of a corresponding lens mounted in the
doorframe will be allowed.
Type 2 LED signal modules shall not require a specific mounting orientation or have a
variance in light output, pattern or visibility for any mounting orientation.
The LEDs utilized in the modules shall be Aluminum Indium Gallium Phosphide (AllnGaP)
technology for red indications and Gallium Nitride (GaN) technology for green indications,
and shall be the ultra bright type rated for 100,000 hours of continuous operation from -40%
to +74*c.
The individual LEDs shall be wired,such that a catastrophic failure of one LED will result in
the loss of not more than 5 percent of the signal module light output. The failure of an
individual LED in a string shall only result in the loss of that LED, not the entire string or
indication.
209-4.02A Physical and Mechanical Requirements. LED traffic signal modules shall be designed
as retrofit replacements for existing optical units of signal lamps and shall not require special tools
for installation. LED signal modules shall fit into existing traffic signal section housings without any
modification to the housing.
Installation of a LED signal module shall only require the removal of the optical unit components, i.e.,
lens, lamp module, gaskets, and reflector; shall be weather tight and fit securely in the housing; and
shall connect directly to electrical wiring.
The arrow modules shall meet or exceed specifications stated in Section 9.01 of the ITE Publication:
Equipment and Materials Standards, Chapter 2 (Vehicle Traffic Control Signal Heads) for arrow
indications. The LEDs shall be spread evenly across the illuminated portion of the arrow area.
209-4.02A(l) LED Signal Module Lens. The LED signal module shall be capable of replacing
the optical unit. The lens may be tinted or may use transparent film or materials with similar
characteristics to enhance ON/OFF contrasts. The use of tinting or other materials to enhance
ON/OFF contrasts shall not affect chromaticity and shall be uniform across the face of the lens. If a
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 181 of 288 Pages
polymeric lens is used, a surface coating or chemical surface treatment shall be used to provide
front surface abrasion resistance.
209-4.02A(2) Environmental Requirements. The LED signal module shall be rated for use in the
operating temperature range of -40QC (-40QF) to +74*C (+165QF). The LED signal module shall be
protected against dust and moisture intrusion per the requirements of NEMA Standard 250-1 991 for
Type 4 enclosures to protect all internal components. The LED signal module lens shall be UV
stabilized and shall be capable of withstanding ultraviolet (direct sunlight) exposure for a minimum
period of 60 months without exhibiting evidence of deterioration.
209-4.02A(3) Construction. The LED signal. module shall be a single, self-contained device, not
requiring on-site assembly for installation into an existing traffic signal housing. The power supply for
the LED signal module shall be integral to the unit. The assembly and manufacturing process for the
LED signal assembly shall be designed to assure all internal components are adequately supported
to withstand mechanical shock and vibration from high winds and other sources.
209-4.02A(4) Materials. Material used for the lens and signal module construction shall conform to
ASTM specifications for the materials where applicable.. Enclosures containing either the power
supply or electronic components of the signal module shall be made of UL94VO flame retardant
materials. The lens of the signal module is excluded from this requirement.
209-4.02A(S) Module Identification. Each LED signal module shall have the manufacturer’s name,
trademark, and other necessary identification permanently marked on the back of the module. Each
individual LED signal module shall be identified with serial number for warranty purposes. The
following operating characteristics shall be identified: rated voltage, power consumption, and volt-
ampere.
209-4.028 Photometric Requirements. The minimum initial luminous intensity values for
the modules shall be as stated in Table 209-4.028(1) and Table 209-4.02B(3) at 25QC. The modules
shall meet or exceed the illumination values as shown in Table 209-4.028(2) and Table
209-4.028(4), throughout the useful life based on normal use in a traffic signal operation over the
operating temperature range. The measured chromaticity coordinates of the modules shall conform
to the chromaticity requirements of Table 209-4.028(5), throughout the useful life over the operating
temperature range.
The LED signal modules tested or submitted for testing shall be representative of typical average
production units. Circular modules shall be tested according to California Test No. 604. All optical
testing shall be performed with the module mounted in a standard traffic signal section but without a
visor or hood attached to the signal section.
The LEDs shall be spread evenly across the illuminated portion of the arrow area. Arrow’modules
shall be tested according to California Test No. 3001. All optical testing shall be performed with the
module mounted in a standard traffic signal section but without a visor or hood attached to the signal
section. Each LED arrow signal section indication shall provide a minimum average luminous
intensity as listed in Table 209-4.028(3). All measurements shall be performed at rated operating
voltage of 120 VAC.
a 05110100 Contract No. 31 90 Page 182 of 288 Pages
Table 209-4.026(1)
Minimum Initial Intensities for Circular Indications (in cd)
Contract No. 31 90 Page 183 of 288 Pages
Maintained Minimum Intensities for Circular Indications (in cd)
Minimum Initial Intensities for Arrow Indications (in cd/m2)
Red Yellow & Green
Arrow indication 11,000 5,500
Minimum Maintained Intensities for Arrow Indications (in cdm2)
Red 1 Yellow & Green
Arrow Indication I 5.500 11 .ooo
Chromaticity Standards (CIE Chart)
Red Y: not greater than 0.308, or less than 0.998-x
Yellow
Green
Y: not less than 0.411, nor less than 0.995-x, nor less than
Y: not less than 0.506-0.51 9x, nor less than 0.1 50+1.068x,
0.452
nor more than 0.730-x
209-4.02C Electrical. Maximum power consumption requirements for LED signal modules shall be
as listed in Table 209-4.02C.
Table 209-4.02C
<$ 0511 0100 Contract No. 3190 Page 184 of 288 Pages ..
Maximum Power Consumption (in Watts)
LED signal modules shall operate from a 60 Hz k3 Hz AC line over a voltage ranging from 80 volts
to 135 volts. The LED circuitry shall prevent perceptible flicker over the voltage range specified
above. The fluctuations of line voltage shall have no visible effect on the luminous intensity of the
indications. Rated voltage for all measurements shall be 120 volts. The signal module on-board
circuitry shall include voltage surge protection to withstand high-repetition noise transients as stated
in Section 2.1.6 of NEMA Standard TS-2, 1992. LED signal modules shall be operationally
compatible with currently used controller assemblies (solid state load switches, flashers, and conflict
monitors). When a current of 20 ma AC (or less) is applied to the unit, the voltage read across the
two leads shall be 15 VAC or less. LED signal modules and associated on-board circuitry must
meet Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47, Subpart B, Section 15 regulations
concerning the emission of electronic noise. The LED signal module shall provide a power factor of
0.90 or greater. Total harmonic distortion (current and voltage) induced into an AC power line by an
LED signal module shall not exceed 20 percent.
209-4.02D Quality Assurance. LED signal modules shall be manufactured in accordance with
a vendor quality assurance (QA) program. The QA program shall include two types of quality
assurance: (1) design quality assurance and (2) production quality assurance. The production
quality assurance shall include statistically controlled routine tests to ensure minimum performance
levels of LED signal modules built to meet this specification. QA process and test results
documentation shall be kept on file for a minimum period of seven years.
*. .
LED signal module designs not satisfying design qualification testing and the production quality
sold as conforming to this specification. " assurance testing performance requirements described below shall not be labeled, advertised, or
209-4.02D(l) Manufacturer's Serial Numbers. Identification of the component and sub-
assembly level may be required if the reliability and performance of the module must be traceable to
the original item manufacturers of the module components and subassemblies.
209-4.02D(2) Production Quality Assurance Testing. The following Production Quality
Assurance tests shall be performed on each new LED signal module prior to shipment. Failure to
meet requirements of any of these tests shall be cause for rejection. The manufacturer for warranty
purposes shall retain test results for seven years.
Each LED signal module shall be tested for rated initial intensity after burn-in. Burn-in period shall
consist of each signal module being energized at rated voltage for a 30 minutes stabilization period
before the measurement is made. A single point measurement with a correlation to the intensity
requirements of Table 209-4.02B(l) for circular modules may be used. The ambient temperature for
this measurement shall be +259C (+779F).
Each LED signal module not meeting minimum luminous intensity requirements per Table 209-
4.025(1) or Table 209-4.025(3) shall be a cause for rejection.
Each LED signal module shall be tested for required power factor after burn-in.
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 185 of 288 Pages
Each LED signal module shall be measured for current flow in amperes after burn-in. The measured
cu,rrent values shall be compared against current values resulting from design qualification
measurements under "Design Qualification Testing". The current flow shall not exceed the rated
value. The measured ampere values with rated voltage shall be recorded as volt-ampere (VA) on
the product labels.
Each LED signal modules shall be visually inspected for any exterior physical damage or assembly
anomalies. Careful attention shall be paid to the surface of the lens to ensure there are no scratches
(abrasions), cracks, chips, discoloration, or other defects. Any such defects shall be cause for
rejection.
209-4.02D(3) Design Qualification Testing. Design Qualification testing shall be performed on
new LED signal module designs, and when a major design change has been implemented on an
existing design. The minimum sample quantity of LED signal modules shall be as stated for each
test. Failure to meet requirements for any of these tests shall be cause for rejection. A random
sample of six LED signal modules shall be energized for a minimum of 24 hours, at 100 percent
on-time duty cycle, in a temperature of 74QC (+165") before performing any design qualification
testing. Any failure within an LED signal module after burn-in shall be cause for rejection.
209-4.02D(4) Rated Initial Luminous Intensity. After burn-in, a sample of six LED signal
modules shall be tested for rate initial intensity per the requirements of "Photometric Requirements".
Before measurement, each LED signal module shall be energized at rated voltage, with 100 percent
on-time duty cycle, for a time period of 30 minutes. The ambient temperature for this measurement
shall be 25QC (77"). The test results for this test shall. have recorded the current voltage, total
harmonic distortion (THD), and power factor (PF) associated with each measurement.
209-4.02D(5) Chromaticity (Color). A sample of two LED signal modules shall be measured for
chromaticity (color) per the requirements of "Chromaticity requirements under "Photometric
Requirements." A spectra radiometer shall be used for this measurement. The ambient temperature
for this measurement shall be 25QC (nQF).
209-4.021)(6) Electrical. A sample of six LED signal modules shall be measured for current flow in
amperes. The measured current values shall be used for quality comparison of Production Quality
Assurance current measurement on production modules.
A sample of six LED signal modules shall be measured for power factor. A commercially available
power factor meter may be used to perform this measurement.
A sample of six LED modules shall be measured for total harmonic distortion. A commercially
available total harmonic distortion meter may be used to perform this measurement.
A sample of six LED signal modules shall be tested per the requirements of "Electrical", with
reference to Class A emission limits referenced in Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title
47, Subpart B, Section 15.
05110lOO Contract No. 31 90 Page 186 of 288 Pages
A sample of six LED signal modules shall be tested for compatibility with the controller unit, conflict
monitor, and load switch. Each signal module shall be connected to any AC voltage supply between
the values of 80 and 135 VAC. The AC voltage developed across each LED signal module so
connected shall not exceed 10 volts rms as the input AC voltage is varied from 80 volts to 135 volts
rms.
A sample of six LED modules shall be tested for transient immunity per "Electrical" using the
procedure described in NEMA Standard TS-1992.
Mechanical vibration testing shall be performed on a sample of three LED signal modules per MIL-
STD-883, Test Method 2007, using three 4 minute cycles along each x, y, and z axis, at a force of
2.5 Gs, with a frequency sweep from 2 Hz to 120 Hz. The loosening of the lens, of any internal
components, or other physical damage shall be cause for rejection.
Temperature cycling shall be performed on a sample of three LED signal modules per MIL-STD-883,
Test method 1010. The.temperature range shall be per "Environmental Requirements". A minimum
of 20 cycles shall be performed with a 30 minute transfer time between temperature extremes and a
30 minute dwell time at each temperature. Signal under test shall be non-operating. Failure of a
module to function properly or any evidence of cracking of the module lens or housing after
temperature cycling shall be cause for rejection.
Moisture resistance testing shall be performed on a sample of three LED signal modules per NEMA
Standard 250-1 991 for Type 4 enclosures. Any evidence of internal moisture after testing shall be
cause for rejection.
209-4.02D(7) Certificate of Compliance. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a Certificate
of Compliance from the manufacturer in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-1.07,
"Certificates of Compliance," of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. The certificate shall certify that
the LED signal modules comply with the requirements of these specifications. The certificate shall
also include a copy of all applicable test reports on the LED signal modules.
- r ..
" 209-4.03 Directional Louvers. Where shown on the plans, directional louvers shall be furnished
and installed in signal visors. Directional louvers shall be so constructed as to have a snug fit in the
signal visors. The outside cylinder shall be constructed of 0.75 mm (0.030") nominal thickness, or
thicker, sheet steel and the vanes shall be constructed of 0.4 mm (0.016) nominal thickness, or
thicker, sheet steel or the cylinder and vanes shall be constructed of 5052-H32 aluminum alloy of
equivalent thickness. Dimensions of louvers and arrangements of vanes shall be as shown on the
plans.
209-4.04 Backplates. Where shown on the plans, backplates shall be furnished and installed on
signal faces. Dimensions, materials and installation details shall be as shown on the plans. No
background light shall show between the backplate and ttie signal face or between sections. Plastic
backplates shall be supplied and either formed from sheet plastic or assembled from extruded,
molded or cast sections. Sections shall be factory joined using (1 ) an appropriate solvent cement,
(2) aluminum rivets and washers painted or permanently colored to match the backplate, or (3) No.
10 machine screws with washer, lock washer and nut, painted to match the backplate. Backplates
shall be of black homogeneous colored material with a lusterless finish. Each plastic backplate shall
be secured to the plastic signal face in a manner that will prevent its removal or permanent
deformation when the wind-load test is applied to either the front or the rear of the signal face. The
permanent deformation of any portion of the backplate shall not exceed 5 degrees forward or
backward after the wind loading has been applied for 24 hours.
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 187 of 288 Pages
When a plastic backplate requires field assembly, it shall be joined with at least four No. 10 machine
screws at each field assembled joint. Each machine screw shall be provided with an integral or
captive flat washer, a hexagonal head slotted for a standard screwdriver, and either (1) a locking nut
with an integral or captive flat washer, or (2) a nut, flat washer and lockwasher. Machine screws,
nuts and washers shall be stainless steel. Where a metal backplate consists of 2 or mare sections,
the sections shall be fastened with rivets or with aluminum bolts peened after assembly to prevent
loosening. In lieu of the screws shown on the plans, plastic backplates may be fastened to the
plastic signal face using self-threading No. 10 stainless steel screws. The screws shall have an
integral or captive flat washer and a hexagon head slotted for a standard screwdriver, and shall be
stainless steel.
209-4.05 Programmed Visibility Vehicle Signal Faces. Each programmed visibility signal face
and the installation thereof shall conform to the provisions in Sections 209-4.01, “Vehicle Signal
Faces,” 209-4.03, “Backplates,” and 209-4.06, “Signal Mounting Assemblies,” except that the
provisions in Section 209-4.01A, “Optical Units,” shall not apply. Each programmed visibility signal
section shall provide a nominal 300 mm (12“) diameter circular or arrow indication. Color and arrow
configuration shall conform to ITE Publication: ST-OO8B. Each section shall be provided with a cap
visor. Each signal section shall be provided with an adjustable connection that permits incremental
tilting from 0 to 10 degrees above or below the horizontal while maintaining a common vertical axis
through couplers and mountings. Terminal connection shall permit external adjustment about the
mounting axis in 5 degree increments.
The signal shall be mountable with ordinary tools and capable of being serviced without tools.
Adjustment shall be preset at 4 degrees below the horizontal, unless otherwise specified.
The visibility of each programmed visibility signal face shall be capable of adjustment or
programming within the face. When programmed, each signal face’s indication shall be visible only
in those areas or lanes to be controlled, except that during dusk and darkness a faint glow to each
side will be permissible. Prior to programming, each signal section with a yellow indication shall
provide a minimum luminous intensity of 2500 cd on the optical axis, and a maximum intensity of
100 cd at 15 degrees horizontal from the axis. Each signal section with a yellow indication shall be
capable of having its visibility programmed.to achieve the following luminous intensities: a minimum
of 2500 cd on’ the optical axis, a maximum of 100 cd at from 0.5 to 2 degrees horizontal from the
axis and a maximum of 10 cd at from 2 to 15 degrees horizontal from the axis. Under the same
conditions, the intensities of the red indication and the green indication shall be at least 19 and 38
percent, respectively, of the yellow indication. Each signal face or each signal section shall include
integral means for regulating its luminous intensity between limits in proportion to the individual
background luminance. Lamp intensity shall not be less than 97 percent of uncontrolled intensity at
10 000 Ix, and shall reduce to 15 & percent of maximum intensity at less than 10 Ix. The dimming
device shall operate over an applied voltage range of 95 to 130 VI 60 Hz and a temperature range of
-40°C to 74°C. The Contractor shall program the head as recommended by the manufacturer and
as directed by the Engineer.
209-4.06 Pedestrian Signal Faces. Message symbols for pedestrian signal faces shall be white
WALKING PERSON and Portland orange UPRAISED HAND conforming to the requirements of the
Institute of Transportation Engineers Standards: “Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications” and
the “Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices.’’ The height of each symbol shall be not less than
250 mm (10“) and the width of each symbol shall be not less than 165 mm (6’/;). The luminance of
the UPRAISED HAND symbol shall be 3750 cd/m2 (1,100 foot-lamberts), minimum, and the
luminance of the WALKING PERSON symbol shall be 5300 cd/m2 (1,550 foot-lamberts), minimum,
when tested in accordance with California Test 606.
The uniformity ratio of an illuminated symbol shall not exceed 4 to 1 between the highest luminance area and the lowest luminance area. The luminance difference between a nonilluminated symbol and the background around the symbol shall be less than 30 percent when viewed with the front
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 188 of 288 Pages
screen in place and at a low sun angle. Brightness measurements for signals designed for an
incandescent lamp will be made when the signal is equipped with an A-21 traffic signal lamp operated at a voltage to produce 665 lumens. Each housing, including the front screen, shall have
maximum overall dimensions of 470 mm (1 8'/*'') width, 483 mm (19) height and 292 mm, (1 1 1/2u) depth. All new pedestrian signal faces installed at any one intersection shall be the same make and type. Each pedestrian signal face shall be installed at the location and mounted in the manner shown on the plans.
209-4.06A Types. Pedestrian signal faces shall be Type A and shall conform to the following:
Each Type A signal shall consist of a housing, two-color message plate, a reflector assembly, two light emitting diode modules conforming to the provisions in Section 209-4.07, "Light Emitting Diode
Pedestrian Signal Modules", with sockets and a front screen. Each message plate shall be one piece and shall be made 4.7 mm (3/161') tempered glass. The symbols shall be applied to the inside
smooth surface of the message plate. Each reflector assembly shall consist of a double reflector or 2 single reflectors. Each reflector shall be made of either aluminum or plastic. All reflectors shall conform to the provisions in Institute of Traffic Engineers Publication: ST-O08B, "Vehicle Traffic Control Signal Heads." .Plastic reflectors shall consist of molded or vacuum-formed plastic with a vacuum-deposited aluminum reflecting surface. The plastic material shall not distort when the reflector is used with the lamp of the wattage normally furnished with the signal. In addition, the UL nonmechanical loading temperature of the material shall exceed, by at least 1O"C, the maximum temperature in the signal section with the lamp "ON" and measured in an ambient air temperature of
25°C in accordance with UL Publication UL 7466. Each completed reflector shall, when operated with the appropriate lamp and lens, provide the message brightness specified.
209-4.06B Front Screen. The front screen provided on each Type A signal shall have a 38 mm (1 '/21() deep eggcrate or Z-crate type screen of 0.8 mm (0.03") nominal thickness polycarbonate. The screening shall be mounted in a frame constructed of 1 .O mm (0.04") minimum thickness polycarbonate. The screen shall be installed parallel to the face of the message plate and shall be held in place by the use of stainless steel screws.
The front screen shall not fracture, separate at the welds, or compress more than 3 mm ('/eu) when a 75 mm (3") diameter, 1.8-kg (41b.) steel ball is dropped onto the screen from a height of 1.2 m (4') above the screen. The screen will be lying in a horizontal position and supported on its edges for this test. The message plate will be removed from the pedestrian signal housing, when the pedestrian housing is used to support the front screen during the test, so there will be no back support for the screen. The screen and frame shall be fabricated from aluminum anodized flat black, or finished with lusterless black exterior grade latex paint formulated for application to properly prepared metal surfaces, or shall be fabricated from flat black plastic. Alternate methods of screening may be substituted for the above screens provided that the results are at least equal to those obtained with the above specified screens as determined by the Engineer.
209-4.06C Housing. Pedestrian signal housings shall conform to the provisions in Section
209-4.01 B, "Signal Sections."
209-4.06E Finish. The exterior of each housing and visor and the interior of visors shall be painted in accordance with the provisions in Section 209-2.1 6, "Painting."
209-4.06F Control. All pedestrian signals shall be capable of being controlled by the solid-state switching devices specified for traffic signal controller assemblies.
209-4.06G Terminal Blocks. Each pedestrian signal face shall be provided with a light duty terminal block conforming to the provisions in Section 209-4.01C, "Electrical Components." All field
wiring shall connect to this terminal block.
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 189 of 288 Pages
209-4.07 Light Emitting Diode Pedestrian Signal Modules For Type A pedestrian signal
faces, the pedestrian signal face "Upraised Hand" & "Walking Person" module shall utilize light
emitting diode. Each light emitting diode (LED) pedestrian signal face "Upraised Hand" & "Walking
Person" module shall consist of an assembly that utilizes light emitting diodes as the light source in
lieu of an incandescent lamp for use in pedestrian signal faces and shall conform to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
a.
9.
10.
11.
LED Pedestrian signal face "Upraised Hand" & "Walking Person" module shall be designed
to mount in the standard existing Type "A" Housing. Pedestrian signal face modules shall be
designed to mount behind or replace the existing face plate of existing Type "A" housing as
specified by the requirements of the ITE Standards: "Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal
Indications' and the MUTCD. The design of the modules shall require a specific mounting
orientation.
LED pedestrian signal module used on this project shall be from the same manufacturer.
The circuit board and power supply shall be contained inside the module. Circuit boards shall
conform to Chapter 1 Section 6 of the "Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications".
LED pedestrian signal modules shall fit into the existing type "A" housing and shall not
require a specific mounting orientation or have a variance in light output, pattern or visibility
for any mounting orientation.
The LEDs for "Upraised Hand" symbol shall utilize AllnGaP technology and shall be the ultra
bright type rated for 100,000 hours of continuous operation from -40% to 74QC.
The individual LEDs shall be wired such that a catastrophic failure of one LED will result in
the loss of not more then 5 percent of the signal module light output. The failure of an
individual LED in a string .shall only result in the loss of that LED, not the entire string or
indication.
The LED ped modules tested or submitted for testing shall be -representative of typical
average production units. LED ped modules shall be tested according to California Test No.
610 and as described herein. All optical testing shall be performed with the module mounted
in a standard Type "A" Pedestrian Housing but without a visor or hood attached to the
housing.
The luminance of the UPRAISED HAND symbol shall be 3750 cd/m2 minimum. The color of
UPRAISED HAND should be Portland orange conforming to the requirements of the institute
of Transportation Engineers Standards: "Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications" and
the "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices." The height of each symbol shall be not less
than 250 mm and the width of each symbol shall not be less than 165 mm.
The luminance of the WALKING PERSON ,symbol shall be 5300 cd/m2 minimum. The color
of WALKING PERSON should be White conforming to the requirements of the Institute of
Transportation Engineers Standards: "Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications" and the
"Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices." The height of each symbol shall be not less
than 250 mm and the width of each symbol shall not be less than 165 mrn.
The uniformity ratio of an illuminated symbol shall not exceed 4 to 1 between the highest
luminance area and the lowest luminance area.
LED ped module shall be rated for a minimum useful life of 48 months and shall maintain not
less than 85 percent of 3750 cd/m2 for UPRAISED HAND & 5300 .cd/m2 for WALKING
05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 . Page 190 of 288 Pages
PERSON after 48 months of continuous use in a traffic signal operation over the temperature
range of -40% to +74%.
209-4.07A Physical And Mechanical Requirements. LED ped module traffic signal modules shall be designed as retrofit replacements for existing optical units of signal lamps and shall not
require special tools for installation. LED ped module shall fit into existing traffic signal section
housings built to the VTCSH without modification to the housing. installation of an LED ped module
shall require the removal of the lens, reflector and lamps.
209-4.07A(l) Environmental Requirements. LED ped modules shall be rated for use in the
operating temperature range of -40% (-40") to +74% (+165").
209-4.07A(2) Construction. LED ped modules shall be a single, self-contained device, not
requiring on-site assembly for installation into an existing Type "A" housing. The power supply for
the LED ped module shall be integral to the unit. The assembly and manufacturing process for the
LED ped module assembly shall be designed to assure all internal components are adequately
supported to withstand mechanical shock and vibration from high winds and other sources.
209-4.07A(3) Materials. Material used for the LED ped module construction shall conform to ASTM
specifications for the materials where applicable. Enclosures containing either the power supply or
electronic components of the LED ped module shall be made of UL94VO flame retardant materials.
209-4.07A(4) Module Identification. Each LED ped module shall have the manufacturer's name,
trademark, and other necessary identification permanently marked on the back of the module.
Each individual LED ped module shall be identified for warranty purposes. The following operating
characteristics shall be identified: rated voltage, power consumption, and volt-ampere.
If a specific mounting orientation is required, each module shall have prominent and permanent
marking(s) for correct indexing and orientation within a signal housing. The marking shall consist of .
an up arrow, or the word "UP" or "TOP". Type A Pedestrian Signal Face (Combination Raised
HandNValking Person section) housing without the reflector shall be utilized for LED combo
209-4.07B Photometric Requirements. An LED ped module shall meet at least 85 percent of
the minimum 3750 cd/m2 for UPRAISED HAND & 5300 cd/m2 for WALKING PERSON while
operating throughout the operating temperature range of -40% to 74%. The minimum initial
luminous intensity values for UPRAISED HAND LED ped modules shall be 3750 cd/m2 at 25". The
minimum initial luminous intensity values for WALKING PERSON LED ped modules shall be 5300
cd/m2 at 25%. The measured chromaticity coordinates of LED ped modules shall conform to the
chromaticity requirements of Section 5.3.2.1 and Figure C of the VTCSH standards.
1, modules.
209-4.07C Electrical. Maximum power consumption requirements for LED signal modules shall be
as follows:
UPRAISED HAND
15.0W 12.0w WALKING PERSON 12.0w 1o.ow
209-4.07D Qualitv Assurance. LED oed modules shall be manufactured in accordance with a vendor quality asiurance (QA) program. The QA program shall include two types of quality assurance: (1) design quality assurance and (2) production quality assurance. The production quality assurance shall include statistically controlled routine tests to ensure minimum performance levels of LED ped modules built to meet this specification. QA process and test results
4$ 0511 0100 Contract No. 31 90 Page 191 of 288 Pages
documentation shall be kept on file for a minimum period of seven years. LED ped module designs
not satisfying design qualification testing and the production quality assurance testing performance requirements described below shall not be labeled, advertised, or sold as conforming to this
specification.
209-4.07D(l ) Manufacturer's Serial Numbers. Identification of the component and sub-
assembly level may be required if the reliability and performance of the module must be traceable to
the original item manufacturers of the module components and subassemblies.
209-4.07D(2) Production Quality Assurance Testing. The following Production Quality
Assurance tests shall be performed on each new LED ped module prior to shipment. Failure to meet requirements of any of these tests shall be cause for rejection. The manufacturer for warranty purposes shall retain test results for seven years. Each LED ped module shall be tested for rated
initial intensity after burn-in. Burn-in period shall consist of each signal module being energized at a
rated voltage for a 30 minute stabilization period before the measurement is made. Each LED ped
module not meeting 3750 cdm2 for UPRAISED HAND & 5300 cdm2 for WALKING PERSON
luminous intensity requirements shall be cause for rejection. Each ped module shall be tested for
required power factor after burn-in. Each LED ped module shall be measured for current flow in
amperes after burn-in. The measured current values shall be compared against current values
resulting from design qualification measurements under "Design Qualification Testing". The current flow shall not exceed the rated value. The measured ampere values with rated voltage shall be recorded as volt-ampere (VA) on the product labels. Each LED ped module shall be visually inspected for any exterior physical damage or assembly anomalies. Careful attention shall be paid to
the surface of the lens to ensure there are no scratches (abrasions), cracks, chips, discoloration, or
other defects. Any such defects shall be cause for rejection.
209-4.07D(3) Design Qualification Testing. Design qualification testing shall be performed on new
LED ped module designs, and when a major design change has been implemented on an existing
design. The minimum sample quantity of LED ped modules shall be as stated for each test. Failure
to meet requirements for any of these tests shall be cause for rejection. A random sample of six
LED ped modules shall be energized for a minimum of 24 hours, at 100 percent on-time duty cycle,
in a temperature of 74QC (+165iQF) before performing any design qualification testing. Any failure
within an LED ped module after burn-in shall be cause for rejection.
209-4.07D(4) Rated Initial Luminous Intensity. After burn-in, a sample of six LED ped modules
shall be tested for rated initial intensity per the requirements of "Photometric Requirements". Before
measurement, each LED ped module shall be energized at rated voltage, with 100 percent on-time
duty cycle, for a time period of 30 minutes. The ambient temperature for this measurement shall be
25QC (77QF). The test results for this test shall have recorded the current voltage, total harmonic
distortion (THD), and power factor (PF) associated with each measurement.
209-4.070(5) Chromaticity (Color). A sample of two LED ped modules shall be measured for
chromaticity (color) per the requirements of "Chromaticity' requirements under "Photometric
Requirements." A spectraradiometer shall be used for this measurement. The ambient temperature
for this measurement shall be 2EiQC (77'F).
209-4.07D(6) Electrical. A sample of six LED ped modules shall be measured for current flow in
amperes. The measured current values shall be used for quality comparison of Production Quality
Assurance current measurement on production modules.
A sample of six LED ped modules shall be measured for power factor. A commercially available
power factor meter may be used to perform this measurement.
e 05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 192 of 288 Pages
A sample of six LED ped modules be measured for total harmonic distortion. A commercially
available total harmonic distortion meter may be used to perform this measurement.
A sample of six LED ped modules shall be tested per the requirements of "Electrical", with reference
to Class A emission limits referenced in Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47,
Subpart B, Section 15.
A sample of six LED ped modules shall be tested for compatibility with the controller unit, conflict
monitor, and load switch. Each signal module shall be connected to any AC voltage supply between
the values of 80 and 135 VAC. The AC voltage developed across each LED ped module so
connected shall not exceed 10 volts rms as the input AC voltage is varied from 80 V rms to 135 V
rms.
A sample of six LED ped modules shall be tested for transient immunity per "Electrical" using the
procedure described in NEMA Standard TS-1992.
Mechanical vibration testing shall be performed on a sample of three LED ped modules per
MIL-STD-883, Test Method 2007, using three 4 minute cycles along each x, y, and z axis, at a force
of 2.5 g, with a frequency sweep from 2 Hz to 120 Hz. The loosening of the lens, of any internal
components, or other physical damage shall be cause for rejection.
Temperature cycling shall be performed on a sample of three LED ped modules per MIL-STD-883,
Test method 101 0. The temperature range shall be per "Environmental Requirements". A minimum
of 20 cycles shall be performed with a 30 minute transfer time between temperature extremes and a
30 minute dwell time at each temperature. Signal under test shall be non-operating. Failure of a
module to function properly or any evidence of cracking of the module lens or housing after
temperature cycling shall be cause for rejection.
209-4.07D(7) Certificate of Compliance. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a Certificate
of Compliance from the manufacturer in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-1.07,
"Certificates of Compliance," of the Standard Specifications. The certificate shall certify that the LED
ped modules comply with the requirements of these specifications. The certificate shall also include
a copy of all applicable test reports on the LED ped modules.
209-4.07D(8) Guarantee. The Contractor shall guarantee LED ped modules for a period of one
year starting on the day after the Engineer accepts the project. Modules that fail during this period
shall be replaced at no cost to the State, except that State forces will change out the modules in the
field. The replacement modules shall be delivered to the Engineer, or to the Public Works
Department at 405 Oak Avenue, within five working days after notification. The failed modules will
be made available to the Contractor at the above address at the same time as the replacement is
delivered.
209-4.07D(9) Warranty. The manufacturer shall provide a written warranty against defects in
materials and workmanship for the LED ped modules for a period of 36 months after installation of
the modules. Replacement modules shall be provided promptly after receipt of modules that have
failed at no cost to the State except cost of shipping of the failed modules. All warranty
documentation shall be given to the Engineer prior to installation.
209-4.08 Signal Mounting Assemblies. Signal mounting assemblies shall consist of 40 mm
(1 '/;) standard weight steel galvanized pipe conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation:
A 53, necessary fittings, slip-fitters and terminal compartments. Pipe fittings shall be ductile iron, galvanized steel, aluminum alloy Type AC-84B No. 380, or bronze. Mast arm slip-fitters shall be
cast bronze or hot-dip galvanized ductile iron. Post top slip-fitters and terminal Compartments shall
G 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 193 of 288 Pages
be cast bronze, Type 356-T6 aluminum or hot-dip galvanized ductile iron. After installation, any exposed threads of galvanized pipe brackets and all areas of the brackets damaged by wrench or
vise jaws shall be cleaned with a wire brush and painted with 2 applications of approved unthinned
zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) conforming to the requirements in Section 210, “Paint and
Protective Coatings.” Aerosol cans shall not be used.
Each terminal compartment shall be fitted with a terminal block containing a minimum of 12 poles, each with 2 screw type terminals. Each terminal shall be designed to accommodate at least 5 No.
14 conductors. A cover shall be provided on the compartment to give ready access to the terminal block. Where used to bracket mount signals, the terminal compartment shall be designed to bolt
securely to a pole or standard. The horizontal dimension of mounting assembly members between the vertical centerline of the terminal compartment or slip-fitter and the vertical centerline of each
signal face, shall not exceed 280 mm (1 l”), except where required to provide proper signal face alignment or permit programming of programmed visibility signal faces or when otherwise directed by the Engineer. Each mounting assembly shall be oriented to provide maximum horizontal
clearance to the adjacent roadway. All mounting assembly members shall be either plumb or level, symmetrically arranged and securely assembled. Construction shall be such as to permit all conductors to be concealed. Mounting assemblies shall be watertight and free of sharp edges or protrusions which might damage conductor insulation.
For post-top mounting of signals, a slip-fitter shall be used. Slip-fitter shall fit over a 11 5 mm (4’/2(0
outside diameter pipe or tapered standard end. Each slip-fitter shall be provided with cadmium-
plated steel set screws, arranged as shown on the plans. Each slip-fitter used to post-top mount
signals with brackets shall be provided with an integral terminal compartment. Each mounting
assembly shall be provided with positive locking, serrated fittings, which when mated with similar
fittings on the signal faces shall prevent faces from rotating. Fittings shall permit fastening at in-
crements of not more than 7 degrees.
Signal faces shall not be installed at any intersection until all other signal equipment, including the
complete controller assembly, is in place and ready for operation at that intersection, except that the
signal faces may be mounted if they are not directed toward traffic or if they are covered.
209-4.09 Flashing Beacons. Each beacon shall consist of a single section traffic signal face,
conforming to the provisions in Section 209-4.01 , “Vehicle Signal Faces,” with yellow or red lens as
shown on the plans. The beacon flasher unit shall be independent of the intersection flasher unit.
Reflective sheeting for W41 “Signal Ahead signs, mounted on flashing beacons, shall be prismatic
lens reflective sheeting (Diamond Grade or equal).
209-4.09A Backplates. Each beacon shall be provided with a backplate conforming to the
requirements in Section 209-4.03, “Backplates.”
209-4.09B Visors. Each beacon shall be provided with a full circle type visor conforming to the
requirements in Section 209-4.01 D, “Visors.”
209-4.09C Flashing Beacon Control Assembly. Each flashing beacon control assembly shall
consist of switches, circuit breakers, terminal blocks, flasher, dimming relay, wiring and electrical
components necessary to provide proper operation of the beacons, all housed in a single enclosure.
209-4.09C(l) Enclosure. The enclosure shall be NEMA Type 3R, and shall be provided with dead
front panel and a hasp to permit padlocking of the cover. The padlock will be furnished by others.
The enclosure shall be hot-dip galvanized or, at the option of the Contractor, shall be provided with a
factory applied rust resistant prime coat and finish coat.
209-4.09C(2) Circuit Breakers and Switches. A 15-A circuit breaker shall be installed to control a 05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 194 of 288 Pages
each ungrounded conductor entering the enclosure. A switch to permit manual operation of the sign
lighting circuit shall be provided. Switches shall be of the single-hole-mounting toggle type, single
pole, single-throw, rated at 12 A, 120 V. Switches shall be furnished with an indicating nameplate
reading “Auto - Test” and shall be connected in parallel with the load contacts of the photoelectric
control circuit. A 15-A circuit breaker may be used in place of the toggle switch.
209-4.09C(3) Flasher. The flasher shall meet the requirements of Section 8, “Solid-State Flashers,”
of NEMA Standards Publication No. TS 1. The flasher shall be a solid-state device with no contact
points or moving parts. The flasher shall provide 2 output circuits to permit alternate flashing of
signal faces and shall be capable of carrying a’minimum of 10 A per circuit at 120 V.
209-4.09C(4) Wiring. Conductors and wiring in the enclosure shall conform to the requirements in
Section 209-3.O4Cl “Cabinet Wiring.”
209-4.09C(5) Terminal Blocks. Terminal blocks shall be rated at 25 A, 600 V, shall be molded from
phenolic or nylon material and shall be the barrier type with plated brass screw terminals and
integral type marking strips.
209-4.09C(6) Dimming Relay. A heavy duty dimming relay shall be provided to reduce the voltage
to the lamps at night. Heavy duty relays shall be designed for continuous duty. Relays shall operate
during ambient temperatures from -1 8°C to 71 “C (0” to 160°F). Each relay shall operate in the 8-pin
Jones-type socket shown on the plans. Relays shall be provided with double-pole, double-throw
contacts. Contact points shall be of fine silver, silver-alloy, or superior alternative material. Contact
points and contact arms shall be capable of operation for 250,000 cycles with 20 A of tungsten load
per contact at 120 VI 60 Hz AC. Coils shall have a power consumption of 10 V-A or less and shall
be designed for continuous duty on 120 volts AC. Heavy duty relays shall be enclosed with a
removable, clear plastic cover. ..
209-5 DETECTORS
209-5.01 Vehicle Detectors. Vehicle detectors shall be the type or types shown on the plans. All
sensor units, control units, and amplifiers shall meet the requirements of California Test 675. The
units shall not be affected by transient voltages when tested in accordance with California Test 667.
After a power interruption the units shall return to normal operation within one minute. Each unit
shall be provided with a light or meter, for each output circuit, to indicate when the detector is
detecting a vehicle. Each detector shall operate over the range of voltages from 100 volts to
135 volts at 60 Hz. Circuitry shall be solid-state except relays with normally closed contacts may be
used for the output circuit. Units shall be designed to provide ease of maintenance with easily ac-
cessible electronic components. Each detector shall provide vehicle detection without readjustment
from -1 8°C to 71°C (0” to 160°F). Units shall use printed circuit boards designed to facilitate
identification of components. This shall be done by either part identification markings or by providing
a pictorial diagram showing physical location’ and identification of each component. Each printed
circuit board shall have the following minimum quality requirements: NEMA FR-4 glass cloth base
epoxy resin board, 1.5 mm (1/1611) minimum thickness, organic solder masking and gold plated
contacts. lntercomponent wiring shall be copper track with a minimum mass of 600 g/m2 (2 odf?).
Printed circuit design shall be such that components may be removed and replaced without
permanent damage to boards or tracks. Splices shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-2.09,
‘‘Wiring.”
..
209-5.01A Inductive Loop Detectors. Inductive loop detectors shall conform to the following:
209-5.01A(l) General. The term “inductive loop detector” applies to a complete installation
G 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 195 of 288 Pages
consisting of a loop or group of loops installed in the roadway, as shown on the plans, lead-in cable
and a sensor unit with power supply installed in a controller cabinet.
209-5.01A(3) Sensor Unit Construction. “Card” type sensor units shall conform to the
requirements in ‘Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications,” issued by the State of California,
Department of Transportation, and to all addendums thereto current at the time of project
advertising. Shelf mounted sensor units shall conform to the requirements in Section 11 of the
NEMA Standards Publication No. TS 1. Capacitors or inductors necessary for loop tuning shall not
be mounted external to the sensor unit.
209-5.01A(4) Construction Materials. Conductor for each inductive loop detector shall be
continuous and unspliced and shall conform to one of the following:
1. Type 1 loop wire shall be Type RHW-USE neoprene-jacketed or Type USE cross-linked
polyethylene insulated, No. 12, stranded copper wire. The minimum insulation thickness at any
point shall be 1 .O mm (40 mils).
2. Type 2 loop wire shall consist of a conductor inside of plastic tubing. The conductor shall be
Type THWN or Type XHHW, No. 14, stranded copper wire. The tubing shall be polyethylene or
vinyl, rated for use at 105”C, and shall be resistant to oil and gasoline. The tubing shall have a
maximum outside diameter of 7 mm (0.27”) and a minimum wall thickness of 0.71 mm (0.028).
The conductors shall not be spliced inside the tubing.
Conductors for loop detector lead-in cable shall be 2 No. 16 (19 x 29) stranded tinned copper. Loop
detector lead-in cable shall conform to the calculated cross sectional area of ASTM Designation:
B 286, Table 1. The lead-in cable shall conform to one of the following:
1. Type B lead-in cable shall be insulated with 0.5 mm (20 mils) of high-density polyethylene. The
conductors shall be twisted together with at least 6 turns per meter and the twisted pair shall be
protected with a copper or aluminum polyester shield. A No. 20, minimum, copper drain wire
shall be provided and connected to the equipment ground within the cabinet. The cable shall
be provided with a high-density polyethylene or high-density polypropylene outer jacket with a
nominal thickness of 0.8 mm (35 mils). An amorphous interior moisture penetration barrier of
nonhydroscopic polyethylene or polypropylene fillers shall be provided.
2. Type C lead-in cable shall conform to International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA)
Specification No. 50-2. A No. 20, minimum, copper drain wire shall be provided and connected
to the equipment ground within the cabinet.
209-5.01A(5) Installation Details. Installation and tests shall conform to the details and notes
shown on the plans. Unless shown otherwise each loop shall consist of 3 turns of conductor as
specified in Section 209-5.01A(4), “Construction Materials.” Slots cut in the pavement shall be
washed clean, blown out and thoroughly dried before installing conductors. Residue resulting from
slot cutting operations shall not be permitted to flow across shoulders or lanes occupied by public
traffic and shall be removed from the pavement surface before any residue flows off of the pavement
surface. Residue from slot cutting operations shall be disposed of outside the highway right of way
in accordance with Section 7-8.1, “Cleanup and Dust Control.” After conductors are installed in the
slots cut in the pavement, the slots shall be filled with sealant to within 3 mm (’/<) of the pavement
surface. The sealant shall be at least 25 mm (1“) thick above the top conductor in the saw cut.
Before setting, surplus sealant shall be removed from the adjacent road surfaces without the use of
solvents. The sealant for filling slots shall conform to the following:
1. Elastomeric Sealant.- Elastomeric sealant shall be a polyurethane material of a composition
that will, within its stated shelf life, cure only in the presence of moisture. Seaiant shall be
suitable for use in both asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete. The cured sealant
shall have the performance characteristics in Table 209-5.01A(5)(A).
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 196 of 288 Pages
TABLE 209-5.01 A(5)(A)
ELASTOMERIC SEALANT CHARACTERISTICS
Property Conditions Results Measuring Standard
Hardness ASTM D 2240 Rex.
pulled at 508 mm (20") per 400%, minimum ' ASTM D 412 Die C, Elongation
minute Strength
pulled at 508 mm (20") per 3.45 MPa, minimum ASTM D 412 Die C, Tensile
humidity Type A, Model 1700 (indentation)
25°C @ 50% relative 65-85
(ASTM Designation)
I I I minute Flex at -40°C I 0.6 mm (25 mil) Free I No cracks I over 13 mm ('/<) Mandrel Film Bend (1 80")
Weathering Cured 7 days at 25°C @ Slight chalking ASTM D 822 Resistance
508 mm (20") per minute tensile; 400% minimum at 38°C Resistance
5% NaCI, Die C, pulled at 3.45 MPa, minimum ASTM B 117 28 days Salt-Spray
50% Weatherometer 350 h
Elongation
Dielectric ASTM D 150 Less than 25% change over a temperature range
Constant - Of -30°C to 50°C
2.
1.
Asphaltic Emulsion Sealant.- Asphaltic emulsion sealant shall conform to the State of
California Specification 8040-41A-15 and shall be used only for filling slots in asphalt
concrete pavement. This material shall not be used in slots which exceed 16 mm (5/8) in
width or where the slope causes the material to run from the slot. The material shall not be
thinned in excess of the manufacturer's recommendations and shall not be placed when the
air temperature is less than 7°C (45°F).
Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant.- Hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be. in solid form at
room temperature and fluid at an application temperature of 190°C (375°F) to 205°C (400°F).
Fumes from the material shall be non-toxic. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt
concrete and portland cement concrete. Performance characteristics of the cured hot-melt
rubberized asphalt shall be as per Table 209-5.01 A(5)(B).
TABLE 209-5.01 A(5)(B)
CURED HOT-MELT RUBBERIZED ASPHALT
Property I Measuring Standard (ASTM I Results I Conditions
Designation)
Cone 25"C, 150 g, 5 s 3.5 mm, max. ASTM D 3407, Sec. 5 - Penetration
Flow, 60°C
25°C 25%, min. ,ASTM D 3407, Sec. 8 Resilience
5 mm, max. ASTM D 3407, Sec. 6
a I I Softening I ASTM D 36 I 82 "C, min. I - Point,
Ductility,
288 "C. min. ASTM D 92 Flash Point, 25"C, 50 mm/min 300 mm, min. ASTM D 113
COC, "C
Viscosity, ASTM D 4402
Thermosel, rpm, 1 90°C, Brookfield No. 27 Spindle, 20 2.5-3.5 Pa-s
The hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be melted in a jacketed, double boiler type melting unit.
05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 197 of 288 Pages
Temperature of the heat transfer medium shall not exceed 245°C (475°F). Application of the hot-
melt sealant shall be made with a pressure feed applicator or pour pot. Sealant shall be applied
when the’ pavement surface temperature is greater than 4°C (40°F). Hot-melt sealant shall be
packaged in containers clearly marked “Detector Loop Sealant” and specifying the batch and lot
number of the manufacturer.
Loop conductors shall be installed without splices and shall terminate in the nearest pull box. The
loops shall be joined in the pull box in combination of series and parallel so that optimum sensitivity
is obtained at the sensor unit. Final splices between loops and lead-in cable shall not be made until
the operation of the loops under actual traffic conditions is approved by the Engineer. All loop
conductors for each direction of travel for the same phase of a traffic signal system, in the same pull
box, shall be spliced to a detector lead-in cable which shall be run from the pull box adjacent to the
loop detector to a sensor unit mounted in the controller cabinet. All loop conductors for traffic
monitoring shall terminate in a pull box or terminal strip in the traffic monitor station cabinet when a
cabinet of that type is installed. Conductors for inductive loop traffic signal and traffic monitoring
installations shall be identified and banded, in pairs, by lane, in the pull box adjacent to the loops
and near the termination of the conductors in the controller or traffic monitoring station cabinet.
Bands shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-2.09, ‘Wiring.”
If asphalt concrete surfacing is to be placed, the loop conductors shall be installed prior to placing
the uppermost layer of asphalt concrete. The conductors shall be installed, as shown on the plans,
in the compacted layer of asphalt concrete immediately below the uppermost layer. Installation
details shall be as shown on the plans, except the sealant shall fill the slot flush to the surface.
209-5.01 B Emergency Vehicle Pre-Emption Detector System. Each emergency vehicle pre-
emption detector system shall conform to the details shown on the plans and these special
provisions and shall consist of an optical emitter assembly or assemblies located on the appropriate
vehicle and an optical detector/discriminator assembly or assemblies located at the traffic signal.
Each system shall permit detection of Class II emergency vehicles. Class II emergency vehicles
shall be capable of being detected at any range up to 2,500 feet from the optical detector.
209-5.01 B(l) Optical Emitter Assembly. Each optical emitter assembly shall consist of an emitter
unit, an emitter control unit and connecting cables and shall conform to the following:
Each optical emitter assembly, including lamp, shall be designed to operate over an ambient
temperature range of -34~C to 74~C at both modulation frequencies and to operate continuously at
the higher frequency for a minimum of 3,000 hours at 25~C ambient before failure of lamp or any
other component.
Each emitter unit shall be controlled by a single, maintained-contact switch on the respective emitter
control unit. The switch shall be capable of being positioned in a readily accessible location to the
vehicle driver. The control unit shall contain a pilot light to indicate that the emitter power circuit is
energized and shall be capable of generating only Class II modulating code.
Functional Requirements. Each emitter unit shall transmit optical energy in one direction only.
The signal from each emitter unit shall be capable of being detected at a distance of 2,500 feet when
used with a standard optical detectioddiscriminator assembly. The modulation frequency for Class
II signal emitters shall be 14.035 Hz k 0.003 Hz. The standard optical detectiorddiscriminator
assembly to be used in conducting the range tests shall be available from the manufacturer of the
system. A certified performance report shall be furnished by the contractor with each assembly.
The emitter unit shall be configured with a grating to provide precise directionality control.
05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 198 of 288 Pages
Electrical Requirements. Each optical emitter assembly shall be capable of providing full light
output with input voltages between 10 and 16 volts DC. An optical emitter assembly shall not be
damaged by input voltages up to 7.5 volts DC about the supply voltage. The optical emitter
assembly shall not generate voltage transient, on the input supply, which exceeds the supply voltage
by more than 4 volts. Each optical emitter assembly shall not consume more than 100 watts at 17.5
volts DC and shall have a power input circuit breaker rated at 10 to 12 amperes, 12 volts DC.
The design and circuitry of each emitter unit shall permit its use on vehicles with either negative or
positive ground without disassembly or rewiring of the unit.
Mechanical Requirements. Each emitter unit shall be housed in a weatherproof, corrosion-
resistant housing. The housing shall be provided with facilities to permit mounting on various types
of vehicles and shall have provision for proper alignment of the emitter unit and for locking of the
emitter unit into proper alignment.
Each emitter control unit shall be provided with appurtenant hardware to permit its mounting in or on
an emergency vehicle or mass transit vehicle. Where required for certain emergency vehicles, the
emitter control unit and all exposed controls shall be weatherproof.
Each emitter shall include a multi-purpose port compliant with the SAE J1708 communication
standard to enable unit configuration to be set into the emitter and read from the emitter.
209-5.01 B(2) Optical Detection/Discriminator Assembly. Optical detection/discriminator
assembly shall consist of one or more optical detectors, connecting cable and a discriminator
module and conform to the following:
Each such assembly, when used with standard emitters, shall have a range of up to 2,500 feet for
Class II signals. Standard emitters for Class II signals shall be available from the manufacturer of
the system. Range measurements shall be taken with all range adjustments on the discriminat0.r
module set to “maximum”.
209-5.018(3) Optical Detector. Each optical ’detector shall be a waterproof unit capable of
receiving optical energy from one or two separately aimable directions. The horizontal angle
between the two directions shall be variable from 5 degrees to 180 degrees. The reception angle for
each photocell assembly shall be a maximum of 8 degrees in all directions about the aiming axis of
the assembly. Measurements of reception angle will be taken at a range of 2,500 feet for a Class II
emitter.
All internal circuitry shall be solid state and electrical power shall be provided by the associated
discriminator module.
Each optical detector shall be contained in a housing, which shall include one or two rotatable
photocell assemblies, an electronic assembly and a base. The base shall have an opening to permit
its mounting on a mast arm. Each optical detector shall weigh no more than 2.5 pounds and shall
present a maximum wind load area of 36 square inches. The housing shall be provided with weep
holes to permit drainage of condensed moisture. Each optical detector shall be installed, wired and
aimed as specified by the manufacturer.
209-5.01B(4) Optical Detector Cable. Optical detector cable shall meet the requirements of
IPCEA-S-61-40UNEMA WC 5, Section 7.4, 600 volt control cable, 759C, Type B and the following:
@ 05/10/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 199 of 288 Pages
The cable shall contain three conductors, each of which shall be AWG #20 (7x28) stranded, tinned
copper with low-density polyethylene insulation. Minimum average insulation thickness shall be 25
mils. The insulation of individual conductors shall be color coded as follows:
Yellow Detector Signal #1
Blue - Detector Signal #2
Orange - Power (+)
Bare (Drain) - Common or Ground
The shield shall be either tinned copper braid or aluminized polyester film with a nominal 20 percent
overlap. Where the film is used, a AWG #20 (7x28) standard, tinned, bare drain wire shall be place
between the insulated conductors and the shield and in contact with the conductive surface of the
shield
The jacket shall be black polyvinyl chloride with a minimum rating of 600 volts and 80~C and a
minimum average thickness of 45 mils. The jacket shall be marked as required by IPCENNEMA.
The finished outside diameter of the cable shall not exceed 0.3 inches.
The capacitance of the optical detector cable, as measured between any conductor and the other
conductors and the shield, shall not exceed 14.3 microfarads per 1000 feet. The characteristic
impedance of the optical detector cable shall be 0.6 ohms per 1000 feet.
209-5.018(5) Discriminator Module. Each discriminator module shall be designed to be
compatible and usable with Model 170 controller unit and to be mounted in the input file of a Model
332 controller cabinet, and shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 1 of the State of California,
Department of Transportation, “Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications”, dated January
1989, and to all addenda thereto current at the time of project advertisement.
Each discriminator module shall be capable of operating one or two channels and shall be capable
of:
1. Receiving Class II signals at a range of up to 2,500 feet.
2. Decoding the signal on the basis of frequency at 14.035 Hz k 0.003 Hz for Class II signals.
3. Establishing the validity of received signals on the basis of frequency and length of time
received. A signal shall be considered valid only when received for more than 0.50 seconds. No
combination of Class I signals shall be recognized as a Class I1 signal regardless of the number
of signals being received, up to a maximum of ten signals. Once a valid signal has been
recognized, its effect shall be held by the module in the event of temporary loss of the signal for
a period adjustable from 4.5 seconds to 11 seconds in at least 2 steps at 5 k 0.5 seconds and 10
+_ 0.5 seconds.
4. Providing an output for each channel that will result in “low” or, grounded condition of the
appropriate input of a Model 170 controller unit, For Class II signals the output shall be steady.
Each discriminator module shall be powered from 1 15 volt (95 volts AC to 135 volts AC), 60 Hz
mains and will contain an internal, regulated power supply that supports up to twelve optical
detectors. Electric power, one detector input for each channel and one output for each channel,
shall terminate at the printed circuit board edge connector pins listed below. Board edge connector
pin assignments shall be as follows:
@ 05110/00 Contract No. 31 90 Page 200 of 288 Pages
Pins
A D
E
F
H J
K
L M
N
- Function
Ground
Channel A primary detector input
Detector 24 VDC power output
Channel A output, collector (+)
Channel A output, emitter (-)
Channel B primary detector input
Detector ground
Earth ground
AC - (in)
AC + (in)
- Pins
P
R S
T
U
V
W
X
Y Z
Function
Not used
Detector 24 VDC power output
Not used
Not used
Not used
Detector ground
Channel B output collector (+)
Channel B output emitter (-)
Not used
Not used
Two auxiliary inputs for each channel shall enter each module through the front panel connector.
Pin assignment for the connector shall be as follows:
- Pins Function
13 Auxiliary detector 2 input, Channel A
14 Auxiliary detector 1 input, Channel B
15 Auxiliary detector 2 input, Channel B
28 Auxiliary detector 1 input, Channel A
Each channel output shall be an optically isolated NPN open collector transistor capable of sinking
’ 50 milliamperes at 30 volts and shall be compatible with Model 170 controller unit inputs.
Each discriminator module shall be provided with means of preventing transients received by the
detector from affecting the Model 170 controller assembly.
Each discriminator module shall have a single connector board, shall be capable of being inserted
into the input file of a Model 332 cabinet and shall occupy one slot width of the input file. The front
panel of each module shall have a handle to facilitate withdrawal and the following controls and
indicators for each channel:
1. A Command (High) and Advantage (Low) solid-state LED indicator for each channel to display
2. A test switch for each channel to test proper operation of Command or Advantage priority. 3. A single confirmation light control output for each channel. These outputs shall be user
The front panel shall be provided with a single circular, bayonet-captured, multi-pin connector for two auxiliary detector inputs for each channel. Connector shall be a mechanical configuration equivalent to a D-Shell44-Pin front panel.
active calls.
configurable through software for a variety of confirmation light sequences.
Wiring for a Model 332 cabinet shall conform to the following:
Slots 12 and 13 of the input file “J” shall be wired to accept a two-channel module. Field wiring for the primary detectors, except 24-volt DC power, shall terminate on either terminal board TB-9 in the controller cabinet or on the rear of input file “J”, depending on cabinet configuration. Where TB-9 is used, position assignments shall be as follows:
a 05/10/00 Contract No. 3190 Page 201 of 288 Pages